1968 Building Code v2 PDF
1968 Building Code v2 PDF
1968 Building Code v2 PDF
Martha K. Hirst
Commissioner
Department of Citywide Administrative Services
Title Page
Special Acknowledgement:
Acting Assistant Commissioner, James P. Colgate, RA, Esq.
311 or 212-NEW-YORK
NYC.gov/citystore
revision: July 1, 2008
Title Page
Preface
MICHAEL R. BLOOMBERG
MAYOR
ROBERT D. LiMANDRI
Commissioner
PREFACE
This revision brings the 1968 Building Code current to
July 1, 2008.
When enacted by the City Council on October 22, 1968,
the 1968 Building Code was hailed as a great
improvement over the anachronistic 1938 Building Code
and included what was then the latest thinking in
building code science, incorporating advances in
technology and construction that had been made
following the Second World War. Over the years, the
Council amended the 1968 Building Code to address
certain changes as needed; however, the 1968 Building
Code never enjoyed a complete overhaul, gradually
falling behind and becoming increasingly outdated. By
the turn of the 21st Century, the 1968 Building Code had
become an antiquated, complicated tangle of provisions.
In 2003, the Department of Buildings began a multi-year
effort to replace the 1968 Building Code, culminating
with Mayor Michael R. Bloomberg's signing of Local
Law 33 of 2007. The result was the 2008 New York City
Construction Codes, which replaced the 1968 Building
Code with a new set of codes that increases public
Robert D. LiMandri
Commissioner
Preface
EDITOR'S NOTE:
For further information, readers may wish to refer to the
published series of the Department of Buildings
Directives and Memorandums, which are available at
CityStore (NYC.gov/citystore) or visit the Department of
Buildings website at NYC.gov/buildings for the latest
policy and procedure notices.
The legislature enacted, effective September 1, 1986,
Chapter 839 of the state laws of 1986, which made
certain technical corrections and changes to the
recodification.
Within the Reference Standards Appendix of this
volume are references to specific sections in the
Building Code.
Standards enacted prior to the
recodification of the Building Code refer to the code
using the old section numbers. Editorial notes pointing
out discrepancies between the former code and the
recodified version not specifically indicated as changes,
or references to laws that have amended the code since
recodification, are indicated with asterisks and
corresponding footnotes in bold italics at the following
the section. Obvious errors (such as misspellings) are
corrected and noted within the text with a [sic] following
the particular word.
Page Setup:
Where text is interrupted by a table, left column above
the table will continue unto the right column above the
table. Text below the table will follow the same pattern.
II
Preface
IIa
Preface
IIb
Reference Standard 1
BUILDING CODE
REFERENCE STANDARDS
APPENDIX TO TITLE 27,
CHAPTER 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RS 1
RS 2
RS 3
RS 4
RS 5
RS 6
RS 7
RS 8
RS 9
RS 10
RS 11
RS 12
RS 13
RS 14
RS 15
RS 16
RS 17
RS 18
RS 19
Definitions
Occupancy and Construction Classifications
Building Limitations
Index Map RS 4-1 Richmond
Index Map RS 4-2 Queens
Fire Protection Construction Requirements
Means of Egress
Special Uses and Occupancies
Places of Assembly
Loads
Structural Work
Foundations
Light, Heat, Ventilation and Noise Control
Mechanical Ventilation, Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Systems
Heating and Combustion Equipment
Chimneys and Gas Vents
Plumbing, Drainage and Gas Piping
Fire Alarms, Detection and Extinguishing Equipment
Elevators and Conveyors
Safety of Public and Property During Construction Operations
*
Section 1. It shall be a rule of construction for the building code reference standards of the appendix to chapter one
of title twenty-seven of the administrative code of the city of New York that references to the sections of the
Administrative Code repealed by Chapter 907 of the Laws of 1985, heretofore promulgated and currently in effect,
should be deemed to refer to the corresponding new sections of such Code as specified in the distribution table
contained in Chapter 907 or as assigned by the State Legislation Bill Drafting Commission.
2. All Building Code Reference Standards enacted or adopted prior to the effective date of this revision are
hereby made subject to the rule of construction established in Section "1" hereof.
*
373-88 BCR
Reference Standard 1
Reference Standard 2
AGA
American Gas Association
1515 Wilson Boulevard
Arlington, Virginia 22209
AGMA
American Gear Manufacturers Association
1901 North Fort Meyer Drive
Arlington, Virginia 22209
AHA (IBI)
American Hardwood Association
205 West Touky Avenue
Park Ridge, Illinois 60068
AISC
American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc.
Wrigley Building
400 North Michigan Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60611
AISG, (A Ins A), (AIA), (NBFU)
American Insurance Services Group, Inc.
Reference Standard 2
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
Suite 1300
1101 17th Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036-4700
**DOB 6-1-96
***
AITC
American Institute of Timber Construction
7012 S. Revere Pkwy., Suite 140
Englewood, CO 80112
***DOB 3-14-96
ANSI (USASI)
American National Standards Institute, Inc.
1430 Broadway
New York, New York 10018
APA
American Plywood Association
P.O. Box 11700
Tacoma, Washington 98411
API
American Petroleum Institute
1220 Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20005
AREA
American Railway Engineering Association
50 F Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20001
*
ARI
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1501 Wilson Boulevard
Arlington, Virginia 22209
ARI, (AFI), (REMA), (ACRMA), (NWAHACA)
Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
1501 Wilson Road**
Arlington, Virginia 22209
*As enacted, but this listing, duplicate of listing below, probably intended to be omitted.
** As enacted, but Boulevard probably intended.
ASCE
American Society of Civil Engineers
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
ASHRAE, (ASHAE)
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30329 ASME
American Society of Mechanical Engineers
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
ASSE
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
P.O. Box 40362
Bay Village, Ohio 44140
Reference Standard 2
ASTM
American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
AWPA
American Wood Preservers Association
P.O. Box 849
Stevensville, Maryland 21666
AWPI
American Wood Preservers Institute
1945 Gallows Road
Vienna, Virginia 22180
AWS
American Welding Society
550 N.W. LeJeune Road
Miami, Florida 33125
AWWA
American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, Colorado 80235
BIA, (SCPI)
Brick Institute of America
11490 Commerce Park Drive
Reston, VA. 22091-1506
BHMA
Building Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc.
60 East 42nd Street
New York, New York 10165
CISPI
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Suite 419
5959 Shallowford Road
Chattanooga, TN 37421
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations
Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402
CPSC
Consumer Product Safety Commission
Office of the Secretary
Washington, D.C. 20207
CRSI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
933 North Plum Grove Road
Schaumburg, Illinois 60173-4758
(CS)
(For Commercial or Commodity Standards, see address under DOC)
DEC
Department of Environmental Conservation
50 Wolf Road
Albany, N.Y. 12205
DOC
United States Department of Commerce National Institute
of Standards and Technology
Washington, D.C.*
Reference Standard 2
Gaithersburg, MD 20899
(Available from Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, D.C. 20402-9325)
*
FCC
Federal Communications Commission
1919 M Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20554
FEMA
Federal Emergency Management Agency
P.O. Box 8181
Washington, D.C. 20024
FMS
Factory Mutual System
Standards-Laboratories Department
1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike
Norwood, Massachusetts 02062
FS
Federal Specifications
General Services Administration
Specification and Consumer Information
Distribution Section (WFSIS)
Washington Navy Yard Bldg. 197
Washington, D. C. 20407
GA
Gypsum Association
810 First Street, N.E.
Suite 510
Washington, D.C. 20002
HPMA, (HPI), (HPMA)
Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association
P.O. Box 2789
Reston, Virginia 22090-2789
HUD
U.S. Dept. of Housing and Urban Development
451 Seventh Street, S.W.
Washington, D.C. 20410
IAPMO
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
5032 Alhambra Avenue
Los Angeles, California 90032
(IBI)
See AHA
IC
Industrial Code Rules
New York State Department of Labor
N.Y.C. Office
One Main Street
Gair Tower
Brooklyn, New York 11201
ICBO, (UBC)
International Conference of Building Officials
5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, California 90601
IEEE
Reference Standard 2
Reference Standard 2
Albany, N. Y. 12231
PDI
Plumbing Drainage Institute
1106 W. 77th Street, South Drive
Indianapolis, Indiana 46260-3318
PCA
Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, Illinois 60077
PS
Office of Product Standards
National Bureau of Standards
U.S. Department of Commerce
Washington, D. C. 20234
(Available from Superintendent of Documents)
PSC
New York State Public Service Commission
NYC Office
400 Broome Street
New York, New York 10013
RCRBS
Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of
the Engineering Foundation
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
RCSHSB
Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau
515 116th Avenue, N.E., Suite 275
Bellevue, WA 98004
*
SJI
Steel Joist Institute
3127 10th Avenue North Extension
Myrtle Beach, South Carolina 29577-6760
*DOB 5-1-99
SMACNA
Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.
8224 Old Courthouse Road
Tyson's Corner
Vienna, VA 22180
SMPTE
Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers
595 West Hartsdale Avenue
White Plains, N.Y. 10607-1824
SPIB
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
4709 Scenic Highway
Pensacola, Florida 32504
SSSI
Steel Scaffolding & Shoring Institute
2130 Keith Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44115
TCA
Tile Council of America
4801 Montgomery Lane
Washington, D.C. 20014
TECO
Reference Standard 2
Reference Standard 2
10
Reference Standard 3
ASTM E 84-1987-Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
*1341-88 BCR
Use or Occupancy
Zoning
Resolution
Use Group
Building Code
Occupancy Group
17
17
18
D-2
17
17
D-1
Not applicable
15
16
16
6
2
17
D-2
6
10
8
C
C
C
12
6
3
17
6
F-3
F-3
D-2
C (sales) or D-2 (no sales)
11
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
11
6
D-2
C
18
17
6
9
A
D-2
C
C
12
16
8
7
16
B-2
E
C
D-2
17
8
17
16
16
D-1
E
D-1
D-1
C
7
9
7
7
18
C
C
C
C
D-2
13
13
E
E
17
D-1
D-1
6
9
6
9
13
6
D-1
E
F-4
E
F-3
Not applicable
E
17
D-2
18
17
D-1
D-2
17
7
6
8
16
9
2
D-2
E
C
F-3
D-1
D-2
J-1
12
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
Boatels ...................................................
Boats or ships
Building or repair, for boats less
than 200 ft. in length .................
Building or repair, for boats
200 ft. or more in length ............
Docks, for small pleasure boats ......
Fuel sales, open or enclosed Unrestricted as to location................
Restricted as to location ..................
Rentals, opened or enclosed ............
Sales, opened or enclosed ...............
Showrooms, with no repair services...
Storage, repair, or painting, including the incidental sales of
boats, boat parts, or accessories, with restrictions on
boat size and setbacks ...............
Bone distillation......................................
Books
Binding (see printing) Hand
binding or tooling .......................
Stores .............................................
Bottling works, for all beverages ............
Bowling alleys ........................................
Limited as to number of lanes ........
Unlimited ........................................
Breweries ...............................................
Brick manufacture ..................................
Brush or broom manufacture .................
Building materials
Sales, open or enclosed, limited
as to lot area ...............................
Yards, for sales, storage, or handling,
open or enclosed, unlimited as to lot
area except in the case of lumber
yards ..........................................
Bus stations
With less than 10 berths .................
With 10 or more berths ..................
Business machines
Manufacture ...................................
Small, repair shops .........................
Stores, sales, or rentals ...................
Business schools or colleges ..................
Camera manufacture ...............................
Camps, overnight or outdoor day ...........
Candy stores ...........................................
Canvas or canvas products manufacture...
Carnivals, temporary...............................
Carpentry shops .....................................
Carpet
Cleaning establishments .................
Manufacture ....................................
Carpet, rug, linoleum or other floor
covering stores
Unlimited .......................................
Catering establishments .........................
Cement manufacture ..............................
Cemeteries ..............................................
Ceramic products ...................................
J-1
17
D-1
18
14
D-1
Not applicable
13
14
14
16
9
E
E
E
C
C
14
18
D-1
D-1
11
6
17
D-2
C
D-2
8
12
18
18
17
F-3
F-3
D-1
D-2
D-1
16
17
17
9
10
9
17
13
6
17
13
16
D-2
E
C
G
D-2
F-2 (outdoor) or F-3 (indoor)
C
D-1
F-2 (outdoor) or F-3 (indoor)
D-1
16
17
10
9
18
4
C
C (outside consumption) or F-4 (banquets)
D-2
B-2 (mausoleums, crypts)
13
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
Manufacture, custom.......................
11
Manufacture ...................................
17
Charcoal manufacture ............................
18
Chemicals
Compounding or packaging ...........
17
Manufacture ...................................
18
Children's amusement parks
Small ..............................................
13
Medium size ...................................
15
Large size .......................................
15
Unlimited as to size ........................
15
Churches .................................................
4
Cigar stores .............................................
6
Circuses, temporary ................................
13
Clay manufacture ...................................
18
Clay pits ..................................................
Clocks
Manufacture ...................................
17
Stores or repair shops .....................
6
Clothing
Accessory stores (see Clothing stores)
Custom manufacture or altering
for retail.....................................
11
Manufacture ...................................
17
Rental establishments .....................
9
Stores
Limited as to floor area ............
6
Unlimited ................................
10
Clubs
Night (See eating or drinking places)
Non-commercial
All types except those with
outdoor swimming pools.........
4
Clubs with outdoor swimming
pools more than 500 ft. from
all lot lines...............................
4
All types, including outdoor
swimming pool clubs or clubs
with outdoor swimming pools
less than 500 ft. from any lot
line ....................................... 6, 14
Coal
Products manufacture......................
18
Sales, open or enclosed
Limited as to lot area...............
16
Unlimited (see coal storage)
Storage, open or enclosed ..............
18
Coin stores .............................................
6
Coke products
Manufacture ....................................
18
Colleges or universities, including
professional schools, or college
or school dormitories or fraternity
or sorority houses, but excluding
business colleges or trade schools ...
3
Commercial parking garages or lots
(See parking garages, public or
parking lots, public)
Community centers .................................
4
D-2
D-2
D-1
A, D-1 or D-2 depending on nature of materials involved
A, D-1 or D-2 depending on nature of materials involved
F-2
F-2
F-2
F-2
F-1b
C
F-1a
D-2
Not applicable
D-2
C (sales) or E (repair)
F-3
14
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
15
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
in hotels ..........................................
10
Without restrictions ........................
12
Electric
Power or steam generating plants ...
18
Substations
Public transit or railroad
Small or medium size................
17
Large ........................................
17
Utility
Small ...............................................
6
Medium size....................................
17
Large ..............................................
17
Electrical
Appliance
Manufacture ...........................
17
Stores (See appliances,
television, radio, phonograph
or household appliance stores)
Contractors (See contractors'
establishments)
Equipment assembly, not including
electrical machinery ................
17
Supplies, manufacturing .................
17
Electrolysis studios ................................
6
Electrotyping or stereotyping (See
printing)
Engraving or photo-engraving
(see printing)
Excelsior manufacture.............................
18
Exterminators .........................................
7
Fabric stores (See dry goods stores)
Fairs, temporary .....................................
13
Feathers
Bulk processing, washing, curing,
or dyeing ................................
18
Products manufacture, except
washing , curing or dyeing .....
17
Felt
Bulk processing, washing, curing,
or dyeing ................................
18
Products manufacture, except
washing, curing or dyeing .......
17
Fertilizer manufacture ............................
18
Filling stations (See automotive service stations)
Film, photographic, manufacture ...........
18
Fire Stations ........................................... 6, 14
Fish products, packing or processing ......
18
Fishing tackle or equipment rental
or sales ........................................... 6, 14
Florist shops ...........................................
6
Food
Products processing, except meat
slaughtering or preparation of
fish for packing .........................
17
Stores, including supermarkets,
grocery stores, meat markets,
or delicatessen stores ................
6
Foundries, ferrous or non-ferrous ...........
18
Fraternity houses (See colleges or universities)
Frozen food lockers ................................
6
Fuel briquettes manufacture ...................
18
F-4
F-4
D-1
D-2
D-2
D-2
D-2
D-2
D-2
C
D-2
D-2
E
A
E
F-2 (outdoors) or F-3 (indoors)
A
A
D-1
D-1
D-1
D-1
D-2 (garage) and J-2 (dormitory)
D-1
C
C
D-1
C
D-1
B-2
D-1
16
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
Gymnasiums ..........................................
Gypsum manufacture .............................
Hair
Bulk processing, washing, curing,
or dyeing ...................................
Products manufacture (except
washing, curing, or dyeing) ........
Products manufacture, custom .......
Hardware
9
18
F-3
D-2
18
D-2
17
11
D-2
D-2
17
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
Manufacture ...................................
Stores .............................................
17
6
D-2
C
17
6
4
D-1
C
H-2
Hat
17
E
D-1
D-1
E
D-1
4
4
H-2
H-2
5
2
J-1
J-2
16
6
D-2
C
17
D-2
16
4
18
17
C
F-2
D-1
A or D-1 depending on nature
of materials involved
D-1
Insecticides manufacture.........................
Institutions, philanthropic or non-profit
With sleeping accommodations ......
18
18
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
Costume ..........................................
From precious metals ......................
Shops..........................................
Junk Yards ..............................................
Jute products manufacture ......................
Kennels ...................................................
Laboratories
Medical or dental, for research or
testing, with limitations on
objectionable effects..................
Research, experimental, or
testing........................................
Lampblack manufacture..........................
Laundries, with no limitations on
type of operation .............................
Laundry establishments, hand or
automatic self-service .....................
Leather
Tanning, curing, finishing
or dyeing ......................................
Goods stores ...................................
Products manufacture......................
Libraries .................................................
Linen supply establishments ...................
Linoleum
Manufacture ....................................
Stores (See carpet stores) ................
Liquor stores, package ...........................
Loan offices ............................................
Locksmith shops .....................................
Lots (See parking lots, public)
Luggage
Manufacture ....................................
Stores ..............................................
Lumber
Processing or woodwork, bulk ........
Sales
Limited as to lot area (See
building materials sales) ..............
Unlimited .....................................
Yards
Limited as to lot area....................
Unlimited ....................................
17
11
6
18
17
16
D-2
D-2
C
Not applicable
D-1
E
D-2
17
18
D-2
D-1
16
D-2
18
6
17
3
16
A
C
D-1
G
E
18
A
C
C
E
E
6
6
6
17
6
D-1
C
18
D-1
18
D-1
D-1
17
18
D-1
D-1
Machine
Shops including tool, die or
pattern making .............................
16
Tools manufacture...........................
17
Machinery
Manufacture or repair
Heavy .........................................
18
Miscellaneous or electrical
equipment...................................
17
Rental or sales establishments.........
16
Repair shops....................................
16
Machines, business (See business machines)
Manure storage .......................................
18
Markets
Retail, including meat (See food stores)
Wholesale, produce or meat ............
17
Masseurs .................................................
9
D-2
D-2
D-2
D-2
C
E
B-2
C
E
19
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
A
A
C
C
D-1
D-2
D-2
C
D-2
E
E
F-1b
D-2
D-2
D-1
D-2
D-2
D-2
D-2
D-2
C
D-2
D-2
J-3
C
D-2
J-1
D-1
D-1
D-1
D-2
E
E
B-2
E
E
F-3
20
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
11
17
9
17
6
17
3
D-2
D-1
D-2
E
C
D-1
J-3
3
3
17
H-2
H-2
D-1
16
10
10
18
E
A
6
16
D-1
C
C
17
11
6
11
17
6
11
D-2
D-1
E
D-2
D-1
C
D-2
D-1
D-1
A
C
D-1
D-1
B-1
J-3
Not applicable
21
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
22
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
11
D-2
11
9
17
12
D-1
D-1
D-1
H-1
17
9
16
17
6
C
C
Not applicable
D-1
D-2
16
18
D-1
D-1
F-2
C
C
E
K
D-1
10
18
18
4
D-2
F-3
Not applicable
17
17
D-2
D-2
17
6
4
4
9
7
18
Not applicable
C
F-2 (outdoor) F-3 (indoor)
J-3
F-3
F-2
D-2
17
D-2
J-3
2
2
2
J-3
J-1
J-1 or J-2
16
J-1
18
D-1
23
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
D-1
D-1
B-1 or B-2, depending on materials
Not applicable
H-2
H-2
D-1
D-1
G
G
G
G
B-1
C
G
J-1
D-1
D-2
C
C
D-1
Not applicable
A
E
D-1
C
D-2
D-1
D-2
D-2
A
D-1
F-3
Not applicable
F-2
F-2
D-1
A
D-1
D-2
A
24
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
17
6
16
D-1
C
B-1
12
6
6
F-2
F-2
C
C
17
D-2
17
18
D-2
D-2
18
18
D-1
D-2
16
B-2
E
9
10
18
F-3
F-1a (with scenery) or F-1b (without scenery)
D-1
13
12
6
F-3
E
A
D-1
D-1
C
E
11
18
7
6
6
C
C
F-1a (scenery) or F-1b (no scenery) or D-2 (no audience)
K
F-2
D-2
18
17
D-1
D-1
17
D-1
8
8
10
25
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
Tile Manufacture.....................................
Tire sales establishments including
installation services .........................
Tobacco
Curing or manufacture, or
tobacco products manufacture....
Stores ..............................................
Toiletries manufacture, not including .....
soap manufacture ............................
Tool or hardware manufacture ................
Topsoil storage........................................
Tourist cabins..........................................
Towel supply establishments ..................
Toys
Manufacture ....................................
Stores ..............................................
Trade or other schools for adults
Limited as to objectionable effects.
Unlimited ........................................
Trade expositions
Limited as to rated capacity ............
Unlimited ........................................
Trailer camps ..........................................
Trailer
Manufacture, including parts...........
Repairs, body ..................................
Sales, open or enclosed ...................
Showrooms, with no repair services ..
Transit substations
Small or medium size......................
Large ...............................................
Travel bureaus.........................................
Truck gardens (See Agriculture)
Truck
Manufacture (including parts) or
engine rebuilding..........................
Repairs, body ..................................
Repairs, except body repairs ...........
Sales, open or enclosed ...................
Showrooms, with no repair
services..........................................
Trucking terminals or motor freight stations
Limited as to lot area.......................
Unlimited ........................................
Turpentine manufacture ..........................
Typewriter stores ....................................
Typewriter or other small business
machine repair shops.......................
Typography (See printing)
Umbrellas
Manufacture ....................................
Repair shops....................................
Undertakers (See funeral establishments)
Upholstering
Bulk, including shops not dealing
directly with consumers ..................
Shops dealing directly with
consumers ....................................
Variety stores
Limited as to floor area ...................
Unlimited ........................................
18
7
D-2
C
17
6
D-1
C
17
17
18
7
16
17
6
D-1
C
9
16
G
G
12
7
17
17
16
9
D-1
D-1
C
E
17
17
6
D-2
D-2
E
17
17
16
16
D-1
D-2
D-2
C
9
16
17
18
6
9
E
B-1
B-1
A
C
C
17
9
D-1
D-2
17
D-1
D-2
6
10
C
C
26
Reference Standard 3
Use or Occupancy
C
Woodworking shops, custom ..................
16
A or D-1 depending upon nature of materials involved
Wool scouring or pulling ........................
D-1
27
Reference Standard 3
28
Reference Standard 4
The Department of City Planning, Waterfront Division, 22 Reade Street, New York, New York
The borough offices of the Department of Buildings
www.fema.gov
FEMA 55
Design and construction manual for residential buildings in coastal high hazard areas
(Coastal construction manual), dated February 1986. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1986
FEMA 85
Manufactured home installation in flood hazard areas, dated September 1985. . . . . . 1985
FEMA 102
ANSI A117.1
American national standard for buildings and facilities providing accessibility and
usability for physically handicapped people, as modified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1986
* Local Law 33-1988; Local Law 58-1987
** DOB 9-5-07; 1-24-07; 8-11-02; 5-21-01; 9-24-00; 8-21-99
29
Reference Standard 4
Reference Standard 4
12th Avenue and St. Claire Place between 125th Street and 132d Street.
12th Avenue, west side, between 132d Street and 133d Street.
Borough of Queens95th Avenue, north side, between Sutphin Boulevard and 148th Street.
Borough of RichmondNone.
*
71
Reference Standard 4
***
72
Reference Standard 4
73
Reference Standard 4
Facilities:
PARKING FOR PEOPLE WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES
This Parking Facility contains spaces allocated for people
with physical disabilities. Of those spaces are high clearance
spaces reserved for use by people with disabilities who
could not otherwise be accommodated in this garage; if
a vehicle carrying a person with a disability is parked in
a high clearance space, but could be accommodated
elsewhere in this garage, a garage attendant may move
such vehicle to such other space. At least one parking
space allocated for physically handicapped persons shall
be kept vacant for the use of our customers with disabilities
unless the total number of spaces allocated for use by
physically handicapped persons are already filled by
vehicles of physically handicapped persons. High clearance
parking spaces are indicated on the accompanying drawing.
People with disabilities are, of course, encouraged to use
the full services of our attendants. A person with a
physical disability may either have a garage attendant:
park the car which the person with a disability is
driving (or in which he or she is riding) or
assist the driver in finding and using a space. At the
request of a person with a disability, garage attendants are
required to clear an access aisle for a space at the time of
parking and removal of the vehicle in order to provide the
number of accessible spaces required by law.
New York City Administrative Code
27-292.19; Reference Standard RS 4-6, 4.6.2
B. At Spaces for High-Clearance Vehicles:
RESERVED PARKING FOR HIGH-CLEARANCE VANS
This space is designed to accommodate high-clearance
vans which cannot be parked elsewhere in this garage.
With the exception of high-clearance vans and vehicles
which are specially equipped for people with physical
disabilities and which cannot be moved by garage
attendants, vehicles with special permits which use this
space may be moved to an accessible space elsewhere in
this garage should a high-clearance van or specially
equipped vehicle need this space. No vehicle may use
this space in any event unless the vehicle bears a special
vehicle identification permit or license plate from New
York State, New York City or another jurisdiction.
New York City Administrative Code
27-292.19; Reference Standard RS 4-6, 4.6.2
C. At the Entrance and Office to Parking Facilities
Accessory to Residences:
PARKING FOR PEOPLE WITH PHYSICAL DISABILITIES
This Parking Facility contains spaces designed and
located to improve access for people with disabilities
who need special accommodations. These accessible
parking spaces may be leased, rented or assigned to a
person without a physical disability on no longer than a
month-to-month basis. All leases, rentals and assignments
of such accessible spaces which are not made for the
74
Reference Standard 4
figure 50).
Add a new subsection 4.32.5.11 to section 4.32.5
Kitchens to read as follows:
4.32.5.11 Minimum sized adaptable kitchens or
kitchenettes may be as shown in figure 55, figure 56,
figure 57 and figure 58.
In dwelling units where a dishwasher is provided, but
where no other space otherwise is available in the
kitchen for the installation of a dishwasher, one may be
installed under a work surface described in subsection
4.32.5.4; provided that, at the option of a person with a
disability residing in the dwelling unit, the dishwasher
shall be removed, and the work surface made to conform
with said subsection, by and at the sole expense of the
owner of the dwelling unit.
75
Reference Standard 4
Symbol Key
Shower Location
Bath, Shower Controls
Drain
FIGURE 54
MINIMUM SIZED ADAPTABLE BATHROOMS
76
Reference Standard 4
FIGURE 55
MINIMUM SIZED ADAPTABLE KITCHEN OR KITCHENETTE
77
Reference Standard 4
FIGURE 56
EXAMPLE OF ADAPTABLE KITCHEN U SHAPED PLAN
78
Reference Standard 4
FIGURE 57
EXAMPLE OF ADAPTABLE KITCHEN L SHAPED PLAN
79
Reference Standard 4
FIGURE 58
EXPLODED AXONOMETRIC FOR ADAPTABLE KITCHEN
80
Reference Standard 5
AISG
AISI FT-900-0480 Designing Fire Protection for Steel Columns, Third Edition ... 1980
AISI FT-901-0481 Fire Resistant Rating of Load Bearing Steel Stud Walls ..1981
AISI FT-902-0285 Designing Fire Protection for Steel Beams .......... 1984
AISI FT-227-1281 Designing Fire Protection for Steel Trusses, Second Edition ...1981
GA-600
NFoPA
Report No. WHI-694-020, Report of Testing on a Load Bearing Stud Partition .1981
NFoPA
ASTM/E 119
Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials ...... .1988
AWPA C 20
AWPA C 27
ASTM E 84
Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials . 1987
ANSI/ASTM E 69 Standard Test Method for Combustible Properties of Treated Wood by Fire-Tube Apparatus ...1980
ANSI/ASTM E 160 Standard Test Method for Combustible Properties of Treated Wood by Crib Test . 1980
ANSI/ASTM E 152 Standard Methods of Fire Test of Door Assemblies ............................ 1981a
ANSI/ASTM E 163 Standard Methods of Fire Test of Window Assemblies ........... 1984
NFiPA 80
ANSI/ASTM D635 Standard Test for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a
Horizontal Position ........................... 1981
ANSI/ASTM D568 Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Flexible Plastics in a
Vertical Position .......... 1977
ANSI/ASTM D374 Standard Test Methods for Thickness of Solid Electrical Insulation ... 1979
ASTM E 814
DOC FF1
ASTM E 648
Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source ...................1988
ASTM E 662
Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials ........ 1983
Method of Test for the Evaluation of Flammability Characteristics of Exterior, Nonload-Bearing Wall
Containing Combustible Components Using the Intermediate Scale,Multistory Test Apparatus.1997
*Local Law 13-1987; Local Law 16-1984; 242-90 BCR; 1343-88 BCR; 236-87 BCR; 1076-86 BCR; 262-86 BCR; 435-85 BCR; 252-82 BCR
***DOB 3-4-01
81
Reference Standard 5
41
47
1016
1260
1300
5010
5108
WP
WP
WP
FC
1725
7083
7086
5430
82
Reference Standard 5
**
83
Reference Standard 5
84
Reference Standard 5
**236-87 BCR
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 5-1F
METHODS OF ANALYTICAL DETERMINATION
OF FIRE RESISTANCE OF LOAD BEARING
STEEL TRUSS ASSEMBLIES
NONCOMBUSTIBLE ASSEMBLIES:
RESTRAINED AND UNRESTRAINED
AISI FT-227-1281-1981-Designing Fire Protection
for Steel Trusses.
MODIFICATIONS: The provisions of AISI FT227-1281-1981 are modified as follows:
1. Analytically determined fire protection systems for
trusses shall be based on fire resistive assemblies
approved by the Board of Standards and Appeals or
accepted by the Materials and Equipment Acceptance
Division.
2. Methods of determining fire resistance of trusses
utilizing the column formulas contained in AISI FT900-0480 shall comply with the requirements and
***
85
Reference Standard 5
Description
Brick
Concrete
Maximum
Incline
(In. to Ft.)
Tile
Metal
Roofing
CementAsbestos
Shingles
12
Class A
(1) Brick, 2 1/2 in. thick.
(2) Reinforced portland cement, 1
in. thick.
(3) Concrete or clay floor or deck
tile, 1 in. thick.
(4) Flat or French-type clay or
concrete tile, 3/8 in. thick with 1
1/2 in. or more end lap and head
lock, spacing body of tile 1/2 in.
or more above roof sheathing,
with underlay of one layer of
Type 15 asphalt-saturated
asbestos felt or one layer of Type
30 or two layers of Type 15
asphalt-saturated rag felt.
(5) Clay or concrete roof tile,
Spanish or Mission pattern, 7/16
in. thick, 3 in. end lap, same
underlay as above.
(6) Slate, 3/16 in. thick, laid
American method.
Class B
Class C
Sheet roofing of
16 oz. copper or of
30-*gauge steel or
iron tile, protected
against corrosion;
or shingle-pattern
roofings with
underlay of one
layer of Type 15
saturated asbestosfelt, or one layer
of Type 30 or two
layers of Type 15
asphalt-saturated
rag felt.
Sheet roofing of 16
oz. copper or of 30*gauge steel or iron
tile, protected against
corrosion; or shinglepattern roofings, either
without underlay or
with underlay or
rosin-sized paper.
Zinc sheets or shingle
roofings with an
underlay of one layer of
Type 30 or two layers
of Type 15 asphaltsaturated rag-felt or one
layer of 14 lbs.
unsaturated or one layer
of Type 15 asphaltsaturated asbestos felt.
86
Reference Standard 5
1 in.
1 1/2 in.
2 in.
2 1/2 in.
Solid or Cored 1, 2
Notes:
1Members with less covering shall be acceptable where tests show that adequate protection is provided for the required fire resistance rating.
2Slab thickness to resist transmission of heat shall be as for non-prestressed concrete. Unbonded tendon anchorage devices shall have 50 per cent
greater covering that in the above table.
3In computing the cross-sectional area for joists, the area of the flange shall be added to the area of the stem, and the total width of the flange as
used shall not exceed three times the average width of the stem.
4Adequate provisions against spalling shall be provided by means of a light reinforcement. Reinforcement spacing shall not exceed the depth of
the element and shall have a 1-inch concrete covering.
87
Reference Standard 5
353-72BCR
88
Reference Standard 5
353-72 BCR
89
Reference Standard 5
90
Reference Standard 5
91
Reference Standard 5
353-72 BCR
92
Reference Standard 5
93
Reference Standard 5
***
the stair shall not exceed 3,000 fpm at its point of discharge
within the stair enclosure.
e. Intake closures shall open and the supply fan or fans shall
start upon the activation of any detector in the building except
that called for in paragraph c above. However, only the fan
system associated with the activation of the detector shall shut down.
* 353-72 BCR
94
Reference Standard 5
95
Reference Standard 5
96
Reference Standard 6
As such terms are defined in the Building Code of the City of New York
96a
Reference Standard 6
2
3
As such terms are defined in the Building Code of the City of New York
As such terms are defined in the Building Code of the City of New York
96b
Reference Standard 6
96c
Reference Standard 6
96d
Reference Standard 6
96e
Reference Standard 6
96f
Reference Standard 6
96g
Reference Standard 6
96h
Reference Standard 6
96i
Reference Standard 6
96j
Reference Standard 6
96k
Reference Standard 6
96l
Reference Standard 6
96m
Reference Standard 6
* Editors Note: The graphic in these sketches is intended only to differentiate the photoluminescent stripe from the door frame.
This photoluminescent stripe shall not be zebra striped but must be solid and continuous as per 2.2.9.3, 2.3.2, and 2.3.4.
96n
Reference Standard 6
96o
Reference Standard 6
EXPLANATORY MATERIAL
The following are additional technical considerations
for Reference Standard RS 6-1 and do not constitute
a portion of the mandatory requirements.
A. Activating Illumination.
The products approved for use under Reference Standard
6-1 are tested in a laboratory with a fluorescent activating
light source of 2 footcandles as measured on the surface of
the test specimen. The measurement of 2 footcandles was
derived from the minimum lighting levels as measured on
the floor in exits as required by the New York City Building
Code for buildings constructed after December 1, 1968.
The Department of Buildings recognizes that many buildings
are voluntarily providing more than 2 footcandles, and that
many buildings erected before 1968 may properly be
providing less. Additionally, some existing buildings are
illuminated with incandescent lamps, which might not
efficiently charge certain photoluminescent materials.
C. Contrasting Colors.
Photoluminescent material[s]* are effective in completely
dark conditions, and, conversely, are usually visible in
normal lighting conditions. However, in dim or semi-lit
conditions, such as when batteries for an emergency
light are running low or when a stair is dark but a door is
open to a lighted area, the photoluminescent materials forming
the outlines of steps, landing, demarcation lines, and handrails
might become hard to discern. Photoluminescent materials
installed adjacent to a contrasting, dark color ameliorate
this effect.
D. Abrasion Resistance.
Reference Standard 6-1 does not mandate minimum
standards for abrasion resistance. For products that are
to be applied to walking surfaces, it is recommended that
owners consider 1) the amount of traffic in the stairs by
building occupants, and 2) the products' durability and
resistance to abrasion. For instance, certain thin films
and paints may be sufficient where the stairs are alarmed
and only used in emergencies. However, where the occupants
use the stairs on a daily basis, more durable products should
be considered. Ultimately, the building owner is responsible
for maintaining the photoluminescent materials in accordance
with Reference Standard 6-1, Section 4.0.
E. Adhesives.
Reference Standard 6-1 does not specify the adhesives
to be used. The choice of adhesive should be carefully
considered for the longevity of the installation,
particularly if the surface to which the product to be
applied is porous, uneven, or subject to temperature or
humidity variation. At a minimum owners should follow
the manufacturers instructions.
F. Slip-resistance.
Reference Standard 6-1 does not specify minimum slipresistance requirements for photoluminescent products
installed on walking surfaces. Whether or not a
particular buildings egress path is subject to any slipresistance requirements may depend on the original
date of construction. Any photoluminescent materials
installed should be as slip-resistant as the minimum
standard that is applicable to the building in which they
are being installed. A stripe of photoluminescent material
that is not slip-resistant may, depending on the design
of the stair nosing product, be compensated for by the
inclusion of an adjacent, slip-resistant strip.
As such terms are defined in the Building Code of the City of New York
96p
Reference Standard 6
DOB 5-31-05
96q
Reference Standard 6
4.0 Radioactivity
ASTM D 3648-2004, Standard Practices for the Measurement
of Radioactivity.
4.1 Three test specimens (of each distinct product
material) shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D
3648. Thin gauge films and paints shall be tested when
applied to a rigid cement board.
4.2 The activity of the test specimens shall be shown to
be statistically indistinguishable from background.
4.3 Alpha and beta activity shall be measured on a test specimen
of at least 1 in x 1 in (25.4 mm x 25.4 mm) and counted using
a proportional counter for a minimum of 15 minutes.
4.4 Gamma activity shall be measured on the same test
specimen using a gamma spectrometer counted for at
least 1 hour.
5.0 Flame Spread either one of the following two standards:
5.1 ASTM E 162-2002, Standard Test Method for Surface
Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy
Source.
5.1.1 Four test specimens (of each distinct product material)
shall be tested in accordance with ASTM E 162. Where
the test specimen is narrower than required by the test,
several pieces may be grouped together to provide the
necessary surface area. Thin gauge films and paints shall
be tested when applied to a rigid cement board thick.
DOB 5-31-05
96r
Reference Standard 7
NFiPA No. 701 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films .......1977
*888-80 BCR
*
Deleted.
*888-80 BCR
**
Deleted.
*888-80 BCR
97
Reference Standard 7
98
Reference Standard 8
ANSI/SMPTE 223M
ANSI PH 1.25
ANSI/NFiPA 40
99
Reference Standard 8
100
Reference Standard 9
**AASHTO
HB-13
Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges, Thirteenth Edition and 1984, 1985 and
1986 Interim Specifications 1983
AREA
Specifications for Steel Railway Bridges, Chapter 15, Steel Structures, Manual for
Railway Engineering...1987
Earthquake Regulations With Accumulative Supplement..1990
33
45
46
33
89
68
130
98
38
40
27
67
48
108
72
30
20
53
38
85
55
6
9.5
12.5
18.5
24
42
58
11
18
34
46
16
29
41
8
10
12
20
25
18
18
19
101
Reference Standard 9
EQUIVALENT UNIFORM PARTITION LOADS
Partition Weight (plf)
50 or less
51 to 100
101 to 200..
201 to 350..
Greater than 350
Weight (psf)
PLASTER ON MASONRY SURFACES.
Gypsum, with sand aggregate, per in.
8.5
Gypsum, with lightweight aggregate, per in..
4
Gypsum, with wood fibers, per in..
6.5
Cement, with sand aggregate, per in..
10
Cement, with lightweight aggregate, per in...
5
FLOOR FINISHES (Excluding fill or base).
Resilient flooring (asphalt tile, linoleum, etc.)..
2
Asphalt block, 2 in.
24
Wood block, 3 in
10
Hardwood flooring, 7/8 in.
4
Softwood sub-flooring, per in
3
Plywood sub-flooring, 1/2 in..
1.5
Ceramic or quarry tile, 1 in
12
Terrazzo, 1 in.
12
Slate, 1 in
15
Cement, 1 in...
12
FLOOR FILL
Cinders, no cement, per in..
5
Cinders, with cement, per in...
9
Sand, per in. ...
8
FLOORS WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION
(With double layer wood flooring - no ceiling)
Total Weight (psf)
**Joint Sizes (in.)
12 in. Joist Spacing
16 in. Joist Spacing
2x6
6
5
2x8
6
6
2 x 10
7
6
2 x 12
8
7
3x6
7
6
3x8
8
7
3 x 10
9
8
3 x 12
11
9
3 x 14
12
10
** As enacted but "joist" probably intended.
Weight (psf)
CEILINGS: (including suspension system).
Plaster on tile or concretesee Plaster on Masonry Surfaces
Suspended metal lath and gypsum plaster, 3/4 in. ...
9
Suspended metal lath and cement plaster, 3/4 in..
11
Suspended acoustical tile.
2
ROOF AND WALL COVERINGS
Clay roofing tiles..
14
Built-up roofing:
3-ply..
1.5
5-ply..
2.5
Gravel, 1/4 to 5/8 in..
4
Slag, 1/4 to 5/8 in..
3
Crushed rock, 1/4 to 5/8 in...
4.5
Aluminum sheet:
0.050 in. thick, flat 0.72
0.032 in. thick, corrugated 0.55
0.032 in. thick, V-Beam 0.58
Steel, 20 gauge, protected V-Beam..
2.3
Tin sheet, 28 gauge..
1
102
Reference Standard 9
4
0.8
2
3
3
6
4
16
10
7
10
10
1.2
1.6
1.6
3.5
7.1
1.5
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.0
1.5
0.5
14
1.5
15
144
144
57
108
132
144
14
100
165
165
135
173
144
153
147
138
156
137
130
125
130
110
120
72
35
45
103
Reference Standard 9
Live load
(psf)
150
60a
100
50
100
See note d
See note b
30
100
75
100
100
75
40
100
60
40
40
60
100
100
60
50
50
40
100
40
75
60
40
40
40
104
Reference Standard 9
30
20c
40
40
100
60
100
150
100
100
75
80
40
100
150
40
* Notes:
a Uniform load shall be applied to the gross floor area.
b 150 per cent of live load on adjoining occupied area, but not more than 100 psf.
c Live load need be applied to joists or to bottom chords of trusses or trussed rafters only in those portions of attic space having a clear height of
42 in. or more between joist and rafter in conventional rafter construction; and between bottom chord and any other member in trussed or trussed
rafter construction. However, joists or the bottom chords of trusses or trussed rafters shall be designed to sustain the imposed dead load or 10 psf,
whichever is greater, uniformly distributed over the entire span.
d Live loads for assembly spaces other than those described in this reference standard shall be determined from the occupant load requirements as
established by section C26-601.2 using the formula 100/net floor area per occupant but shall not be less than 50 psf nor more than 100 psf.
*Local Law 39-1972
105
Reference Standard 9
Use or Location
Elevator machine room
floor
Remarks
See Reference Standard RS 18
Parking areaspassenger
vehicles accommodating
nine passengers, or less
Parking areastrucks,
buses and passenger
vehicles accommodating
more than nine passengers
2,000
200
Roofs
Boiler rooms
3,000
Note:a Except when otherwise indicated loads are assumed to be applied over an area 2 1/2 ft. x 2 1/2 ft.
106
Reference Standard 9
107
Reference Standard 9
0-100
20
30
101-300
25
30
301-600
30
35
601-1000.
35
40
Over 1000
40
40
108
Reference Standard 9
109
Reference Standard 9
110
Reference Standard 9
111
Reference Standard 9
TYPE
So
S1
S2
S3
S4
DESCRIPTIONS
A profile of Rock materials of class 1-65 TO
3-65
A soil profile with either: (a) Soft Rock (4-65)
or Hardpan (5-65) or similar material
characterized by shear-wave velocity greater
than 2500 feet per second, or (b) Medium
Compact to Compact Sands (7-65) and
Gravels (6-65) or Hard Clays (9-65), where
the soil depth is less than 100 feet.
A soil profile with Medium Compact to
Compact Sands (7-65) and Gravels (6-65) or
Hard Clays (9-65), where the soil depth
exceeds 100 feet.
A total depth of overburden of 75 feet or more
and containing more than 20 feet of Soft to
Medium Clays (9-65) or Loose Sands (7-65,
8-65) and Silts (10-65), but not more than 40
feet of Soft Clay or Loose Sands and Silts.
A soil profile containing more than 40 feet of
Soft Clays (9-65) or Loose Sands (7-65, 8-65),
Silts (10-65) or Uncontrolled Fills (11-65),
where the shear-wave velocity is less than 500
feet per second.
FACTOR
0.67
1.0
1.2
1.5
2.5
112
Reference Standard 9
Notes:
1. The site S Type and correspondings S Factor shall be established from properly substantiated geotechnical data with the classes of
materials being defined in accordance with Section 27-675 (C26-1103.1) of the administrative code of the City of New York.
2. The soil profile considered in determining the S Type shall be the soil on which the structure foundations bear or in which pile caps
are embedded and all underlying soil materials.
3. Soil density/consistency referred to in the table should be based on standard penetration test blow counts (N-values) and taken as:
(a) for sands, loose - where N is less than 10 blows per foot, medium compact - where N is between 10 and 30, and compact - where N is
greater than 30 blows per foot; and (b) for clays, soft - where N is less than 4 blows per foot, medium - where N is between 4 and 8, stiff to
very stiff - where N is between 8 and 30, and hard - where N is greater than 30 blows per foot.
4. When determining the type of soil profile for profile descriptions that fall somewhere in between those provided in the above table,
the S Type with the larger S factor shall be used.
5. For Loose Sands, Silts or Uncontrolled Fills below the ground water table, the potential for liquefaction shall be evaluated by the
provisions of Section 2312(d)3.
Table No. 23-K, Occupancy Categories.
Add the words "Buildings for schools through secondary or day-care centers - capacity more than 250 students" below the words "Fire
and police stations" in the Essential Facilities category, and delete those words from within the Special Occupancy Structure Category.
Add in item III Special Occupancy Structure to the words, "All structures with occupancy > 5000 persons", the words "excluding
Occupancy Group E buildings".
113
Reference Standard 9
BASIC STRUCTURAL
SYSTEM
A. Bearing Wall System
B. Building Frame
System
C. Moment-Resisting
Frame System
D. Dual System
Notes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Rw
8
6
6
5
4
6
4
4
10
9
7
8
6
8
8
8
12
12
8
6
4
12
6
9
5
8
6
7
12
6
10
6
9
6
114
Reference Standard 9
VALUE OF Cp
2.00
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.50
0.75
0.75
2.00
2.00
2.00
0.75
2.00
0.75
Notes:
1 See Section 2312(g)2 for additional requirements for determining Cp for nonrigid equipment or for items supported at or below grade.
2 See Section 2312(h)2D(iii) and Section 2313(g)2.
3 See Section 2312(h)2I.
4 Equipment and machinery include such items as pumps for fire sprinklers, motors and switch gears for sprinkler pumps, transformers and other
equipment related to life-safety including control panels, major conduit ducting and piping serving such equipment and machinery.
115
Reference Standard 9
T-SEC
.01
.02
.05
.075
.090
.112
.267
.40
.48
.60
1.00
2.00
3.00
S0
0.150
0.150
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.250
0.208
0.167
0.100
0.050
0.033
S1
0.150
0.150
0.283
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.313
0.250
0.150
0.075
0.050
S2
0.150
0.150
0.262
0.336
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.300
0.180
0.090
0.060
S3
0.150
0.150
0.244
0.303
0.334
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.225
0.113
0.075
Note: This table presents acceleration (g) versus natural period (seconds) to facilitate the presentation of spectra in log-log form.
*Local Law 17-1995.
116
Reference Standard 9
117
Reference Standard 9
118
Reference Standard 10
ANSI-A41.2
ANSI/ACI-318
ACI-525
***
AISC Steel
Specification ASD
***
AISC Steel
Specification LRFD
RCSCEF/AISC
AISI
AISI
SJI
SJI
SJI
SJI
SJI
ACI 506.2
NFoPA
****
AA
****
AA
ASTM C317
NFoPA
ACI-214
ANSI/ASTM-C42
ANSI/ASTM-C39
ASTM B209
ASTM B308
ASTM B429
ANSI/AITC-A190.1
ANSI/ASTM-C79
AWPA-C2
ANSI/ASTM-C192
AWPA-C9
ANSI/ASTM-A153
ASTM-A90
ANSI/ASTM-A586
ASTM-A603
ASTM A434
119
Reference Standard 10
ASTM-B6
ASTM-D2277
AWPA-C4
AWPA-M4
ANSI-A82.1/ASTM-C67
ANSI-A98.1/ASTM-C62
ANSI-A99.1/ASTM-C216
ANSI-ASTM-C652
ANSI-A78.1/ASTM-C73
ANSI-A75.1/ASTM-C55
ANSI-A74.1/ASTM-C34
ANSI-ASTM-C56
ANSI-A81.1/ASTM-C145
ANSI-A79.1/ASTM-C90
ANSI-A80.1/ASTM-C129
ANSI/ASTM-/C52
ANSI/A101.1/ASTM-C126
ANSI/ASTM-A116
ANSI/ASTM-B227
FS SS-S-721C
ANSI/ASTM-C494
ACI-ASCE-334
ANSI/ASTM-C270
ANSI/ASTM-C476
ANSI/ASTM-C22
ASTM-C143
ANSI/ASTM-C172
ANSI/ASTM-C31
APA
APA PRP-108
APA
TECO
DOC PS 1-83
ACI-211.2
ANSI-Z97.1
ASTM C1036
ASTM C1048
AISC- LRFD
ANSI/ASTM-C173
ANSI/ASTM-C231
ANSI/ASTM-C138
ANSI/ASTM-C567
**
ACI 530/ASCE 5
**
ACI 530.1/ASCE 6
**
ANSI/ACI-318
120
Reference Standard 10
**
MNL-120
UBC Section 2723
**
**
AITC 117
**
**
*Local Law 65-1990; 455-89 BCR; 617-87 BCR; 9-87 BCR; 1077-86 BCR; 738-86 BCR; 208-85 BCR; 288-84 BCR; 425-81 BCR;
714-80 BCR;493-80 BCR; 390-80 BCR; 142-80 BCR; 51-80 BCR; 799-79 BCR; 510-79 BCR; 302-73 BCR; 302-71 BCR
**Local Law 17-1995.
***DOB 6-17-96
****DOB 9-2-01
**
plain or ornamental.
CHASE.-A continuous recess in a wall to receive
pipes, ducts, conduits, etc.
Section 1 General
COLLAR JOINT.-The vertical longitudinal joint
**1.1 SCOPE -This standard provides minimum
between wythes of masonry.
requirements for the design and construction of non
COLUMN.-A vertical compression member whose
enlargement alterations to unit masonry in buildings
width does not exceed three times its thickness.
constructed on or before the effective date of this local
COPING.-The materials or masonry units used to form
law as an alternate to RS 10-1B, not including plain or
a cap or finish on top of a wall, column, chimney, or
reinforced unit concrete, reinforced gypsum, or
pilaster to protect the masonry below from penetration
reinforced unit masonry. All new construction and
of water.
enlargement alterations in and of themselves of unit
CORBELLING.-The projecting of successive courses
masonry on new or existing foundations, not including
of masonry out from the face of the wall to increase the
plain reinforced concrete, reinforced gypsum, or
wall thickness or to form a shell or ledge.
reinforced unit masonry shall comply with reference
COURSE.-One of the continuous horizontal layers of
standard RS 10-1B.
masonry units bonded together with mortar.
**Local Law 17-995.
CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA.-Net cross-sectional
1.2 DIMENSIONS.-Unless the word "actual" is used,
area of a masonry unit shall be taken as the gross crossthe dimensional requirements for masonry and for
sectional area minus the area of the cores or cellular
masonry units given in this standards are nominal. The
spaces. Gross cross-sectional area of scored units shall
measured dimensions of masonry shall be not more
be determined to the outside of the scoring but the
than 1/2 in. less than the required nominal dimensions.
cross-sectional area of the grooves shall not be
deducted from the gross cross-sectional area to obtain
Section 2 Definitions
the net cross- sectional area.
ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA.-(See ceramic veneer). EFFECTIVE HEIGHT.-The height of a wall or
ASHLAR MASONRY.-Masonry composed of rectangular
column which is assumed for purposes of calculating
units having sawed, dressed, or squared beds, properly
the slenderness ratio (see section 4.4.2.)
bonded, and laid in mortar.
EFFECTIVE THICKNESS.-The thickness of a wall
BACKUP.-That part of a masonry wall behind the facing.
or column that is assumed for purposes of calculating
BONDER.-A masonry unit that overlaps two or more
the slenderness ratio (see section 4.4.3.)
adjacent wythes of masonry to bind or tie them together.
FILLED CELL MASONRY.-Masonry construction
BRICK.-A masonry unit, not less than 75 percent solid,
made with vertical cell hollow units in which all cells
having a shape approximating a rectangular prism,
and voids are filled by pouring grout therein.
made from burned clay or shale, or mixture thereof.
GROUTED MASONRY.-Masonry construction made
Brick may be composed of other materials when so
with solid masonry units in which the collar joints are
designated, as for example, "concrete brick" and "sandfilled by pouring grout therein.
lime brick".
HEADER.-A brick or other masonry unit laid with the
BUTTRESS.-A bonded column of masonry built as an
end surface exposed.
integral part of the wall and projecting from either or
HOLLOW MASONRY UNIT.-A masonry
unit
both surfaces decreasing in cross-sectional area from
whose net cross- sectional area in any plane parallel to
base to top.
the bearing surface is less than 75 percent of its gross
CERAMIC VENEER.-Hard-burned, glazed or unglazed,
cross sectional area measured in the same plane (see
non-loadbearing clay masonry units, solid or hollow,
cross-sectional area).
121
Reference Standard 10
MASONRY.-A built-up construction or combination of
masonry units set in mortar.
PARGING.-The process of applying a coat of mortar
to masonry construction.
PARTITION.-An interior non-loadbearing wall
supporting no vertical load other than its own weight.
PILASTER.-A bonded or keyed column of masonry
having uniform cross section throughout its height;
built as part of a wall and projecting from either or both
surfaces. A pilaster may serve as either a vertical beam,
or a column, or both.
RUBBLE.(1) Coursed rubble-Masonry composed of roughly
shaped stones fitting approximately on level beds, well
bonded, and brought at vertical intervals to continuous
level beds or courses.
(2) Random rubble-Masonry composed of roughly
shaped stones, well bonded and brought at irregular
vertical intervals to discontinuous but approximately
level beds or courses.
(3) Rough or ordinary rubble-Masonry composed of
nonshaped or field stones laid without regularity of
coursing, but well bonded.
SOLID MASONRY UNIT.-A masonry unit whose net
cross-sectional area in every plane parallel to the
bearing surface is 75 percent or more of its gross crosssectional area measured in the same plane (see crosssectional area).
VENEER.-A single facing wythe of masonry units or
similar materials securely attached to a wall for the
purpose of providing ornamentation, protection,
insulation, etc., but not so bonded or attached as to be
considered as exerting common reaction under load.
WALL.-A vertical compression member having a
horizontal dimension measured at right angles to the
thickness, of more than three times the thickness.
(1) Cavity wall.-A wall built of masonry units so
arranged as to provide a continuous air space within the
wall between the inner and outer wythes (with or
without insulating material), and in which the wythes
are tied together with metal ties.
(2) Composite wall.-A multiple-wythe wall in which at
least one of the wythes is dissimilar to the other wythe
or wythes with respect to type of masonry unit, mortar,
or construction.
(3) Curtain wall.-An exterior non-loadbearing wall.
(4) Faced walls.-A composite wall in which the masonry
facing and the backing are so bonded as to exert a
common reaction under load.
(5) Hollow-masonry wall.-A wall built of hollow masonry
units.
(6) Loadbearing wall.-A wall that supports any vertical
load in addition to its own weight.
(7) Masonry bonded hollow wall.-A wall built of masonry
so arranged as to provide an air space within the wall
between the inner and outer wythes and in which the
wythes are bonded together with solid masonry units.
(8) Non-loadbearing wall.-A wall that supports no
Reference Standard 10
(a) Zinc coatings on iron or steel shall conform to
Reference Standard RS 10-23, class B-1, B-2, or B-3.
(b) Zinc coatings on wire shall conform to Reference
Units
No Exposure
Brick
Clay or shale...
Sandlime.
Concrete.
RS 10-31
RS 10-32
RS 10-33
SW
SW
U
MW
MW
c
P
NW
NW
G
RS 10-34
RS 10-35
LBX
not permitted
LBX
not permitted
LB
NB
RS 10-36
RS 10-37
RS 10-38
U
U
not permitted
p
c
p
permitted
G
G
permitted
Gypsum
Partition tile or block..
RS 10-39
not permitted
not permitted
permitted
Cast Stone
RS 10-43
permitted
permitted
permitted
RS 10-40
RS 10-40
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
RS 10-33
RS 10-36
RS 10-37
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
permitted
Prefaced Concrete
Masonry Units
Notes:
a
Gypsum partition tile or block shall not be used in bearing walls, or where subject to continuous dampness. Gypsum partition tile or block
shall not be used for partitions to receive Portland cement plaster, ceramic tile, marble or structural glass wainscots unless self-furring metal lath
is placed over the gypsum tile.
b
Requirements for finish do not apply.
c
Grade P may be used for "severe exposure" if protective coatings to prevent water penetration are applied on exterior face.
3.3.2 Unit ties, anchors, or steel bar reinforcementUnit metal ties, anchors, or steel bar reinforcements for
embedment in horizontal mortar joints shall conform to
the applicable requirements of Sections 7, 9, 10 and 11
or shall be equivalent in strength and stiffness to the
size specified. Any such materials shall have a minimum
30,000 psi yield strength.
*
3.4 MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT.-Mortar,
except gypsum, and type H, shall conform to Reference
Standard RS 10-46. Grout shall conform to the applicable
requirements of Reference Standard RS 10-47. Gypsum
mortar shall be composed of one part gypsum, meeting
the requirements of Reference Standard 10-48, to not
more than three parts sand by weight. Water shall be
clean and potable. Type H mortar shall be subject to
controlled inspection and shall have a compressive
123
Reference Standard 10
strength of at least 6,000 psi when tested after 28 days
at a cure of 75oF. and 50% Relative Humidity, in
accordance to ASTM C-109 and shall consist of:
1 bag (94 lbs.) Type I or III Portland cement
50 lbs. ground limestone
3 1/4 cu. ft. mortar sand conforming to ASTM C-144
4 gallons polyvinylidene chloride latex having a
solids content of at least 46%
Prior to commencement of construction the supplier of the
mortar shall submit an affidavit certifying that all the
required ingredients specified have been supplied and
included in the mix.
3.4.1 Types of mortar permitted-Unit masonry shall
be laid in mortar of the type specified in Table RS 10-1.2.
*264-73 BCR
Section 4 Design
4.1 GENERAL.-The design of masonry may be
predicated upon analysis of stress or upon the empirical
provisions indicated in this Reference Standard. The
provisions of this section shall apply only where the
design is predicted on analysis of stress. Except as
specifically indicated, stresses shall be calculated on the
basis of actual rather than nominal dimensions. For
Reference Standard 10
ab
Type H Mortar Type M Mortar Type S Mortar Type N Mortar Type O Mortar
Solid Clay or Shale Units
5,000
4,600
3,900
3,200
5,000
3,400
2,900
2,400
5,000
2,200
1,900
1,600
1,000
1,000
900
800
1,500
1,500
1,300
1,100
1,100
1,100
1,000
900
950
950
860
770
800
800
740
680
c
Hollow Units (Clay, Shale, or Concrete)
5,000
2,000
1,700
1,400
1,500
1,500
1,300
1,100
1,000
1,000
900
800
750
750
700
650
750
650
550
450
Notes:
aWhere masonry cement mortar is used, if the amounts of Portland cement and lime are established and conform to the requirements for the
mortar type indicated in the table, the values in this table apply. Masonry cement mortar in which the proportions are not identified shall not be
used for masonry construction proportioned on the basis of the analysis of stress.
bFor grounted masonry and filled cell masonry, f shall be based on the values given for solid units and hollow units respectively. See Section 8.
m
cThe ratio of the bedded area to gross area shall not be less than 0.25. For units having a lesser ratio of mortar bedded area than 0.25, the f
m
values shall be determined by Method No.1 (prism tests).
Reference Standard 10
(g) Test reports indicating the determination of f 't shall
be submitted by either the applicant or the Architect or
Engineer designated for controlled inspection prior to
commencement of construction of masonry.
*4.3.2 The allowable flexural tension stress for masonry
constructed with Type H mortar and clay or shale
masonry units which do not meet the requirements of
section 4.3.1(c) through (d) shall be 0.30 f t provided ft is
determined by ASTM E 72-61, uniform transverse load
strength method B after 28 day cure at 75oF and 50%
R.H. The test panels shall be single wythe, 8 feet tall and
4 feet wide. In addition, units producing wall strength less
Mortar Type
Flexural Tension
a
Construction Type
Clay or Shale Masonry Units:
Solid
e
Hollow ...
Concrete Masonry Units:
Solid
e
Hollow ...
Sand-Lime Masonry Units:
Solid
e
Hollow ...
Stone Masonry Units:
Natural Stone......
Cast Stone...
Shear
M or S
112
f
112
36
15
28
10
112
f
112
72
30
56
20
100
100
50
30
40
20
25
15
25
15
18
10
50
50
50
30
36
20
30
30
30
30
20
20
30
15
30
15
20
10
60
30
60
30
40
20
40
30
40
30
35
20
25
25
25
25
18
18
50
50
50
50
36
36
30
30
30
30
20
20
Notes:
a
Direction of stress is normal to bed joints construction.
b
Direction of stress is parallel to bed joints. If masonry is laid in stack bond, tensile stress values for tension parallel to bed joints shall not be used.
c
Where masonry cement mortars are used, if the amount of Portland cement and lime is established and conforms to the requirements for Type
M, S, or N mortar, the provisions of this table shall apply. Masonry cement mortar in which the proportions are not identified shall not be used for
masonry construction proportioned on the basis of the analysis of stress.
d
For computing flexural resistance, the moment of inertia of a cavity wall shall be based on the assumption that the two wythes act independently.
The moment of inertia of a masonry bonded hollow wall may be based on the assumption that there is adequate shear resistance between the
wythes to assure that they act together.
e
Net area in contact with mortar.
f
The allowable flexural tensile stress may be increased by 33 1/3% (or to 150 psi) when considering wind load.
*264-73 BCR
4.4 DESIGN OF MASONRY WALLS AND COLUMNS.4.4.1 Slenderness ratio(a) The slenderness ratio (ratio of effective height, h', or
length of the wall panel to the effective thickness, t)
shall not exceed 30 for walls of solid units, 20 for walls
of hollow units, and 25 for walls of filled cell or
grouted masonry.
(b) The slenderness ratio (ratio of the effective height,
h', to the least effective thickness, t) shall not exceed 25
for columns of solid units, 15 for columns of hollow
units and 20 for columns of filled cell or grouted
masonry.
* (c)The slenderness ratio shall exceed 40 for walls and
Reference Standard 10
the actual thickness of both wythes.
(c) For cavity walls loaded on one wythe only, the
effective thickness, t, shall be taken as the actual
thickness of the loaded wythe or 2/3 the sum of the
actual thicknesses of both wythes, whichever is the
lesser value.
(d) For columns, the effective thickness shall be
taken as the least actual thickness.
4.4.4 Allowable vertical loads(a) AXIAL LOADS ON WALLS.-Allowable axial
loads on masonry walls P, shall be computed by the
following formula:
P = c (0.25f'm) Ag
Where:
c = stress reduction factor given in Table RS 101.6, corresponding to the slenderness ratio.
Ag = cross-sectional area of the wall.
For solid masonry, grouted masonry, stone
masonry and filled cell masonry, Ag shall be computed
on the basis of actual thickness without deduction for
cells or cores.
For hollow masonry walls, Ag shall be taken as
the net cross-sectional area of the units. Where the
ratio of mortar bedded area to gross area is less than
0.25, Ag shall then be multiplied by a factor equal to
mortar bedded area divided by 0.25 times the gross area.
Where both wythes of a cavity wall support
vertical load, Ag shall be taken as cross-sectional area
of wall computed as above minus the actual area of the
cavity between wythes.
Where only one wythe
supports vertical load, Ag shall be taken as the crosssectional area of the loaded wythe computed as above.
(b) AXIAL LOADS ON COLUMNS.-Allowable
axial loads on masonry columns shall be computed by
the following formula:
P=c(0.20 f m )Ag
Where:
c = stress reduction factor given in Table 10-1.6
corresponding to the slenderness ratio.
Ag = cross-sectional area of the column.
For solid masonry, grouted masonry, stone masonry
and filled cell masonry, Ag shall be computed on the basis
of actual thickness without deduction for cells or cores.
For hollow masonry columns, Ag shall be taken as
the net cross-sectional area of the units. Where the ratio of
mortar bedded area to gross area is less than 0.25, Ag
shall then be multiplied by a factor equal to mortar
bedded area divided by 0.25 times the gross area.
(c) ECCENTRIC LOAD.(1) Where the eccentricity of the loads on the
member does not exceed 1/3 the thickness, the allowable
vertical load on walls and columns, shall be computed
in accordance with section 4.4.4(a) and section 4.4.4(b),
respectively, using the stress reduction factors given in
Table RS 10-1.6.
Reference Standard 10
minimum of 1/4 of the parallel side dimension of the
loaded area. For bearing on the full area, the allowable
bearing stress shall be taken as equal to the allowable
compressive stress. For reasonably concentric bearing
areas greater than 1/3, but less than the full area, the
allowable bearing stress shall be interpolated between
1.0 and 1.5 times the allowable compressive stress.
Section 5 Lateral Support
5.1 METHOD OF SUPPORT.-Lateral support for masonry
walls may be obtained by cross walls, columns, pilasters, or
butresses, where the limiting distance is measured
horizontally; or by floors, roofs, spandrel beams, or girts,
where the limiting distance is measured vertically, sufficient
bonding or anchorage shall be provided between the
walls and the supports to resist the assumed wind or other
horizontal forces, acting either inward or outward, and
shall meet the requirements of section 9.5. All members
relied upon for lateral support shall be designed on the
basis of allowable stress and shall have sufficient strength
to transfer the horizontal force, acting in either direction,
to adjacent structural members or to the ground. Where
walls are dependent upon floors or roofs for their lateral
support, provision shall be made in the building to
transfer the lateral forces to the ground.
5.2 HEIGHT AND THICKNESS LIMITATIONS.5.2.1 General-Masonry walls, whether loadbearing or
non- loadbearing shall be provided with lateral support
by means of horizontal or vertical members or constructions
at intervals not to exceed those specified in section
4.4.1 or, for non- loadbearing walls or for loadbearing
walls where it is desired to obviate the need for structural
analysis, at intervals not to exceed those specified in
this section.
Where masonry wall containing no openings is supported
in both horizontal and vertical spans, the allowable
distance between lateral supports as indicated in this
section may be increased; but if both horizontal and
vertical distances exceed the allowable distance, the
sum of the horizontal and vertical spans between
supports may be no more than three times the allowable
distance permitted for support in only one direction.
5.2.2 Load bearing exterior masonry walls-Except as
provided in section 6.4 load bearing exterior masonry
walls shall be proportioned on the basis of structural analysis.
5.2.3 Non-loadbearing exterior masonry walls-In lieu
of structural analysis, non-loadbearing exterior masonry
walls may be proportioned so that the maximum
slenderness ratio does not exceed 20. In the case of a
gable, the height of the wall shall be based on the
average height. Where the wall panel contains openings
having a dimension in excess of 50 percent of the
corresponding dimension of the panel, the wall shall be
proportioned by structural analysis.
5.2.4 Interior loadbearing walls-In lieu of analysis of
stresses, interior loadbearing masonry walls may be
proportioned so that the maximum slenderness ratio
does not exceed 20.
128
Reference Standard 10
Reference Standard 10
panel walls, may be 4 in. less in thickness than required
in Section 6.4 for loadbearing walls, except as provided
below.
6.5.1 Partitions-The minimum thickness for partitions
shall be as follows:
TABLE RS 10-1.8
Height of Walls
Thickness
8 ft. and under ..
2 in.
Over 8 ft. to 12 ft..
3 in.
Over 12 ft. to 16 ft
4 in.
Over 16 ft. to 20 ft
6 in.
Over 20 ft. to 24 ft
8 in.
6.6 OPENINGS IN BEARING WALLS.-The area of
openings in any transverse horizontal plane of a bearing
wall shall not exceed 50 percent of the gross sectional
area unless the wall panel can be demonstrated by
analysis to be structurally adequate with the increased
area of openings.
Section 7 Bonding
7.1 GENERAL.-All multiple wythe masonry loadbearing
and non- loadbearing walls shall be bonded in accordance
with one of the methods indicated in sections 7.2
through 7.4. For grouted masonry see section 8.
7.2 BONDING WITH MASONRY HEADERS.-Where
the facing and backing of solid masonry construction
are bonded by means of masonry headers, at least 14
percent of the wall surface of each face shall be
composed of headers extending at least 3 in. into the
backing. The distance between adjacent full length headers
shall not exceed 24 in. either vertically or horizontally.
In walls in which a single header does not extend
through the wall, headers from the opposite sides shall
overlap at least 3 in., or headers from opposite sides
shall be covered with another header course overlapping
the header below at least 3 in.
7.3 BONDING WITH METAL TIES.-The facing and
backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry walls shall be
bonded with corrosion-resistant 3/16 in. diameter (1/8
in. diameter for veneer), steel ties or metal wire of
equivalent stiffness embedded in the horizontal mortar
joints. There shall be at least one metal tie for each 2
sq.ft. of wall area. Ties in alternate courses shall be
staggered, the maximum vertical distance between ties
shall not exceed 24 in., and the maximum horizontal
distance shall not exceed 36 in., except that for cavity
walls having less than a 4 in. wythe , the maximum
vertical distance between ties shall not exceed 16 in.
Rods or ties bent to rectangular shape shall be used with
hollow masonry units laid with the cells vertical. In
other walls the ends of ties shall be bent to 90 degree
angles to provide hooks at least 2 in. long. Additional
bonding ties shall be provided at all openings and shall
be spaced not more than 3 ft. apart around the perimeter
and within 12 in. of the opening.
*7.3.1 BONDING OF WALLS.-Walls bonded in accordance
with this section or section 7.4 shall conform to the
Reference Standard 10
construction. In grouted masonry, fine grout (Reference
Standard RS 10-47) shall be used in grout spaces with a
least clear dimension less than 2 in. and coarse grout
(Reference Standard RS 10-47) shall be used in grout
spaces with a least clear dimension of 2 in. or more. In
filled cell masonry, either fine or coarse grout may be
used where the least clear dimension of the core is less
than 4 in., and coarse grout shall be used where the
least clear dimension of the core is 4 in or more.
8.2 CONSTRUCTION.8.2.1 Grouted masonry-The masonry units in either
the inner or outer wythes, but not necessarily both, shall
have a 24-hr. cold water absorption of not less than 5
percent. All masonry units in the inner and outer
wythes shall be laid plumb in full head and bed joints
and mortar "fins" shall not protrude into spaces
designed to be filled with grout. Only type M or S
mortar shall be used. All interior joints shall be solidly
filled with grout, except that masonry units in the core
may be placed or floated in grout poured between the
two outer wythes. The grouted longitudinal joints shall
be not less than 3/4 in. wide. Where the least clear
dimension of the longitudinal vertical joint or core is
less than 2 in., the maximum height of pour shall be 12
in. Where the least clear dimension of the longitudinal
vertical joint or core is 2 in. or more, the maximum
height of grout pour shall not exceed 48 times the least
dimension of the longitudinal vertical joint for coarse
grout nor 64 times for fine grout, but in no case shall
the maximum height of grout pour shall not exceed 12
ft. When grouting is stopped for 1 hr. or longer, the
grout poured shall be stopped 1 1/2 in. below the top of
a masonry unit and properly rodded or puddled.
Masonry bonders shall not be used, but metal wall ties
may be used to prevent spreading of the wythes and to
maintain vertical alignment of the wall. Where such
metal ties are used, they shall be protected as required
in section 10.12.
8.2.2 Filled cell masonry-All units shall be laid plumb
with full face shell mortar beds. All head (or end)
joints shall be filled solidly with mortar for a distance in
from the face of the unit or wall not less than the
thickness of the longitudinal face shells. Cross webs
adjacent to vertical cores shall be fully bedded in
mortar to prevent leakage of grout and mortar "fins"
shall not protrude into spaces designed to be filled with
grout. Only type M or S mortar shall be used. Bond of
masonry units in a single wythe shall be provided by
lapping units in alternate vertical courses. Where
masonry units are laid in stack bond, continuous joint
reinforcement shall be used in the bed joints as required
by section 7.7. All filled cell masonry shall be built to
preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the
cores. The minimum continuous clear dimensions of
vertical cores shall be 2 in. x 3 in. In filling vertical
cores, the grout shall not exceed 4 ft. in height. Grout
shall be rodded or puddled during placement to insure
complete filling of the core. When grouting is stopped
Reference Standard 10
wall with metal straps that are spaced not more than 8
ft. on centers and that engage at least three joists.
Anchors shall be in line with the bridging or blocking.
Steel floor joists bearing on masonry shall be anchored
to the masonry in a manner at least equivalent to that
required for wood joists. Concrete slabs bearing on
masonry walls require no additional anchorage. The
ends of joists, rafters, beams, or girders required to be
anchored into walls or bearing partitions shall be
continuous and the opposite end shall be similarly
anchored into a wall or bearing partition. However, if
discontinuous, the discontinuous ends shall lap each
other at least 6 in. and shall be well bolted or spiked
together, shall be butted and fastened by metal straps or
ties, or other means shall be provided for the transfer of
thrust between the discontinuous ends.
9.6 ROOF ANCHORAGE.-Roof construction, other
than cast-in- place concrete slabs, shall be securely
anchored to loadbearing masonry walls with minimum
1/2 in. bolts spaced 8 ft. on center, or their equivalent.
The bolts shall extend and be embedded a minimum of
15 in. vertically into the masonry, or where a continuous
bond beam is provided, shall be hooked tightly around
or welded to at least 0.2 sq.in. of continuous longitudinal
bond beam reinforcement placed at least 6 in. from the
top of the wall.
Section 10 Miscellaneous Requirements
10.1 CHASES AND RECESSES.10.1.1 Limitations-Chases in masonry walls shall not be
deeper than 1/8 the wall thickness. Vertical chases adjacent
to bearings of beams or lintels, vertical chases wider
than 12 in., and all horizontal chases shall be proportioned
on the basis of the analysis of stress. No chase shall
allowed within the required area of a column or pilaster.
The clear spacing between chases shall not be less than
three times the width of the larger adjacent chase.
10.1.2 Exceptions for 8 in. walls-In buildings of residential
occupancy not over 2 stories in height, vertical chases
not more than 4 in. deep and not more than 4 sq. ft. of
wall area may be built in 8 in. walls, except that recesses
below windows may extend from floor to sill and be the
width of the opening above. Masonry directly above
chases or recesses wider than 12 in. shall be supported
on lintels.
10.2 CORBELLING.-The maximum horizontal projection
of corbelling from the face of the wall shall not exceed
1/2 the wall thickness. The maximum projection of one
unit shall not exceed the height of the unit or 1/3 its
bed depth. The top corbel course shall be a full course
of headers at least 6 in. long. Corbelling of hollow
walls or walls of hollow units shall be supported on at
least one full course of solid masonry. Unless structural
support and anchorage is provided to resist the overturning
moment, the center of gravity of all projecting masonry
or molded cornices shall lie within the middle third of
the supporting wall.
10.3 ARCHES AND LINTELS.-The masonry above
Reference Standard 10
expansion joints at the sides and top. Expansion joints
shall be entirely free of mortar, and shall be filled with
resilient material.
10.6 BEARING DETAILS.-Concentrated loads shall
be supported upon a solid construction of solid masonry,
concrete, or masonry of hollow units with cells filled
with mortar, grout, or concrete and of sufficient height
to distribute safely the loads to the wall, plaster, or
column, or other adequate provisions shall be made to
distribute the loads.
10.6.1 Joists-Solid construction for support under joists
shall be at least 2 1/4 in. in height, and joists supported
on such construction shall extend into the masonry at
least 3 in.
10.6.2 Beams-Solid construction for support under
beams, girders, or other concentrated loads shall be at
least 4 in. in height and the bearing of beams shall
extend into the masonry at least 3 in.
10.7 USE OF EXISTING WALLS.-An existing masonry
wall may be used in the alteration or extension of a
building provided that under the new conditions it
meets the requirements of this standard and is structurally
sound or is made so.
10.7.1 Walls of insufficient thickness-Existing walls
of masonry units that are structurally sound, but that are
of insufficient thickness when increased in height, may
by strengthened by an addition of similar masonry units
laid in type M or S mortar. The foundations and lateral
support shall be equivalent to those required for newly
constructed walls under similar conditions. All such linings
shall be thoroughly bonded into existing masonry by
toothings to assure combined action of wall and lining.
Toothings shall be distributed uniformly throughout the
wall, and shall aggregate in vertical cross- sectional
area at least 15 percent of the total surface area of the
lining. Stresses in the masonry under the new conditions shall
not exceed the allowable stresses of Sections 4.2 and 4.3.
10.8 PRECAUTIONS DURING ERECTION.Temporary bracing shall be used whenever necessary to
take care of any loads to which the walls may be
subjected during erection. Such bracing shall remain in
place as long as may be required for safety.
10.9 MIXING MORTAR AND GROUT.-All cementitious
materials, aggregates, and water shall be mixed for a
minimum of 5 minutes in a mechanical batch mixer. If
the mortar begins to stiffen, the mortar may be retempered
by adding water and remixing. The consistency of grout
shall be such that, at the time of placement, it has a
slump of 10 1/2 to 11 in. as determined by Reference
Standard RS 10-49. All mortar and grout shall be used
within 2 1/2 hr. of initial mixing and no mortar or grout
shall be used after if has begun to set.
10.10 FILLING JOINTS.-In unit masonry construction,
all vertical and horizontal joints designed to receive
mortar or grout shall be completely filled. The thickness of
mortar joints in loadbearing masonry shall not exceed
1/2 in. Solid masonry units shall be laid with full head
and bed joints. Hollow masonry units shall be laid with
Reference Standard 10
that they are kept free of excessive dirt and wetness.
**
10.16 HORIZONTAL COMPRESSION JOINTS.All concrete framed high-rise buildings to be constructed
over 150 ft.-0 in. in height (as measured from adjoining
grade to the main roof level), whose exterior walls are
of cavity wall construction with steel lintels, shall have
horizontal compression joints in the exterior walls to
prevent masonry distress induced by vertical shortening
of the structural frame.
(a) Horizontal compression joints shall be 1/4 in. thick
in thickness (minimum), with 1/4 inch neoprene polyethylene,
or urethane gasket or equivalent joint filler filling the
entire joint, except for a recess from the toe of the lintel
angle to the exterior of the facing brick, to provide space
for caulking. These joints shall be spaced at 40 foot intervals
(maximum), and the details shown on the plans.
(b) The applicant of record shall submit a statement (or
engineering analysis) that the minimum code requirements
as stated in (a) are sufficient to provide for the effects
of vertical shortening of the structural frame or specify
additional horizontal compression joints of at least 1/4
inch thickness.
**181-72 BCR
Section 11 Veneer
11.1 GENERAL.-Veneer as used in this section refers
to an exposed facing wythe of brick, tile, ceramic
veneer, terra cotta, concrete masonry units, cast stone,
natural stone, or similar weather-resistant noncombustible
masonry units laid in mortar and securely attached to a
surface for the purpose of providing ornamentation,
protection or insulation, but not intentionally so bonded
as to exert common action under load.
11.1.1 Limitations-Veneer shall not be assumed to add
to the strength of any wall, nor shall it be assumed to
support any load other than its own weight. No veneer
shall be less than the thickness specified in Table RS
10-1.9. The height and length of veneer areas shall be
unlimited, except as required to control expansion and
contraction and except as provided in subdivision 11.2.
TABLE RS 10-1.9 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF
MASONRY VENEER
Type of Veneer
Anchored Type:
Solid masonry units...
Hollow masonry units...
Ceramic veneer..
Adhesion Type:
Solid masonry units...
Ceramic veneer..
Minimum Thickness
Actual (in).
1 5/8
1 5/8
1
3/8
3/8
Reference Standard 10
12.1.3 Flat Arches.-The depth of flat arches of burnt
clay or shale hollow blocks shall be at least 1 1/2 in. for
each foot of span, inclusive of the portion of the block
extending below the under side of the beam, and such
arches shall be at least 6 in. thick. Brick shall not be
used for flat arches.
12.1.4 Segmental Arches.-Segmental arches shall have
a rise of at least 1 in. per ft. of span, and the minimum
thickness shall be 6 in. for hollow tile arches and 4 in.
for brick arches with a span of 5 ft. or less and 8 in. for
brick arches with a span exceeding 5 ft.
12.1.5 Structural Clay Tile Arches.-The blocks shall
be at least two cells deep, shall be laid in type M or S
mortar, and shall be properly keyed.
12.1.6 Brick Arches.-Brick arches shall be laid in a full
bed of type M or S mortar and shall be solidly bonded.
12.1.7 Openings In Floors And Roofs.-Suitable metal
framing or reinforcement shall be provided in masonry
arch and roof construction around any opening more
than 1 ft.-6 in. on a side.
12.2 CHIMNEYS.-The design of chimneys shall be
predicted on the following requirements:
12.2.1 Chimney Walls.-Chimney walls constructed of
perforated radial brick with perforations not exceeding
33 per cent of the gross area may be designed using the
values shown in Tables RS 10-1-4 and 10-1-5 applicable
to solid units.
12.2.2 Chimney Linings.-The lining in chimneys shall
not be considered as taking either compression or tension
stresses.
12.2.3 Chimney Expansion and Contraction.-Expansion
and contraction in chimney walls due to temperature
variations shall be accommodated solely by the use of
steel reinforcing rings.
12.2.4 Reinforcing Rings.-Reinforcing rings shall be
provided at all changes in wall thickness, at the top of
the chimney, and above and below all flue openings,
but may be omitted at changes in wall thickness for
chimneys constructed of perforated radial brick with
type M mortar.
**
Reference Standard 10
horizontal chase or the maximum horizontal projection of
a diagonal chase shall not exceed 4 feet except as
provided for in Section 10.1.6; and except further that
the maximum length of the apron below window sills in
all walls shall not exceed the width of the window
opening. Waterproofed chases in such aprons in 8-inch
walls shall not exceed 4 inches in depth. The aggregate
area of recesses and chases shall be not more than onefourth of the area of the face of the wall in any one
story.
10.1.3 - Waterproofing chases - The backs and sides of
all chases in exterior walls with less than 8 inches of
masonry to the exterior surface shall be insulated and
waterproofed.
10.1.4 - Fire resistive limitations - Chases or recesses
shall not reduce the thickness of masonry material
below the minimum equivalent thickness required for
firewalls, fire separation assemblies or required fire
resistive coverings of structural members.
10.1.5 - Hollow walls - Where chases and recesses are
permitted in hollow walls and walls constructed of
hollow blocks or tile, the chases and recesses shall be
built in with the wall. Chases shall not be cut in hollow
walls after erection.
10.1.6 - Continuous chases - Where horizontal chases
for the bearing of reinforced concrete floors and roof
slabs are continuous, anchors shall be installed above
and below the floor construction to resist bending and
uplift in the wall due to flexure of the slab.
10.2 - Lintels - The design for lintels shall be in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.6 and
7.3.3. Minimum end bearing shall be 4 inches.
10.3 - Support on wood - No masonry shall be
supported on wood girders or other forms of wood
construction.
10.4 - Corbelling
10.4.1 - Solid masonry units shall be used for corbelling.
The maximum corbelled projection beyond the face of
the wall shall be not more than one half of the wall
thickness or one half the wythe thickness for hollow
walls; the maximum projection of one unit shall neither
exceed one half the height of the unit nor one third its
thickness at right angles to the face which is offset.
Corbelling of hollow walls or walls built of hollow
units shall be supported on at least one full course of
solid masonry.
10.4.2 - Molded cornices - Unless structural support
and anchorage are provided to resist the overturning
moment, the center of gravity of all projecting masonry
or molded cornices shall lie within the middle one-third
of the supporting wall. Terra cotta and metal cornices
shall be provided with a structural frame of noncombustible anchored material.
10.5 - Arches and lintels - The masonry above openings
shall be supported by properly buttressed
arches or by lintels that bear on the wall at each end for
at least 4 inches.
10.6 - Parapet walls - All cells in the hollow masonry
Reference Standard 10
roof level), whose exterior wythe are of cavity wall
construction with steel lintels, shall have horizontal
compression joints in the exterior wythe to prevent
masonry distress induced by vertical shortening of the
structural frame.
(a) Unless substantiated as indicated by (b) below,
horizontal compression joints shall be 1/4 inch minimum
thickness, with neoprene, polyethylene, or urethane
gasket or equivalent joint filler filling the entire joint,
except for a recess from the toe of the lintel angle to the
exterior of the facing brick, to provide space for
caulking. These joints shall be spaced at each floor.
(b) The applicant of record shall submit an engineering
analysis establishing that proposed building compression
joints spaced further apart than in (a) above are sufficient
to provide for the effects of vertical shortening of the
structural frame.
10.12 - Dry-Stacked, surface-bonded masonry walls
10.12.1 - General - Dry-Stacked, surface-bonded masonry
walls may be used for only one and two family dwellings
and shall comply with requirements of this code for
masonry wall construction.
10.12.2 - Materials - Surface-bonding mortar shall
comply with ASTM C476. Concrete masonry units
shall comply with ASTM C55, C90 or C145.
10.12.3 - Design - Dry-stacked, surface-bonded masonry
walls shall be of adequate strength and proportions to
support all superimposed loads without exceeding the
allowable stresses listed in Table 10.12.3. Allowable
stresses not specified in Table 10.12.3. shall comply
with the requirements in this standard.
Table 10.12.3
ALLOWABLE STRESS GROSS CROSSSECTIONAL AREA
Description
Compression
Standard block.
Shear
Flexural tension
Vertical span
Horizontal span
Maximum allowable
stress (psi)
45
10
18
30
137
Reference Standard 10
TABLE 10.14.1.1 Minimum Thickness of Masonry
Veneer
Type of Veneer
Minimum Thickness Actual (in.)
Anchored Type:
Solid masonry units1 5/8
Hollow masonry units1 5/8
Ceramic veneer..1
Adhesion Type:
Solid masonry units... 3/8
Ceramic veneer...3/8
10.14.1.2 - Design - All anchor attachments shall be
designed to resist a minimum positive or negative
horizontal force as required for wind or seismic effects,
and adhesion type veneer shall be designed to have a
bond sufficient to withstand a shearing stress of 50 psi.
At a minimum, the veneer shall also meet the attachment
requirements of Sections 10.14.2.1 and 10.14.3.1.
10.14.1.3 - Support of veneer - The weight of all
anchored type veneer shall be supported upon footings,
noncombustible foundation walls, or other approved
supports. Veneer above openings shall be supported
upon noncombustible, non-corrosive lintels.
10.14.2 - Veneer on wood - Anchored masonry veneer
attached to wood frame structures shall be supported on
noncombustible footings or foundation walls. The height
of the veneer shall not exceed 35 feet measured from the
top of the supporting footings or foundation walls. Where
anchored veneer exceeding 20 feet in height is applied,
it shall be supported in a manner that will provide for
movement between the veneer and its backing.
10.14.2.1 - Attachment - At a minimum, veneer of unit
masonry shall be attached directly to wood studs, by
one of the following means:
(a) With at least 22 gage corrosion-resistance corrugated
steel ties at least one inch wide, at vertical intervals of
not more than 24 inches and horizontal intervals of not
more than 32 inches, but in no case less than one tie for
3 1/2 square feet of wall area;
(b) Directly to a 1 inch reinforced cement mortar base.
10.14.3 - Veneer on masonry - Veneer attached to
masonry or concrete backing shall not be limited in
height other than by compressive stresses.
10.14.3.1 - Attachment - At a minimum, veneer shall be
securely attached to the masonry or concrete backing by
one of the following means or by a means that is
equivalent in strength:
(a) Metal ties conforming to Section 5.8 except that ties
shall be spaced not more than 24 inches apart either
horizontally or vertically;
(b) Corrosion-resistant dovetail slot anchors where the
backing and the veneer has been designed for this type
of attachment. Such anchors shall be formed from at
least 16 gage steel at least 1 inch wide;
(c) Adhesion type masonry veneer shall be installed in
Reference Standard 10
in accordance with the provisions of reference standard
RS 9-6."
Section A.3.6 - Delete the first two sentences and
substitute the following:
"Masonry walls which require lateral forces shown in
Table 23-P of reference standard RS 9-6 shall be
anchored to all floors and roofs which provide lateral
support for the walls. The anchorage of such walls or
partitions shall provide direct connection capable of
resisting the forces derived from Table No. 23-P or a
minimum of 200 pounds per lineal foot of wall,
whichever is greater."
Section A.3.8 - Delete this section and substitute the
following:
"A.3.8 - Vertical reinforcement of at least 0.20 square
inches in cross sectional area shall be provided
continuously from support to support at each corner, at
each side of each opening, at the ends of walls and at a
maximum spacing of 10 feet apart throughout the wall.
Horizontal reinforcement not less than 0.20 square
inches in cross sectional area shall be provided: (1) at
the bottom and top of wall openings and shall extend
not less than 24 inches nor less than 40 bar diameters
past the opening; (2) continuously at structurally
connected roof and floor levels and at the top of walls;
(3) at the bottom of the wall or in the top of the
foundations when dowelled to the wall; (4) at maximum
spacing of 10 feet unless uniformly distributed joint
reinforcement is provided. Reinforcement at the top and
bottom of openings when used in determining the
maximum spacing specified in item (4) above shall be
continuous in the wall."
Add the following sections:
"A.3.10 - Non-bearing back-up or infill walls and nonbearing partitions need not comply with the vertical and
horizontal (2 way) reinforcing requirements of section
A.3.8 if the requirements set forth in A.3.10.1 through
A.3.10.4 are met.
A.3.10.1 - The cross sectional area of uniformly spaced
steel reinforcement in either the horizontal or the
vertical direction shall equal or exceed 0.0005 times the
gross cross sectional area of the masonry.
A.3.10.2 - Reinforcement shall be continuous between
supports.
A.3.10.3 - Spacing of prescribed horizontal reinforcement
shall not exceed 16 inches for joint reinforcement and 4
feet for reinforcement bars in grouted bond beams.
When vertical reinforcement is used, bars shall not
exceed placement at 10 feet on center and at the ends of
walls.
A.3.10.4 - Lateral support anchorage shall be provided
between the non-loadbearing back-up, infill or partition
wall and its structural support. Spacing of anchors shall
conform to the provisions of Sections 4.2 and 5.11 and
shall not exceed the spacing of prescribed reinforcement.
Anchorage shall be designed to transfer lateral (out-ofplane) forces to the adjacent structural support."
Section A.4 - Delete this section.
MODIFICATIONS - The provisions of ACI 530.192/ASCE 6-92 shall be subject to the following
modifications. The chapter and section numbers are
from that standard.
2.3.1. - Inspection and testing.
Delete the opening sentence and substitute the following:
"Inspection shall conform to the requirements of
Articles 1.5 and 1.6, the inspection and testing
provisions of the building code of the city of New
York, and the following:"
**Local Law 17-1995
*
Reference Standard 10
1.3.2
1.3.4
1.4
Reference Standard 10
strength."
5.6.2.1
-Delete this section.
5.6.2.2
-Delete this section.
-After the word "satisfactory" in the second line, delete
the remainder of the section and add the words "if the
provisions of Section 5.6.1.6 are met".
5.6.2.4
-Delete this section.
5.6.3.1
-Delete the words "Building Official"
on the first line and insert the word
"Commissioner".
-Delete the first three lines through the words "[Section
5.6.2.3(b)]", and substitute the following: "If tests of
laboratory cured specimens fail to conform to the
requirements of Section 5.6.1.6 refer to Section
5.6.3.4."
-Delete the words "strength test more than 500 psi
below specified value of f c and insert the words "set of
three specimen tests which fail to conform to the
requirements of Section 5.6.1.6."
Add the following section:
"5.9.3 - Conveying by pumping methods shall be in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the
Building Code."
-Add a period on the second line after the word "used",
delete the words "unless approved by the Engineer" and
add the following sentence: "For additional
requirements see applicable provisions of the Building
Code Section 27-607(a)(2)."
Add the following sections:
"5.14 - SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HIGH
STRENGTH CONCRETE
5.14.1 - All high strength concrete (6000 PSI and
higher) shall be proportioned and manufactured only in
accordance with the provisions of Building Code
Section 27-605(b) Method II Proportioning on the basis
of field experience.
5.14.2 - All high strength concrete specimens shall be
made utilizing metal or plastic molds that comply with
reference standard RS 10-52. Each test shall consist of
eight specimens taken directly from the mixer. Two
specimens shall be tested at seven days, three at 28 days
and three at 56 days. These requirements are in addition
to the hopper specimens as required by the Building
Code.
5.14.3 - At the time of placement of high strength
concrete, two concrete production facilities shall be
available. Said facilities shall have been previously
approved by the architect or engineer designated for
controlled inspection.
5.14.4 - All high strength concrete for columns shall be
of normal weight concrete.
5.14.5 - The requirements of Section 10.13.4 shall be
adhered in all respects.
5.14.6 - Where lightweight concrete is to be used for
the floor system, the columns and the beam or slab
Reference Standard 10
"16.4.2 - Lifting devices shall have a capacity sufficient
to support four times the appropriate portion of the
members dead weight. The inclination of the lifting
force shall be considered."
16.4.2.1
- Delete this section.
16.4.2.2
- Delete this section.
16.4.2.3
- Delete this section.
- Add the following sentence to the beginning
of this section: "New York City is to be considered in a
region of moderate risk."
**Local Law 17-1995; 1077-86 BCR
*
A6 REFERENCED CODES AND STANDARDS - Revise the list of publications of the following
listed standards to read as follows:
American National Standards institute
ANSI/ASCE 7-93 (Formerly ANSI A58.1-82)
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
ASTM
A6-94a
A53-93a
A194-94a
A325-94
A490-93
A502-93
A563-94
A588-94
A618-93
A709-94A
C330-89
AWS D1.1-94
AWS A5.17-89
AWS A5.23-90
A36-94
A193-94b
A307-94
A449-93
A501-93
A529-94
A572-94b
A607-92a
A687-93
C33-93
AWS A5.5-89
AWS A5.20-89
AWS A5.29.89
142
Reference Standard 10
CHAPTER B DESIGN REQUIREMENTS B 11
PROPORTIONING OF CRANE GIRDERS
Reference Standard 10
"L6. MINIMUM THICKNESS OF METAL
All exterior members of structural steel, except roofing
and siding, that are exposed to the weather shall have a
protective coating as required by the provisions of
Section M3,1. and shall have a minimum thickness of
metal of 0.23 in.
Exception: The minimum thickness of metal
may conform to the requirements for stress under the
following conditions:
1.
Exterior members exposed to the weather - An
approved type of atmospheric corrosion resistant steel
is used or exposed surfaces are zinc coated with a
minimum weight of coating of approximately 0.6
ounces per square foot of exposed surface and covered
with a protective coating as required by section M3 or
exposed surfaces are protected by other means.
2.
Members not exposed to the weather - All
members, except that members located where they
would be subject to accidental impact, shall be stiffened
to resist such impact.
3. Roofing and siding - All members, provided that
surfaces which are exposed to the weather shall have a
protective coating.
4. Temporary construction that will be in place for a
period of one year or less, provided that all surfaces
which are exposed to the weather shall have a
protective coating.
5. Joists or purlins that are exposed to the weather but
which do not support more than 200 sq. ft. of floor or
roof area, and which have a protective coating as
required by section M3,1.
CHAPTER M FABRICATION, ERECTION
AND QUALITY CONTROL
M1. SHOP
DRAWINGS - Add the
following paragraph to Section M1.
"The shop drawings shall include the location
of oversized, short-slotted or long-slotted holes."
M3. SHOP PAINTING
1.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - Delete this
section and substitute the following:
"1. PAINTING OF STRUCTURAL STEEL
(a) All structural steel, except as provided in
subsection (b) of this section, shall receive one coat of
paint, zinc, or bituminous coating, or equivalent metal
protection before erection. The protection shall be
applied thoroughly and evenly to dry surfaces which
have been cleaned of loose mill scale, loose rust, weld
slag flux deposit, dirt, and other foreign matter. Oil and
grease deposits shall be removed. Surfaces inaccessible
after assembly shall be treated as required above prior
to assembly.
(b) Surfaces of structural steel shall not be
required to receive metal protection when the structural
Reference Standard 10
MATERIALS
"All steel members shall be shipped and
handled in a manner that will not cause injury to
protective coatings or permanent deformations of the
members. Steel members shall not be dropped, thrown, or
dragged. Any bends, crimps or other evidence of
permanent deformations shall be straightened by
methods approved by the engineer or architect of record
or the piece shall be rejected. Materials shall be stored
out of contact with the ground, kept clean, and in
general protected against damage and corrosion.
M5.
QUALITY CONTROL - Add the
following paragraph before paragraph one:
"The requirements of the building code for
quality control shall apply."
Add this section following Section M5.5
IDENTIFICATION OF STEEL
"6. INSPECTION OF CONNECTIONS
All connections, both field and shop, shall be subject to
Controlled Inspection pursuant to the requirements of
Section 27-132, Section 27-585 and Table 10-2 of
Section 27-586 of the Administrative Building Code."
A6
REFERENCED
CODES
AND
STANDARDS - Revise the list of publications of the
following listed standards to read as follows:
American Society of Civil Engineers
ASCE 7 93
American Society for Testing and Materials
ASTM A6-94a
ASTM A27-93
ASTM A36-94
ASTM A53-93a
ASTM A148-93b
ASTM A193-94b
ASTM A194-94a
ASTM A242-93a
ASTM A307-94
ASTM A325-94
ASTM A354-94
ASTM A449-93
ASTM A490-93
ASTM A500-93
ASTM A501-93
ASTM A502-93
ASTM A514-94a
ASTM A529-94
ASTM A563-94
ASTM A570-92
ASTM A572-94b
ASTM A588-94
ASTM A606-91a
ASTM A607-92a
ASTM A618-93
ASTM A668-93
ASTM A687-93
ASTM A709-94A
ASTM A852-93a
ASTM C33-93
ASTM C330-89
ASTM F436-93
AWS
AWS
AWS
AWS
AWS
A5.1-91
A5.17-89
A5.20-89
A5.28-90
Reference Standard 10
I5. SHEAR CONNECTORS - Add the
following paragraphs after the first paragraph of
subsection 1. Materials.
"For aggregate not complying with ASTM
C33, the Department of Buildings' Rules for Design of
Composite Construction with Metal Decks or
Lightweight Concrete, dated September 8, 1975 or as
subsequently revised, shall be adhered to. Working
values for use with construction for which design
values have not been established in accordance with the
foregoing and for connector types other than those
covered by Subsections 3. and 4. of Section I5 shall be
established by a prequalified load test as set forth in
Section 27-599. The minimum specified compressive
strength of concrete (f'c) shall be 3,000 psi.
I6. SPECIAL CASES - Add the following to
the end of the paragraph.
"satisfactory to the commissioner."
CHAPTER J CONNECTIONS, JOINTS AND
FASTENERS
JI GENERAL PROVISIONS
8. Placement of Welds and Bolts-At the end of the last
sentence add the following:
"The foregoing provisions notwithstanding, the
eccentricity perpendicular to the plane of the
connection shall be considered in proportioning both
the number and the connection."
12.
WELDS - Add the following paragraph at the
beginning of the section before the initial paragraph.
"The provisions of the building code for
welding operations, the Board of Standards and
Appeals' Rules for Arc and Gas Welding and Oxygen
Cutting and Steel Covering the Specifications for
Design, Fabrication and Inspection of Arc and Gas
Welded Steel Structures and Qualification of Welders
and Supervisors, and the Board of Standards and
Appeals' rules for Electro-slag Welding Approvals shall
apply."
Add the following paragraph after the first
paragraph in Section J2.
"Welding equipment used to perform
submerged - arc, gas metal-arc and flux cored arc
welding of high strength steel and electro-slag or
electro-gas welding of all steel shall be approved."
J3. BOLTS AND THREADED PARTS
2.
Size and Use of Holes - Add the following
after the title of paragraph c., d., and e.
"subject to the approval of the engineer of record,"
6.
Combined Tension and Shear in Slip-critical
Joints - Add the following:
"Allowable stresses for a combination of loads
for A325 and A490 bolts shall be used in slip-critical
connections. The applicable provisions of the Building
Code for wind load shall apply."
Reference Standard 10
(a) All structural steel, except as provided in subsection
(b) of this section, shall receive one coat of paint, zinc,
or bituminous coating, or equivalent metal protection
before erection. The protection shall be applied
thoroughly and evenly to dry surfaces which have been
cleaned of loose mill scale, loose rust, weld slag flux
deposit, dirt and other foreign matter. Oil and grease
deposits shall be removed. Surfaces inaccessible after
assembly shall be treated as required above prior to
assembly.
(b) Surfaces of structural steel shall not be required to
receive metal protection when the structural steel is
used under the conditions listed in paragraph (1)
through (7) below. However, these surfaces shall be
cleaned of oil and grease by solvent cleaners and be
cleaned of dirt and other foreign material by thorough
brushing with a fiber brush.
(1) Structural steel that is encased in concrete (other
than cinder concrete) or surfaces that abut concrete
(other than cinder concrete) at interior locations.
(2) Structural steel encased in non-corrosive fire
resistive materials that are bonded or secured to the
steel surfaces by approved means.
(3) Surfaces of structural steel that are to be riveted,
bolted or welded together.
(4) Surfaces of structural steel within 2 in. of field
welds shall be free of protective coatings that would
prevent proper welding or produce objectionable fumes
while welding is being done.
(5) Surfaces of structural steel that have been machine
finished.
(6) Surfaces of types of structural steel that have been
specifically approved for use without metal protection.
(7) Structural steel members that are completely
concealed by interior finish such as lath and plaster,
masonry, etc., need not be painted except that where
such members are subject to condensation from piping,
are in shower or steam rooms, are exposed to chemical
fumes or are exposed to other conditions of potentially
aggressive corrosion.
(c) Parts of structural members left unpainted because
of welding, bolting or riveting operations, not exempted
from painting by the provisions of subsection (b) above,
shall receive a field application of metal protection as
prescribed in subsection a. above.
(d) Structural steel that will remain exposed to the
weather or to a corrosive atmosphere shall receive an
additional coat of metal protection of another color after
erection, except for types of structural steels that have
been specifically approved for use under exposure to
the weather without protection.
(e) All abrasions to, or deteriorations of, the protective
coating shall be spot painted."
M4. ERECTION - Add the following to
subsection 7. Field Connections.
Reference Standard 10
bracing where a pair of braces located either above or
below a beam terminates at a single point within the
clear beam span.
CONNECTION is the group of elements that
connect the member to the joint.
DIAGONAL BRACING is that form of bracing
that diagonally connects joints at different levels.
ECCENTRIC BRACED FRAME (EBF) is
that form of braced frame where at least one end of
each brace intersects a beam at a point away from the
column girder joint.
GIRDER is the horizontal member in a
seismic frame. The words beam and girder may be used
interchangeably.
JOINT is the entire assemblage at the
intersections of members.
K BRACING is that form of bracing where a
pair of braces located on one side of a column terminates
at a single point within the clear column height.
LINK BEAM is that part of a beam in an
eccentric braced frame which is designed to yield in
shear and/or bending so that buckling of the bracing
members is prevented.
STRENGTH is the strength as prescribed in
reference standard RS 10-5A.
V BRACING is that form of chevron bracing
that intersects a beam above and inverted V bracing is
that form of chevron bracing that intersects a beam
from below.
X BRACING is that form of bracing where a
pair of diagonal braces cross near midlength of the
bracing members."
Subdivision (c) Materials.
Delete this subdivision and exception and
substitute the following:
"(c) 1. Materials. Materials shall be as
prescribed in reference standard RS 10-5A. Structural
steel designed to be part of the lateral force resisting
system of multistory buildings shall not have a
specified yield strength greater than 50,000 psi.
2. Member Strength. When these provisions
require that the strength of the member be developed,
the following shall be used:
Members:
Flexure
Shear
Axial compression
Axial tension
Connectors:
Full penetration welds
Partial penetration and
fillet welds
Bolts
Strength
Ms=ZFy
Vs=.55Fydt
Psc=1.7FaA
Pst=FyA
FyA
1.7*Allowable
1.7*Allowable
compact
unless
Reference Standard 10
Paragraph 2, Subparagraph C. Compression elements in braces.
Delete the number "2706" and insert the words "1.9 of
reference standard RS 10-5A".
Paragraph 3, Subparagraph B. Net area.
Delete the words 2722(g)3A in F* and 2722(g)2A in
and insert the words 2723(f)3A and 2723 (f)2A
for F* and , respectively.
Subdivision (h) Nondestructive Testing.
Delete the words "Section 2722(i) and insert the words
"reference standard RS 10-5A".
***Local Law 17-1995.
G-FABRICATION,
ERECTION,
MINIMUM
THICKNESS OF METAL AND PAINTING
The applicable provisions of Reference Standard RS
10-5 shall apply supplemented as follows:
G1.1 Fabrication
(a) Straightening and flattening-All materials shall be
clean and straight. If straightening or flattening is necessary,
it shall be done by a suitable process or method and in a
manner that will not injure the material.
(b) Profiles used structurally shall conform to the
specified dimension. Care shall be taken not to stretch,
bend, or otherwise distort parts of the sections unless
such forming is an integral part of the design.
(c) Cutting and punching-Components may be cut by
slitting, shearing sawing, or flame cutting. All punched
holes and sheared or flame cut edges of material in
members subject to calculated stress shall be clean and
free from notches and burred edges.
G1.2 Erection-Care shall be taken to avoid damage
when loading, unloading, and handling members.
*455-89 BCR; 425-81 BCR; 302-73 BCR; 248-70 BCR
**Closed quotations not enacted here; probably intended.
Reference Standard 10
6.1 Determination of stress-strain relationships.
Change the date of issuance of the following standards
referred to in section 6.1 as indicated.
E8-69
E9-77
E141-69
6.2 Test for special cases.
6.2.1 General
6.2.1(c) Delete and substitute the following:
"Tests shall be made in conformance with the
provisions of the Building Code."
6.2.2 Tests for determining structural performance.
Delete paragraph 6.2.2(b) and substitute the following:
"The provisions of the building code for load tests shall apply."
6.2.3 Tests for determining mechanical properties of
full sections. Add the date of issuance of the following
standard referred to in section 6.2.3(a) as indicated.
ASTM Designation A370-76
Add the following section:
Section 7. FABRICATION AND ERECTION
The applicable provisions of Reference Standard RS
10-5 shall apply supplemented as follows:
7.1 Fabrication
(a) Straightening and flattening-All material shall be
clean and straight. If straightening or flattening is
necessary, it shall be done by a suitable process or
method and in a manner that will not injure the material.
(b) Profiles and distortion-Profiles used structurally shall
conform to the specified dimension. Care shall be taken
not to stretch, bend, or otherwise distort parts of the sections
unless such forming is an integral part of the design.
(c) Cutting and punching-Components may be cut by
slitting, shearing, sawing or flame cutting. All punched
holes and sheared or flame cut edges of material in
members subject to calculated stress shall be clean and
free from notches and burred edges.
(d) Bolted and riveted connections-Holes for bolts or
rivets shall be 1/16 inch larger than the nominal
diameter of the bolt and rivet when the diameter of bolt
or rivet is 1/2 inch and larger, and 1/32 inch larger than
the nominal diameter of the bolt or rivet when the
diameter is less than 1/2 inch.
7.2 Erection - Care shall be taken to avoid damage
when loading, unloading, and handling members.
***249-70 BCR
150
Reference Standard 10
3.2 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Add the date of publication to the following ASTM
specifications:
ASTM A370-88
ASTM A6-86b
ASTM A611-85
In paragraph three insert "Reference Standard RS10-6"
before the words, "of the AISI Specification...."
4.1 METHOD
In paragraph one delete the words, "of latest adoption"
In paragraph (a) insert "Reference Standard RS 10-5"
before "American Institute of Steel Construction."
In paragraph (b) insert "Reference Standard RS 10-6"
before "American Iron and Steel Institute."
4.8 SHOP PAINT
Add the following as the first paragraph of this section:
Painting of Open Web Steel Joists.-Painting of Open
Web Steel Joists shall meet the requirements of reference
standard RS 10-7 for Open Web Steel Joists. The shop
coat shall be applied at the place of manufacture. All
abrasions shall be touched up at the job site with the
same material. Steel joists that remain exposed to the
weather or a corrosive atmosphere shall receive an
additional coat of metal protection of another color after
erection, except for types of structural steels that have
been specifically approved for use under exposure to
the weather without metal protection.
5.12 INSPECTION
Delete this section.
SPECIFIC MODIFICATIONS-LONGSPAN
STEEL JOISTS, LH-SERIES AND DEEP
LONGSPAN STEEL JOISTS, DLH-SERIES
102.2 STEEL
Add the date of publication to the following ASTM
specifications:
ASTM A36-88c
ASTM A588-88
ASTM A242-87
ASTM A606-85
ASTM A441-85
ASTM A607-85
ASTM A570-88
ASTM A611-85
ASTM A572-88b
102.2 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
Add the date of publication to the following ASTM
specifications:
ASTM A370-88
ASTM A6-86b
ASTM A611-85
103.1 METHOD
In paragraph one delete the words, "of latest adoption."
In paragraph (a) insert "Reference Standard RS 10-5"
before, "American Institute of Steel Construction."
In paragraph (b) insert "Reference Standard RS 10-6"
revision: October 1, 2004
151
Reference Standard 10
*** REFERENCE STANDARD RS 10-8
LUMBER AND TIMBER CONSTRUCTION
AF&PA 1991 National Design Specification for Wood
Construction-and its 1991 Supplement with 1993 Revisions.
MODIFICATIONS-The provisions of AF&PA-National
Design Specifications for Wood Construction shall be
subject to the following modifications. The section and
paragraph numbers are from that standard.
Part 1- General Requirements for Structural Design
1.4.2 Governed by Codes.
The provisions of the New York City Building Code
shall constitute the minimum design loads.
Part IV-Sawn Lumber
4.1.2.1- When the design values specified herein are
used, the lumber, including end-jointed or edge-jointed
lumber shall be identified in accordance with the
provisions of the Building Code for Identification. See
Sections 26-251 and 27-618 of the code.
Part XIII-Metal Connector Plates
13.2- Design Values for Metal Connector Plates.
13.2.1- Tests for Design Values.
Tests to determine lateral design values for metal
connector plates shall be conducted in accordance with
ASTM Standard D1761-88 (Reference 13) or other
approved test methods. The strength value of the metal
connector plate in tension and shear shall be determined
in accordance with ASTM E489-81. Tensile Strength
Properties of Steel Truss Plates and ASTM E 767-80,
Shear Resistance of Steel Truss Plates. The design
value for normal load duration shall be determined by
dividing the test load at wood-to-wood slip of 0.03" by
1.6 or by dividing the ultimate test load by 3.0 using the
smaller of the two values as the design value (see
Reference 43 for additional information). Design values
determined in accordance with these test procedures
shall be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors
(see Table 7.3.1) to obtain allowable design values.
13.2.3- Testing.
Full scale tests on representative trusses shall be conducted
with ASTM E 73-84* Standard Methods of Testing
Truss Assemblies.
*1984 version does not exist, 83 probably intended.
PLYWOOD CONSTRUCTION
152
Reference Standard 10
4. ROOF SHEATHING.-Where plywood is used as
roof sheathing the spans shall not exceed the values
TABLE RS 10-9.1a
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PLYWOOD FLOOR AND ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO
OR MORE SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS a
Panel Span Rating,b
Roof/ Floor Span
10/0
16/0
20/0
24/0
24/0
32/16
40/20
48/24
Panel Span Rating,b
Roof/ Floor Span
12/0
16/0
20/0
24/0
24/0
32/16
40/20
48/24
Thickness (inches)
Notes:
a
These values apply for C-D Sheathing Structural I and II and C-C grades only. Spans shall be limited to values shown because of possible
effect of concentrated loads.
b
Span rating appears on all panels in the construction grades listed in footnoteb.
c
Edges shall be blocked with lumber or other approved type of edge support.
d
For roof live load of 40 psf or total load of 55 psf, decrease spans by 13 percent or use panel with next greater span rating.
e
Edges of plywood floor sheathing shall have approved tongue-and-groove joints or shall be supported with blocking, unless 1/4-inch minimum
thickness underlayment of 1 inches of approved cellular or lightweight concrete is installed, or finish floor is 25/32-inch wood strip. Allowable
uniform load based on deflection of 1/360 of the span is 165 psf.
f
Maximum shall be 24 inches if 25/32 - inch wood strip flooring is installed at right angels to joist.
g
For joists spaced at 24 inches on center, plywood sheathing with span rating numbers 40/20 or greater shall not be used for subfloors except
when supporting 1 1/2 inches of lightweight concrete.
153
Reference Standard 10
TABLE RS 10.9.1b
ALLOWABLE LOADS FOR PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER
TWO OR MORE
a
SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PARALLEL TO SUPPORTS
Thickness (inches)
No. of Plies
Span (inches)
Total Load (psf)
Live Load (psf)
15/32
4
24
30
20
15/32
5
24
45
35
Structural 1
1/2
4
24
35
25
1/2
5
24
55
40
15/32
5
24
25
20
1/2
5
24
30
25
Other grades
19/32
4
24
35
25
covered in DOC
19/32
5
24
50
40
PS-1
5/8
4
24
40
30
5/8
5
24
55
45
Note:
a Uniform load deflection limitations: 1/180 of span under live load plus dead load, 1/240 under live load only. Edges shall be blocked with
lumber or other approved type of edge supports.
16
1/2 in.
5/8 in.
3/4 in.
20
5/8 in.
3/4 in.
1/8 in.
24
3/4 in.
7/8 in.
1 in.
Notes:
a Applicable to underlayment grade, C-C (Plugged) and all grades of sanded exterior type plywood. Spans limited to values shown because of
possible effect of concentrated loads. Allowable uniform load based on deflection of 1/360th of span is 100 psf. Plywood edges shall have
approved tongue and groove joints or shall be supported with blocking, unless 1/4 - inch minimum thickness underlayment is installed, or finish
floor is 25/32-inch wood strip. If wood strips are perpendicular to supports, thickness as shown for 16-and 20-inch spans may be used on 24 inch span.
Except for 1/2 inch, Underlayment grade and C-C(plugged) panels may be of nominal thickness 1/32 inch thinner than the nominal thicknesses
shown when marked with the reduced thickness.
Panel Edges
Intermediate
Support
6
6
12
12
6
6
6
4
2 1/2
12
12
6
7
4
Note:
a
Where spans are 48 in., or more, nails shall be spaced at 6 in. at all supports.
9.
PLYWOOD SIDING.-Plywood siding shall be applied and nailed as prescribed in Table RS 10-9.4.
154
Reference Standard 10
Plywood b,c,
Thickness (in.)
3/8d
1/2, 5/8 and
thicker
3/8
1/2 and thicker
Nail Size
6d
8d
6d
Intermediate
Supports
12
12
Nail Type
Corrosive resistant
box or casing nails
Panel Edgesa
6
Corrosive resistant
box or casing nails
8d
Notes:
a
Horizontal
Vertical
DiaphragmsDiaphragmsMaximum Span- Maximum HeightWidth Ratios
Width Ratios
Nailed all edges....
4:1
31/2 : 1
Blocking omitted at
intermediate joints
4:1
2:1
revision: July 1, 2008
Reference Standard 10
Structural-use panels designated for use as single-layer
floor panels shall be marked with a floor Span Rating. Structuraluse panels intended for use solely as wall sheathing
shall be marked with a stud spacing of 16 o.c. or 24 o.c.
14. PANEL SPANS.-Spans for structural-use panels
used for floor or roof sheathing shall not exceed the
Span Rating. Live loads on floors or roofs shall not exceed
those specified in Tables RS 10-9.1a and RS 10-9.1b.
Spans for structural-use panels for wall sheathing may
be applied either horizontally or vertically. Maximum stud
spacing shall not exceed 16 inches o.c. for panels with a
rated wall span of 16 inches or roof span of 16 or 20
TABLE RS 10-9.6 ALLOW SHEAR FOR WIND FOR HORIZONTAL PLYWOOD DIAPHRAGMS
Blocked Diaphragms
Minimum Minimum
Nail
Nominal
Penetration Plywood
Plywood Common in Framing Thickness
Grade
Nail Size
(in.)
(in.)
6d
1 1/4
5/16
Structural I
or 1/4
8d
1 1/2
3/8
Structural II
C-C
Exterior,
Standard
Sheathing
and other
Grades
covered in
Product
Standard
PS 1
10d
1 5/8
1/2
6d
1 1/4
5/16
or 1/4
3/8
8d
1 1/2
3/8
1/2
10d
1 5/8
1/2
5/8
Minimum
Nominal
Width of
Framing
Member
(in.)
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
225
250
250
280
320
360
360
400
385
430
425
480
335
380
375
420
480
540
530
600
575b
650
640b
720
380
430
420
475
545
610
600
675
655b
735
730b
820
All Other
Configurations
(Cases 2,
3, and 4 )
125
140
180
200
215
240
150
170
165
185
215
240
240
265
255
290
285
320
110
125
125
140
160
180
180
200
190
215
215
240
Notes:
a These values are for short time loads due to wind and shall be reduced 25 percent for normal loading. Space nails 12 in. on center along intermediate framing
members.
b Reduce tabulated values 10 per cent when boundary members provide less than 3 in. nominal nailing surface.
11. PLYWOOD COMPONENTS. Plywood components shall be acceptable when designed and fabricated according
to procedures in reference standards RS 10-57 through RS 10-64, inclusive.
revision: July 1, 2008
156
Reference Standard 10
TABLE RS 10-9.7 ALLOWABLE SHEAR FOR WIND FOR VERTICAL PLYWOOD DIAPHRAMS a,b
(lbs. per ft. of vertical run)
Plywood Grade
Stuctural I
Stuctural II, C-C Exterior, Standard
Sheathing, Plywood Panel Siding,
and other grades covered in Product
Standard PS 1
Nail Size
(Common
or
Galvanized
Box)
6d
8d
10d
Minimum
Nail
Penetration
in Framing
(in.)
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 5/8
6d
8d
10d
Nail Size
(Galvanized
Casing)
6d
8d
1 1/4
1 1/2
1 5/8
5/16
3/8
1/2
450
640
770
1 1/4
1 1/2
5/16
3/8
360
410
8d
10d
Nail Size
(Galvanized
Casing)
8d
10d
180
260
270
380
400
570
450
640
140
160
210
240
320
360
360
410
Notes:
a These values are for short time loads due to wind and shall be reduced 25 per cent for normal loading. All panel edges backed with 2-inch
nominal or wider framing. Plywood installed either horizontally or vertically. Space nails at 12 in. on center along intermediate framing members.
b For unblocked vertical plywood diaphragms use the values in the last column of Table RS 10-9.6.
Reference Standard 10
MATERIALS
ASTM B209-1988 - Standard Specification for Aluminum
and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.
ASTM B308-1988 - Standard Specification for AluminumAlloy 6061-T6 Standard Structural Shapes, Rolled or
Extruded.
ASTM B429-1988 - Standard Specification for
Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube.
*455-89 BCR
Reference Standard 10
Reference Standard 10
160
Reference Standard 11
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 11
FOUNDATIONS
* LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS
ANSI/ASTM-C136
ANSI/ASTM-C117
ANSI/ASTM-D1557
ANSI/ASTM-D3017
ANSI 05.1
AWPA-C1
AWPA-C3
AWPA-C4
AWPA-M2
AWPA-M4
ASTM-D25
ASTM-D2899
ANSI-ASTM-A252
ANSI/ASTM-C136
ANSI/ASTM-C117
ANSI/ASTM-D-1557
AWPA C4 1988 -
161
Reference Standard 11
ANSI/ASTM-D25
ASTM-D2899
MODIFICATIONS
The provisions of ASTM-D25- 1988 are modified so as to add the following note:
NOTE: The prior Use Classification distinction of Class A and Class B piles has been eliminated. The Use
Classification now reflects the manner in which the load-carrying capacity of timber piles are developed, namely as
Friction Piles or End-Bearing Piles. Class A and Class B piles, as referred to in section 27-707(a)(1), shall be
distinguished from each other only by minimum tip size.
1342-88 BCR; 289-84 BCR; 610-80 BCR; 512-79 BCR
**
162
Refernce Standard 12
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 12
LIGHT, HEAT, VENTILATION AND NOISE CONTROL
* LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS
ASHRAE Handbook
ANSI/ASTM E90
ASTM E413
ANSI/ASTM E336
NCMA-TEK 69.A
GA-600
ANSI/ASTM E492
ANSI/ISO 1680
ASHRAE Handbook
ANSI S 1.4
ANSI S 12.34
ANSI S 12.30
ANSI S 12.31
ANSI S 12.32
ANSI S 1.13
ANSI S 1.6
ANSI S 1.11
Opinion 76-16
***
163
Refernce Standard 12
***
***
164
Reference Standard 13
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 13
MECHANICAL VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
* LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS
**NFiPA 90A
ANSI/ NFiPA 96
***NFiPA 90B
ANSI/ NFiPA 91
ANSI/ASHRAE 15
ANSI Z263.1/ UL 207
ANSI Z262.1/ UL 303
ANSI B136.1/ UL 353
ANSI Z226.1/ UL 372
ANSI B144.1/ UL 465
ANSI C33.14/ UL 484
ANSI B191.1/ UL 559
ANSI Z251.1/ UL 883
ANSI B124.1/ UL 900
ANSI/ NFiPA 17
Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, As Modified....1996
Standard for the Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden
Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment.................................. 1984
Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems, As Modified ... 1996
Standard for the Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock and Vapor
Removal Conveying........................ 1973
Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems..2001
Standard for Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories Non-Electrical.. 1982
Standard for Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Condensing and Compressor Units,
Revision March 1982...................... 1980
Limit Controls, Revision November 1976.......................... 1974
Standard for Primary Safety Controls for Gas and Oil-Fired Appliances. Revisions
September 10, 1976 and September 3, 1980...................................... 1975
Standard for Central Cooling Air Conditioners. Revision May 1981.............1978
Room Air Conditioners................................................... 1982
Standard for Heat Pumps. Revision October 1981............. ... 1975
Standard for Fan-Coil Units and Room Fan-Heaters. Revision February 1982 1980
Standard for Test Performance of Air Filter Units. Revision December 1980... 1977
Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems............... 1980
Note 1: Wherever in these standards reference is made to NFiPA 70, National Electrical Code, the work so covered
shall meet the requirements of the Electrical Code of the City of New York.
Note 2: Wherever in these standards reference is made to the authority having jurisdiction, substitute "to the
Commissioner."
* 913-82 BCR
**DOB 5-4-02; Local Law 16-1984
***DOB 5-4-02
DOB 4-27-05
***
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
2-1
2-1.5
2-2
2-2.1
2-2.2
2-2.3
2-2.3.1
2-2.3.2
2-2.3.3
STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF AIR
2-2.4
CONDITIONING AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS
ANSI/NFiPA No. 90 A-1996, AS MODIFIED
2-2.4.1
2-2.4.2
Indicates where text deviates from ANSI/NFiPA No. 90A 1996. 2-2.4.3
Section numbers are from ANSI/NFiPA No. 90A 1996.
revision: July 1, 2008
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 General
Introduction
Scope
Purpose
Maintenance
Definitions
Chapter 2 - HVAC Systems
General Requirements Equipment
Equipment Location
System Components
Outside Air Intakes and Exhaust
Air Cleaners and Air Filters
Fans
Installation
Access
Exposed Inlets
Air Cooling and Heating Equipment
Installation
Appliances
Mechanical Cooling
165
Reference Standard 13
2-2.4.4
2-2.4.5
2-3
2-3.1
2-3.2
2-3.3
2-3.4
2-3.5
2-3.5.3
2-3.6
2-3.6.1
2-3.6.2
2-3.6.3
2-3.7
2-3.7.1
2-3.7.2
2-3.7.3
2-3.8
2-3.9
2-3.10
2-3.10.1
2-3.10.2
2-3.10.3
2-3.10.4
2-3.10.5
2-3.11
2-3.11.1
2-3.11.2
2-3.12
Furnaces
Duct Heaters
Air Distribution
Air Ducts
Air Connectors
Supplementary Materials for Air
Distribution Systems
Air Duct Access and Inspection
Air Duct Integrity
Air Duct at Heat Sources
Air Outlets
General
Construction of Air Outlets
Location of Air Outlets
Air Inlets (Return or Exhaust or
Return and Exhaust)
General
Construction of Air Inlets
Location of Air Inlets
Fire Dampers
Smoke Dampers
Plenums
Ceiling Cavity Plenum
Duct Distribution Plenum
Apparatus Casing Plenum
Air-Handling Unit Room Plenum
Raised Floor Plenum
Corridor Air Systems
Egress Corridors
Exits
Smoke Control
3-4
3-4.5
3-4.6
3-4.6.4
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-4.1
4-4.2
4-4.3
CHAPTER 1 - GENERAL
1-1 Introduction. - An air duct system has the potential
to convey smoke, hot gases, and flame from area to area
and to supply air to aid combustion in the fire area. For
these reasons, fire protection of an air duct system is
essential to safety, to life and the protection of property.
However, an air duct system's fire integrity also enables
it to be used as part of a building's fire protection
system. (See Section 1-4)
1-2 Scope. - This standard shall apply to all systems
for the movement of environmental air in structures that
are not otherwise exempted by Section 27-777(b) of the
Administrative Code.
1-3 Purpose.
1-3.1 This standard is intended to prescribe minimum
requirements for safety to life and property from fire.
These requirements are intended to:
(a) Restrict the spread of smoke through air duct
systems within a building or into a building from the
outside.
(b) Restrict the spread of fire through air duct systems
from the area of fire origin whether located within the
building or outside.
(c) Maintain the fire-resistive integrity of building
components and elements such as floors, partitions,
roofs, walls, and floor/roof-ceiling assemblies affected
by the installation of air duct systems.
(d) Minimize ignition sources and combustibility of
the elements of the air duct systems.
(e) Permit the air duct systems in a building to be
used for the additional purpose of emergency smoke
control.
1-3.2 Nothing in this standard is intended to prevent
the use of new methods or devices, provided that
sufficient technical data is submitted to the Department
of Buildings to demonstrate that the proposed method
or device is equivalent in quality, strength, durability,
and safety to that prescribed by this standard.
1-3.3 The provisions of this standard are not intended
to be applied retroactively. Where the system is being
166
Reference Standard 13
167
Reference Standard 13
168
Reference Standard 13
169
Reference Standard 13
170
Reference Standard 13
(b) The air inlets are at least 7 ft. (2.135 m) above the
floor or are protected by corrosion-resistant metal screens
of at least 14 mesh (0.07 in.) (1.8 mm) that are installed
at the inlets so that they cannot draw papers, refuse, or
other combustible solids into the return air duct.
(c) The minimum design velocity in the return duct for
the particular occupancy is 1000 ft./min. (5.080 m/s).
2-3.4.4 Inspection windows shall be permitted in air
ducts provided they are glazed with wired glass. However,
service openings shall be provided as required in 2-3.4.1.
2-3.4.5 Openings in walls or ceilings shall be provided
so that service openings in air ducts are accessible for
maintenance and inspection needs.
2-3.4.6 Where a service opening is necessary in an air
duct located above the ceiling of a floor/roof-ceiling
assembly that has been tested and assigned a fire
resistance rating in accordance with RS 5-2, access shall
be provided in the ceiling and shall be designed and
installed so that it does not reduce the fire resistance
rating of the assembly.
2-3.5 Air Duct Integrity.
2-3.5.1 Air ducts shall be located where they are not
subject to damage or rupture, or they shall be protected
to maintain their integrity.
2-3.5.2 Where an air duct is located outdoors, the air
duct, together with its covering or lining, shall be
protected from harmful elements.
2-3.5.3 Air Duct at Heat Sources. - Where electrical,
fossil fuel, or solar energy collection heat sources are
installed in air ducts, the installation shall avoid the
creation of a fire hazard. Air ducts rated as Class 1 in
accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors, air duct
coverings, and linings shall be interrupted at the
immediate area of operation of such heat sources in
order to meet the clearances specified as a condition of
the equipment listing.
Exception No. 1: Appliances listed for zero clearance
from combustibles where installed in accordance with
the conditions of their listings.
Exception No. 2: Insulation specifically suitable for the
maximum temperature that reasonably can be anticipated
on the duct surface shall be permitted to be installed at
the immediate area of operation of such appliances.
2-3.6 Air Outlets.
2-3.6.1 General. - Air supplied to any space shall not
contain flammable vapors, flyings, or dust in quantities
and concentrations that would introduce a hazardous
condition.
2-3.6.2 Construction of Air Outlets. - Air outlets shall
be constructed of noncombustible material or a material
that has a maximum smoke developed index/rating of
50 and a maximum flame spread index/rating of 25.
2-3.6.3 Location of Air Outlets.
(a) Air outlets shall be located at least 3 in. (76 mm)
above the floor.
Exception: Where provisions have been made to prevent
dirt and dust accumulations from entering the system.
171
Reference Standard 13
172
Reference Standard 13
173
Reference Standard 13
174
Reference Standard 13
175
Reference Standard 13
revision: July
October
1, 2008
3, 2005
176
Reference Standard 13
177
Reference Standard 13
178
Reference Standard 13
of Chapter 3, and
(c) Grease removal devices complying with the
requirements of Chapter 4, and
(d) Fire extinguishing equipment complying with
the requirements of Chapter 7.
Add Section 1-3.1.1:
1-3.1.1 Where restaurant type equipment is installed
and is used only for warming, where no frying or grilling
is done, and where no grease-laden vapors or fumes can
be generated, compliance with reference standard RS
13-6 shall not be required, and the ductwork may be
constructed as required in reference standard RS 13-2.
Where restaurant type equipment is installed for periodic
cooking use, for other than commercial only, in community
rooms of multiple dwellings, firehouses and other low hazard
occupancies, determined by the commissioner, automatic fire
extinguishing systems shall not be required and the
ductwork may be constructed as required in reference
standard RS 13-1.
Replace Section 1-3.3 with the following:
1-3.3 Permits in accordance with Section C26-109.1 of
the Administrative (Building) Code shall be required
for the alteration, replacement, or relocation of any
exhaust or extinguishing system or part thereof, or
cooking equipment.
1-3.3.1 Upon the issuance of such permit, the Contractor
shall install the system as described on the applications
and plans, examined and approved by the Department
of Buildings.
1-3.3.2 Upon completion, the work shall be subject to a
performance test conducted by the installer and
witnessed by a representative from the Fire Department
for the purpose of determining the performance of the
installed system in accordance with Section C19-165.3
of the Administrative Code.
1-3.3.3 Any discrepancies between the system as installed
and the approved plans which prevents certification, shall
be brought to the attention of the Department of Buildings
and the Applicant of Record.
Add the following sections:
3-2.9.1.1 If the building is less than 4 stories in height
and of construction classification II-C, II-D and II-E,
the enclosure wall shall have a fire resistance rating of
not less than one-hour.
3-2.9.4 Branch ducts from other equipment in the same
kitchen area, for which hoods and filters are not
required, or from registers exhausting the kitchen space
in general, may be connected to the main hood exhaust
duct if the following requirements are complied with:
(a) A fusible link fire damper of the same gage as the
hood exhaust duct shall be added at the point of
connection of the branch duct to the hood exhaust duct.
(b) If the branch connection is made to the portion of
the ductwork that will contain the fire extinguishing
medium, then the fire dampers required in above shall
be arranged to close automatically upon the operation
of the fire extinguishing system.
179
Reference Standard 13
180
Reference Standard 13
Chapter 1 General
Scope
Purpose
Definitions
2-1
2-2
2-3
181
Reference Standard 13
any furnace or its supply plenum, boiler, or other heatproducing appliances and that they comply with 22.1.1, 2-2.1.3, 2-2.2, 2-2.3, and 2-2.4 as specified for
return ducts.
Exception No. 3: Vibration isolation connectors in duct
systems shall be made of approved flame-retardant
fabric or shall consist of sleeve joints with packing of
approved noncombustible material. The fabric shall not
exceed 10 in. (254 mm) in length in the direction of
airflow.
Exception No. 4: A Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible
air duct shall not be used as a vertical air duct that is
more than two stories in height.
Exception No. 5: A Class 0 or Class 1 rigid or flexible
air duct shall not be used in an air duct containing air
at a temperature in excess of 250F (121C).
2-1.1.2 Supply ducts shall be installed in conformance
with:
(a)
The conditions of their listing;
(b)
RS 14-22 [SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct
Construction Standards;
(c) SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards
Metal and Flexible;
(d) SMACNA Installation Standards for Residential
Heating and Air Conditioning Systems.]
2-1.2 Air Connectors. Air connectors are limiteduse, flexible air ducts that shall not be required to
conform to the requirements for air ducts, provided they
conform to the following provisions:
(a) Air connectors shall conform to the requirements for
Class 0 or Class 1 connectors when tested in
accordance with UL 181/96, Standard for Safety
Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors.
(b) Class 0 or Class 1 air connectors shall not be used
in ducts containing air at temperatures in excess of
250F (121C).
(c) An air connector run shall not exceed 14 ft (4.3 m)
in length.
(d) Air connectors shall not pass through any wall,
partition, or enclosure of a vertical shaft that is required to
have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour or more.
(e) Air connectors shall not pass through floors.
(f) Air connectors shall be installed in conformance
with the conditions of their approval.
***
2-3.1.2 Duct coverings and linings shall not flame,
glow, smolder, or smoke when tested in accordance
with ASTM C 411/97, Standard Test Method for HotSurface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal
Insulation, at the temperature to which it is exposed in
service. In no case shall the test temperature be below
250F (121C).
***
2-3.2 Joints. Joints and seams shall be fastened
securely and made substantially airtight. Slip joints
shall have a lap of at least 1 in. (25.4 mm) and shall be
fastened individually (see Figure 2-3.2). Tape shall be
permitted to be used for sealing joints but, where
exposed to the air in the system, it shall not be more
combustible than fabric complying with [NFPA 701,
182
Reference Standard 13
183
Reference Standard 13
***
2. SCOPE
Subsection 2.2 is amended to read as follows:
2.2 This standard applies
(a) to the design, construction, test, installation, operation,
and inspection of mechanical and absorption refrigeration
systems including heat pump systems used in stationary
applications,
(b) to modifications including replacement of parts or
components if they are not identical in function and
similar capacity, and
(c) to substitutions of refrigerant having a different designation,[.]
except that substitutions made to a system lawfully installed
prior to and maintained and operated since April 27,
2005, shall not trigger the requirement that the systems
Air supply and exhaust ducts to the machinery room
shall serve no other area. ( 8.11.4) for the following
replacement refrigerants:
(i) Refrigerants having a safety classification of Group A1.
(ii) R123, provided that the architect or engineer demonstrates
to the satisfaction of the Commissioner that:
a. Providing such air supply and exhaust ducts represents a
hardship (such as but not limited to existing machinery
rooms located in a cellar (sub-basement) with their
supply and exhaust ducts serving other areas, etc); and
b. The proposed alternative provides an equivalent level
of safety.
3. DEFINITIONS
Add or amend the following definitions:
***
accepted: acceptable to the Commissioner of the Department
of Buildings of the City of New York.
***
authority having jurisdiction: the Commissioner of the
Department of Buildings of the City of New York.
***
listed: equipment or material[s] included in a list published
by an organization [approved, nationally recognized testing
laboratory, inspection agency, or other organization concerned
with product evaluation that maintains periodic inspection
of production of listed equipment or materials and
whose listing states either that the equipment or material
meets nationally recognized standards or has been tested
and found suitable for use in a specified manner] acceptable
to the Commissioner of the Department of Buildings of the
City of New York. Listed equipment and materials shall
comply with all provisions of the reference standard.
***
lobby: [a waiting room or large hallway serving as a
waiting room.] Refer to 27-370 of the New York City
Building Code for the meaning of lobby.
***
premises: [a tract of land and the buildings thereon.]
As defined in Article 2, Subchapter 2 of the New York
City Building Code.
***
[tenant: a person or organization having the legal right
to occupy a premises.]
The title of Section 4. is amended as follows:
4. BUILDING OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
Subsections 4.1.1 through 4.1.6 are amended as follows:
The occupancy group classifications of building occupancies
shall be those defined in the NYC Building Code as follows:
4.1.1 Institutional occupancy [is a premise or that portion
of a premise from which, because they are disabled,
debilitated, or confined, occupants cannot readily leave
without the assistance of others. Institutional occupancies
include, among others, hospitals, nursing homes, asylums,
and spaces containing locked cells.] shall include
Occupancy Groups H-1 and H-2.
4.1.2 Public assembly occupancy [is a premise or that
portion of a premise where large numbers of people
congregate and from which occupants cannot quickly
vacate the space. Public assembly occupancies include,
among others, auditoriums, ballrooms, classrooms, passenger
depots, restaurants, and theaters.] shall include Occupancy
Groups F-1, F-2, F-3, F-4, and G.
184
Reference Standard 13
184a
185
Reference Standard 13
184b
186
Reference Standard 13
184c
187
Reference Standard 13
184d
188
Reference Standard 13
185
189
Reference Standard 13
186
190
Reference Standard 13
187
191
Reference Standard 13
188
192
Reference Standard 14
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 14
HEATING AND COMBUSTION EQUIPMENT
*LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS
**NFiPA No. 90B
AGA/ANSI-Z223.1
/NFiPA 54
ANSI/NFiPA
ANSI/NFiPA 211
ANSI/ASME
ANSI-Z21.1
ANSI-Z21.2
ANSI-Z21.3
ANSI-Z21.5.1
ANSI-Z21.5.2
ANSI-Z21.8
ANSI-Z21.10.1
ANSI-Z21.10.3
ANSI-Z21.11.1
ANSI-Z21.11.2
ANSI-Z21.12
ANSI-Z21.13
ANSI-Z21.15
ANSI-Z21.17
ANSI-Z21.19
ANSI-Z21.20
ANSI-Z21-21
ANSI-Z21.22
ANSI-Z21.23
ANSI-Z21.24
ANSI-Z21.27
ANSI-Z21.28
ANSI-Z21.31
ANSI-Z21.34
ANSI-Z21.40.1
ANSI-Z21.41
ANSI-Z21.42
ANSI-Z21.44
ANSI-Z21.45
ANSI-Z21.46
ANSI-Z21.47
ANSI-Z21.48
ANSI-Z21.49
ANSI-Z21.50
ANSI-Z21.52
ANSI-Z21.54
ANSI-Z21.55
ANSI-Z21.56
revision: July 1, 2008
Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems, As Modified . 1996
National Fuel Gas Code, and Addenda ANSI Z223.1a-1987.. 1984
Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning No. 31 Equipment.. 1983
Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel Burning Appliances... 1988
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections I, IV and VIII.. 1986
Household Cooking Gas Appliances and Addenda Z21.1a-1982, Z21.1b-1984 1982
Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Indoor Gas-Fired Equipment, and Addenda Z21.2a1985, Z21.2b-1987............................ 1983
Hotel and Restaurant Gas Ranges and Unit Broilers......... 1982
Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume I, Type 1 Clothes Dryers..... 1982
Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume II, Type 2 Clothes Dryers, and Addenda Z21.5.2a-1981,
Z21.5.2b-1982.................................... 1979
Installation of Domestic Gas Conversion Burners................. 1984
Gas Water Heaters, Volume I. Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000BTU
per Hour or less... 1987
Gas Water Heaters, Volume III Storage with Input Ratings above 75,000 BTU per
Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters........................... 1987
Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume I, Vented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.1a-1985..1983
Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume II, Unvented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.2a1984................................................. 1983
Draft Hoods and Addenda Z21.12a-1983.............................. 1981
Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers, and Addenda Z21.13a 1982
Manually Operated Gas Valves, and Addenda Z21.15a-.1981 Z21.15b-1984.. 1979
Domestic Gas Conversion Burner...... 1984
Refrigerators Using Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.19a-1984... 1983
Automatic Gas Ignition Systems and Components, and Addenda Z21.20a-1987.. 1985
Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.21a-1977, Z21.21b-1981...1974
Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shut Off Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems. 1986
Gas Appliance Thermostats, and Addenda Z21.23a-1985. 1980
Metal Connectors for Gas Appliances........................ 1987
Hotel and Restaurant Gas Deep Fat Fryers, and Addenda Z21.27a-1975, Z21.27b-1978... 1974
Commercial Gas Baking and Roasting Ovens, and Addenda Z21.28a-1975, Z21.28b-1978..1974
Gas Counter Appliances, and Addenda Z21.31a-1978.. 1975
Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces, and Addenda Z21-34a-1974, Z21.34b-1974 1971
Gas-Fired Absorption Summer Air Conditioning Appliances, and Addenda Z21.40.1a-1982... 1981
Quick-Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.41a-1981, Z21.41b1983....1971
Gas-Fired Illuminating Appliances, and Addenda Z21.42a-1973, Z21.42b-1981. 1971
Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Direct Vent Wall Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.44a-1985... 1985
Flexible Connectors of Other than All Metal Construction for Gas Appliances, and
Addenda Z21.45a-1987............................. 1985
Gas-Fired Kettles, Steam Cookers and Steam Generators, and Addenda Z21.46a-1975,
Z21.46b-1978................................ . 1974
Gas-Fired Central Furnaces (Except Direct Vent Central Furnaces) . 1987
Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Floor Furnaces................... 1986
Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Vented Wall Furnaces........ 1986
Vented Decorative Gas Appliances.................................... 1986
Gas-Fired Single Firebox Boiler, and Addenda Z21.52a-1973.. 1971
Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Outdoor Gas-Fired Appliances, and Addenda Z21.54a
1983, Z21.54b-1985.............................. 1979
Gas-Fired Sauna Heaters, and Addenda Z21.55a-1980, Z21.55b-1981. 1979
Gas-Fired Pool Heaters, and Addenda Z21.56a-1987.... 1986
189
Reference Standard 14
ANSI-Z21.57
ANSI-Z21.58
ANSI-Z21.59
ANSI-Z21.60
Recreational Vehicle Cooking Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.57a-1982, Z21.57b-1984 .1982
Outdoor Cooking Gas Appliances...... 1987
Gas-Fired High Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers..... 1974
Decorative Gas Appliances for Installation in Vented Fireplaces, and Addenda Z21.60a1982, Z21.60b-1984... 1981
ANSI-Z21.64
Direct Vent Central Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.64a-1986, Z21.64b-1987. 1985
ANSI-Z21.65
Separated Combustion System Central Furnaces.
1978
ANSI-Z21.69
Connectors for Movable Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.69a-1983, Z21.69b-1985.. 1979
ANSI-Z83.2
Gas Atmosphere Generators... 1977
ANSI-Z83.3
Gas Utilization Equipment in Large Boilers, and Addenda Z83.3a-1972, Z83.3b-1976. 1971
ANSI-Z83.4
Direct Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Heaters, and Addenda Z83.4a-1986. 1985
ANSI-Z83.6
Gas-Fired Infrared Heaters, and Addenda Z83.6a-1984, Z83.6b-1985.. 1982
ANSI-Z83.7
Gas-Fired Construction Heaters..... 1974
ANSI-Z83.8
Gas Unit Heaters, and Addenda Z83.8a-1986.... 1985
ANSI-Z83.9
Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces........ 1986
ANSI-Z83.11
Gas Food Service Equipment- Ranges and Unit Broilers....... 1986
ANSI-Z83.12
Gas Food Service Equipment- Baking and Roasting Ovens.. 1986
ANSI-Z83.13
Gas Food Service Equipment- Deep Fat Fryers..1986
ANSI-Z83.14
Gas Food Service Equipment- Counter Appliances... 1986
ANSI-Z83.15
Gas Food Service Equipment- Kettles, Steam Cookers, and Steam Generators 1986
*ANSI-UL-815
Electric Sauna Heating Equipment, January 1986 Revision...1983
ANSI-C33.87/UL 174
**Household Electric Cooking Appliances, January 1986 Revision. 1983
ANSI/UL-197
Commercial Electric Cooking Appliances, September 1986 Revision.. 1982
UL 127
Standard for Factory-Built Fireplaces.... 1988
UL 252
Compressed Gas Regulators, May 1986 Revision. 1984
ANSI-Z96.2/UL 296
Oil Burners, August 1985 Revision.... 1980
ANSI-B130.1/UL 343
Pumps for Oil-Burning Appliances.... 1986
UL 412
Refrigeration Unit Coolers, December 1984 Revision... 1980
ANSI/UL 471
Commercial Refrigerators and Freezers, November 1985 Revision.. 1985
ANSI/C33.1/UL 499
Electric Heating Appliances, March 1985 Revision... 1978
UL 560
Electric Home-Laundry Equipment... 1986
ANSI/UL 574
Electric Oil Heaters, May 1985 Revision... 1980
ANSI/UL 737
Standard for Fireplace Stoves..... 1988
UL 586
Test Performance of High Efficiency, Particulates, Air-Filter Units. 1986
ANSI-Z96.3/UL 726
Oil-Fired Boiler Assemblies, June 1986 Revision.. 1975
ANSI-Z96.1/UL 727
Oil-Fired Central Furnaces, November 1986 Revision.. 1986
ANSI-Z96.4/UL 729
Oil-Fired Floor Furnaces, December 1980 Revision.. 1976
ANSI-Z96.5/UL 730
Oil-Fired Wall Furnaces, December 1980 Revision... 1974
ANSI-Z96.2/UL 731
Oil-Fired Unit Heaters, January 1985 Revision...... 1975
ANSI-Z95.3/UL 732
Oil-Fired Water Heaters, December 1980, Revision, January 1985 Revision1974
UL 733
Oil-Fired Air Heaters and Direct-Fired Heaters, August 1985 Revision 1975
UL 795
Commercial-Industrial Gas-Heating Equipment, February 1986 Revision 1973
UL 834
Electric Heating Water Supply, and Power Boilers, October 1983 Revision. 1980
UL 867
Electrostatic Air Cleaners... 1981
ANSI-C33.75/UL 875
Electric Dry Bath Heaters, October 1984 Revision.... 1983
UL 1025
Electric Air Heaters, October 1986 Revision. 1980
UL 1042
Electric Baseboard Heating Equipment, May 1985 Revision.... 1979
ANSI-C33.104/UL10096 Electric Central Air-Heating Equipment, July 1986 Revision.... 1986
UL 1206
Electric Commercial Clothes-Washing Equipment 1979
UL 1240
Electric Commercial Clothes-Drying Equipment,July 1984 Revision.. 1979
UL 1261
Electric Water-Heaters for Pools and Tubs, April 1986 Revision..1985
UL 1453
Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters,May 1983 Revision1982
UL 1482
Standard for Room Heaters, Solid Fuel Type (September 1988 Revision. 1988
ANSI/UL 1555
Electric Coin-Operated Clothes-Washing Machine.... 1982
UL 1556
Electric Coin-Operated Clothes-Drying Equipment, July 1984 Revision.. 1982
ANSI/ASTM-C64
Specifications for Refractories for Incinerators and Boilers (Reapproved 1977).. 1972
ANSI/ASTM-C401
Classification of Castable Refractories.. 1984
ANSI/ASTM-C612
Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation 1983
ASTM-E84
Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1961
*As enacted but ANSI-UL-875 probably intended.
**As enacted but Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters probably intended.
190
Reference Standard 14
ANSI/ASTM-D396
ANSI/ASTM-D93
ANSI/ASTM-C105
*SMACNA
**SMACNA
**SMACNA
Note: Wherever in these standards reference is made to the "National Electrical Code" the work so covered shall meet the requirements of the
Electrical Code of the City of New York.
*946-87 BCR; Local Law 80-1989
**DOB 5-4-02
*
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 General
1-1
1-2
1-3
Scope
Purpose
Definitions
Supply Systems
Return Systems
Common Requirements
Equipment
Electric Wiring and Equipment
Controls
Air Filter. [A device used to reduce or remove airborne solids from heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning systems.]
191
Reference Standard 14
Reference Standard 14
Reference Standard 14
intensity of 0.13 in. (32.4 Pa) of water gauge. A failsafe limit control is a limit control that automatically
checks the furnace in the event of power failure or
shutoff or that automatically checks the furnace when a
temperature of 250F (121C) is reached, whether or
not power is available.
(c) Solid fuel may be used only as permitted by Local
Law 93/85.
4-3.5 Air-Circulating Fan Controls.
Where a hand-fired, solid-fuel burning furnace is equipped
with a fan to circulate the air, it shall be equipped with
fan controls as required for stoker-fired furnaces by 43.2. Solid fuel may be used only as permitted by Local
Law 93/85.
***
Chapter 5 Referenced Publications Delete
Appendix A Delete
Appendix B - Delete
*DOB 5-4-02;946-87 BCR; 938-80 BCR
194
Reference Standard 14
195
Reference Standard 14
196
Reference Standard 14
197
Reference Standard 14
24
6
Water boilers 250OF
Automatic gas... 6
18
6
Water heaters 200OF
48
6
(all water walled or jacketed) Solid. 6
Furnaces, Central
6
6
24
6
Gravity, upflow, downflow, Automatic oil or comb,
horizontal and duct. Warm- gas-oil...
air 250OF max.
Automatic gas.
6
6
18
6
Solid
18
18
48
18
Electric
6
6
18
6
Furnaces, Floor
For mounting in
Automatic oil or comb.
combustible floor
gas-oil.. 36
12
12
Automatic gas... 36
12
12
Heat Exchanger
24
12
Room Heaters
Oil and solid.....
Circulating type
Gas...
36
24
12
(vented or unvented)
Oil and solid.
36
36
36
Radiant type
Gas...
36
36
18
(vented or unvented)
Gas with double metal or
36
36
12
ceramic back
Radiators
Steam or hot water
Gas.
36
6
6
Ranges
Firing
Cooking Stoves
Oil....
30f
6
(vented or unvented)
Gas...
30f
24
Solid-clay-lined firepot
30f
36
Solid-unlined firepot..
30f
6
Electric
30f
Clothes Dryers that
Gas..
6
24
6
conform to applicable
Electric.....
6
24
0
standards
EQUIPMENT
CLEARANCES (in.)
From Top
and Sides
Commercial-Industrial Type Low Temperature
Above Top of WarmEquipment
From
of Casing or Air Bonnet From
Backe
(Any and all physical sizes except as noted)
Equipment e or Plenum Front
Boilers and Water Heaters100 cu. ft. or less
(any psi steam)
All fuels.
18
48
18
Any size (50 psi or less) All fuels.
18
48
18
From
Sides
6
6
6
6
6
18
6
12
12
1
1
12
12
36
18
18
6
Opp.
18
6
18
18
24
6
24
36
6
6
0
From
Sidese
18
18
198
Reference Standard 14
Unit heaters
Floor mounted or
suspended (any size)
1
6
24
1
18
1
18
18
18
18
18
48
18
18
48
48
48
18
18
18
18
48
18
18
CLEARANCES (in.)
From Top
Above Top and Sides
of Casing of Warmor
Air Bonnet From
From
Commercial-Industrial Medium Temperature Equipment Equipmente or Plenum Front
Backe
Boilers and water heatersOver 50 psi or
Over 100 cu. Ft.
All fuels.. 48
96
36
Other med. Temp. industrial
48
36
96
36
equipment-All sizes
All fuels..
Incinerators All sizes All fuels.. 48
96
36
Industrial type High-Temperature Equipment
High temperature equipment
All sizes
All fuels. 180
360
120
From
Sidese
36
36
36
120
199
Reference Standard 14
Above
6 in.
Side
and
Rear
30
18
15
24
18
12
18
12
18
12
18
12
18
12
18
12
36
36
36
36
18
18
18
18
12
12
12
12
4
3
4
3
Notes:
a Except for the protection described in (e), all clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the equipment to the combustible material
disregarding any intervening protection applied to the combustible material.
b Spacers shall be of non combustible material. Applicable to the combustible material, unless otherwise specified, and covering all surfaces within the
distance specified as the required clearance with no protection.
*As enacted but probably "gage" intended.
200
Reference Standard 14
Open
Clearance
Under
Applying To:
18
8
4
0
Extention of
Protection
Beyond
Equipment
Solid FuelFiring Side
All
at Ash
Sides Removal
Side (in.)
(in.)
0
18
6
18
0
0
18
18
18
18
24
4
18
8
4
0
0
6
0
0
0
18
18
18
18
18
18
4
0
0
18
High Temperature
3 hr.
3 hr
All fuels
4 hr.
201
Reference Standard 14
202
Reference Standard 15
ANSI- Z21.1
ANSI- Z21.2
Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Indoor Gas-Fired Equipment, and Addenda
Z21.2a-1985, Z21.b-1987...................................................... 1983
ANSI- Z21.3
ANSI- Z21.5.1
ANSI- Z21.5.2
Gas Clothes Dryers, Volume II, Type 2 Clothes Dryers, and Addenda Z21.5.2a-1981,
Z21.5.2b-1982.1979
ANSI- Z21.8
ANSI- Z21.10.1
Gas Water Heaters, Volume I - Storage Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 BTU
per Hour or Less..........................1987
ANSI- Z21.10.3
Gas Water Heaters, Volume III - Storage with Input Ratings above 75,000 BTU per
Hour, Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters...............................................1987
ANSI- Z21.11.1
Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume I, Vented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.1a-19851983
ANSI- Z21.11.2
Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Volume II, Unvented Room Heaters, and Addenda Z21.11.2a-1984...1983
ANSI- Z21.12
ANSI- Z21.13
Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers, and Addenda Z21-13a-1983.1982
ANSI- Z21.15
ANSI- Z21.17
ANSI- Z21.19
ANSI- Z21.20
ANSI- Z21.21
Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.21a-1977, Z21.21b-1981.. 1974
ANSI- Z21.22
Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shut Off Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems.. 1986
ANSI- Z21.23
ANSI- Z21.24
ANSI- Z21.27
Hotel and Restaurant Gas Deep Fat Fryers, and Addenda Z21.27a-1975, Z21.27b-1978.. 1974
ANSI- Z21.28
Commercial Gas Baking and Roasting Ovens, and Addenda Z21.28a-1975, Z21.28b-19781974
ANSI- Z21.40.1
ANSI- Z21.41
Quick-Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel, and Addenda Z21.41a-1981, Z21.41b-1983.. 1978
ANSI- Z21.42
ANSI- Z21.44
Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Direct Vent Wall Furnaces, and Addenda Z21.44a-1985.. 1985
ANSI- Z21.45
Flexible Connectors of Other than All Metal Construction for Gas Appliances, and
Addenda Z21.45a 1987............................... 1985
ANSI- Z21.46
Gas-Fired Kettles, Steam Cookers and Steam Generators and Addenda Z21.46a-1975,
Z21.46b-1978...................................... 1974
ANSI- Z21.47
ANSI- Z21.48
ANSI- Z21.49
ANSI- Z21.50
203
Reference Standard 15
ANSI- Z21.52
ANSI- Z21.54
Gas Hose Connectors for Portable Outdoor Gas-Fired Appliances, and Addenda Z21.53a1983, Z21.54b-1985............................................................ 1979
ANSI- Z21.55
ANSI- Z21.56
ANSI- Z21.57
Recreational Vehicle Cooking Gas Appliances, and Addenda Z21.57a-1982, Z21.57b-1984.. 1982
ANSI- Z21.58
ANSI- Z21.59
ANSI- Z21.60
Decorative Gas Appliances for Installation in Vented Fireplaces, and Addenda Z21.60a1982, Z21.60b-1984........ 1981
ANSI- Z21.64
ANSI- Z21.65
ANSI- Z83.2
ANSI- Z83.3
ANSI- Z83.4
ANSI- Z83.6
ANSI- Z83.7
ANSI- Z83.8
ANSI-Z83.9
ANSI-Z83.11
ANSI-Z83.12
ANSI-Z83.13
ANSI-Z83.14
ANSI-Z83.15
Gas Food Service Equipment -Kettles, Steam Cookers, and Steam Generators........ 1986
ANSI/UL 103
Standard for Chimneys, Factory-Built Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances
(February 1989 Revision)... 1988
ANSI/UL 441
ANSI/UL 710
ANSI/UL 959
Standard for Medium Heat Appliance Factory-Built Chimneys (August 1988 Revision). 1986
UL 103 TYPE HT
Standard for Low Heat Appliance Chimneys with High Temperature Tests Added1983
UL 127
UL 795
UL 1777
Chimney Liners...................................................1988
ULC S-629M
ANSI/NFiPA 211
ANSI/NFiPA 211
Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Solid Fuel Burning Appliances........ 1988
ANSI/ASTM C105
Specification for Ground Fireclay as a Refractory Mortar for Laying Up Fireclay Brick
(Reapproved 1981)..1947
ANSI/ASTM-C270
ANSI/ASTM-C315
ANSI/ASTM-C401
ANSI/ASTM-C64
ANSI/ASTM-C279
204
Reference Standard 15
Note: Wherever in these standards reference is made to the National Electrical Code
the work so covered shall meet the requirements of the Electrical Code of the City of New York.
*947-87 BCR; Local Law 80-1989
**
Reference Standard 15
*1050 83 BCR
*
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-8
ANSI/ASTM-C279 1979Specifications for Chemical-Resistant Masonry Units.
*1050 83 BCR
**
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 15-8[A]
ANSI/UL 103-1988Standard for Chimneys, Factory-Built, Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances
(February 1989 Revision).
206
Reference Standard 15
207
Reference Standard 15
208
Reference Standard 16
Cement Mortar Lining for Cast Iron Pipe and Fittings .............................................. 1964
ANSI-A21.6
Cast-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds for Water or Other Liquids......... 1962
ANSI-A21.8
Cast-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Sand-Lined Molds for Water or Other Liquids 1962
ANSI-A40.4
ANSI-A40.5
Threaded Cast Iron Pipe for Drainage, Vent, and Waste Services............................. 1943
ANSI-A40.6
ANSI-106.1
Standard and Extra Strength Perforated Clay Pipe, Specifications for ......................1962
ANSI-A106.3
**
.....................................................................................................................................1992
ANSI/AHAM FWD-1
ANSI/ASME A112.18.1M Finished and Rough Brass Plumbing Fixture Fittings ............................................... 1979
ANSI/ASME A112.19.1M Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures ..................................................................... 1987
ANSI A112.19.2M
ANSI/ASME A112.19.3M Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use) .......................... 1987
ANSI/ASME A112.19.4M Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures .............................................. 1984
ANSI-B2.1
ANSI-B16.3
Malleable-Iron Screwed Fittings, 150 and 300 lb. (Revision and Consolidation of B16.31951 and B16.19-1951) .............................................................................................1977
ANSI-B16.4
ANSI-B16.12
ANSI-B16.15
Cast-Bronze Screwed Fittings, 125 and 250 lb. (Revision and Consolidation of B16.151958 and B16.17-1949) ..............................1978
ANSI-B16.18
ANSI-B16.22
ANSI-B16.23
ANSI-B16.24
Bronze Flanges and Flanges Fittings 150 and 300 lb. ............................................... 1979
ANSI B31.2
ANSI B31.8
ANSI-B36.1
ANSI-B36.2
ANSI-B36.19
ANSI-B36.20
Black and Hot Dipped Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe for
Ordinary Uses, Specifications for .............................................................................. 1966
ANSI-C72.1
ANSI-G8
ANSI-H23.1
ANSI-H23.3
ANSI-H26.1
209
Reference Standard 16
**
ANSI-H26.2
ANSI-H27.1
Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes, Specification for ..................................... 1963
ANSI-H36.1
ANSI/NFiPA 50
ANSI/NFiPA 99
ANSI/UL 430
ANSI-Z4.2
ANSI-Z21.10.1
Gas Water Heaters, Volume I, Automatic Storage Type, Water Heaters with inputs of
75,000 BTU per hour or less ..................................................................................... 1981
ANSI Z21.10.3
Gas Water Heaters, Volume III, Circulating Tank, Instantaneous and Large Automatic
Storage Type Water Heaters ...................................................................................... 1981
ANSI-Z21.22
Relief Valves and Automatic Gas Shut-Off Devices for Hot Water Supply Systems,
Listing Requirements for ........................................................................................... 1979
ANSI Z223.1/NfiPA No. 54 National Fuel Gas Code including Addenda Z223.1a-1978....................................... 1974
ASME
API 1104
ASTM-B32
ASTM-B36
Specification for Brass Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar ....................................... 1977
ASTM-B121
Specification for Leaded Brass Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar .......................... 1976
ASTM-B135
ASTM-B146
Leaded Yellow Brass Sand Casting for General Purposes, Specification for.............1952
ASTM-B152
Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled Bar, Specification for ................................... 1979
ASTM-B260
ASTM-C4
ASTM-C13
ASTM-C14
ASTM-C76
Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe.......... 1979
ASTM-C200
ASTM-C425
Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe Joints Using Materials Having Resilient Properties...1977
ASTM-C428
ASTM-C443
Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Gaskets............................. 1978
ASTM-C508
ASTM-D2513
ASTM-E84
AWWA C204
Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and
Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications ................................................. 1985
Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institutes Approved Coupling for Use in
Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain,
Waste and Vent Piping Applications ......................................................................... 1985
210
Reference Standard 16
CS-111
CS-177
CS-188
CS-270
CS-272
FS-HH-C536a
FS-HH-G116
FS-QQ-L156(1)
FS-QQ-C40
FS-QQ-L201d
FS-RR-S726(1)
Stills, Water, Portable (Without Heating Device), for U.S.P. "Distilled Water"........1950
FS-SS-P361b
FS-SS-S169
FS-WW-F406a(1)
Flange-Dimensions, Standard: (Classes 125 and 250 Cast-Iron Flanges; Classes 150,
250, and 300 Bronze Flanges) (For Land Use) .......................................................... 1943
FS-WW-H171C
FS-WW-H191a
Heater, Water, Steam-Hot Water Heated (Instantaneous, Steam, Water Converter Type).. 1964
FS-WW-N351a(1)
FS-WW-U531C
FS-WW-P356
FS-WW-P360a
FS-WW-P401C
FS-WW-P406b(1)
FS-WW-P471a(2)
Pipe-Fittings; Bushings, Locknuts, and Plugs; Brass or Bronze, Iron or Steel, and
Aluminum (Screwed); 125-150 Pounds......................................................................1964
FS-WW-P541b(2)
FS-WW-U516
FS-WW-U536(1)
FS-WW-V51a(2)
Valves, Bronze; Angle, Check and Globe, 125- and 150- Pound Screwed and Flanged
(for Land Use) ............................................................................................................ 1954
FS-WW-V54b
Valves, Gate, Bronze, 125- and 150-Pound, Screwed and Flanged (for Land Use)...1962
FS-WW-V58(1)
Valves, Cast Iron, Gate; 125- and 250-Pound Screwed and Flanged (for Land Use)... 1946
16 NYCRR 255
ANSI/IEEE 515
1983
*Local Law 100-1989; Local Law 29-1989; Local Law 29-1987; Local Law 82-1986; Local Law 30-1982; 1025-88 BCR
**Local Law 71-1997
211
Reference Standard 16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Definitions
P101.0
P101.1
P101.2
P101.3
P101.4
P101.5
General Provisions
Protection of Pipes
Trenching, Excavation, and Backfill
Sleeves
Ratproofing
Toilet Facilities for Workmen
P102.0
P102.1
P102.2
P102.3
P102.4
Materials
General Requirements
Standards for Plumbing Materials
Identification Materials
Piping System Materials
Neutralizing Pits
P105.7 Accessibility of Interceptors, Separators and
Neutralizing Pits
P105.8 Maintenance of Interceptors, Separators and
Neutralizing Pits
P105.9 Backwater Valves
P105.10 Industrial Wastes Sampling Manholes
P106.0
P106.1
P106.2
P106.3
*P106.4
P103.0
Joints and Connections
P103.1 Types of Joints for Piping Materials
P103.2 Joints Between Different Piping Materials
P103.3 Connections Between Drainage Piping and
Certain Fixtures
P103.4 Tightness
P103.5 Waterproofing of Openings
P103.6 Other Joints
P104.0
Plumbing Fixtures
P104.1 Requirements
P104.2 Installation of Fixtures
P104.3 Overflows
P104.4 Water Closets
P104.5 Urinals
P104.6 Flushing Devices for Water Closets and Urinals
P104.7 Lavatories
P104.8 Bathtubs
P104.9 Showers
P104.10 Sinks
P104.11 Dishwashing Machines
P104.12 Automatic Clothes Washers
P104.13 Laundry Trays
P104.14 Garbage Can Washers
P104.15 Fixture Strainers
P104.16 Drinking Fountains
P104.17 Floor Drains
P104.18 Drains for Drip Pipes
P104.19 Funnel Drains
P104.20 Special Plumbing Fixtures
P105.0
P105.1
P105.2
P105.3
P105.4
P105.5
P107.0
Water Supply and Distribution
P107.1 Permits
P107.2 Water Service
P107.3 Meters
P107.4 Check Valves
P107.5 Water Supply Distribution System
P107.6 Water Supply Control Valves
P107.7 Auxiliary Water Systems
P107.8 Water Supply Tanks
P107.9 House and Booster Pumps
P107.10 Protection of Potable Supply
P107.11 Toxic Materials and Substances
P107.12 Used Piping
P107.13 Prohibited Connections to Fixtures and
Equipment
P107.14 Connections to Mechanical Equipment and
Systems
P107.15 Refrigeration Unit Condensers and Cooling
Jackets
P107.16 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
P107.17 Used Water Return Prohibited
P107.18 Protection Against Backflow and BackSiphonage
P107.19 Approval of Devices
P107.20 Protection of Potable Water Supply Outlets
P107.21 Preheating Apparatus
P107.22 (Blank)
P107.23 Chemical Solution Tanks or Apparatus
P107.24 Bedpan Washers
P107.25 Laboratory Outlets
P107.26 Hot Water Supply System
P107.27 Disinfection of Potable Water Systems
P108.0
Sanitary Drainage Piping
P108.1 Permits
P108.2 Street Sewer Connections
P108.3 Abandonment of Existing Building Sewer
Connections
212
Reference Standard 16
Gas Piping
General Requirements for Gas Piping
Gas Service Piping Connections
Gas Regulator and Gas Regulator Vent Outlets
Outside Gas Cut-Off
Gas Meter Location
Gas Piping Materials and Fittings
Installation of Gas Piping
Gas Piping Sizes
P111.0
P111.1
P111.2
P111.3
P111.4
P111.5
P111.6
P112.0
P112.1
P112.2
P112.3
P112.4
P113.0
Individual Sewage Systems
P113.1 Information Required
P113.2 Individual Sewage Disposal Systems
P116.0
Swimming Pools and Display Pools or Fountains
P116.1 Swimming Pools
P116.2 Display Pools and Fountains
LIST OF TABLES
Index Table No.
RS 16-1 Standards for Plumbing Materials
RS 16-2 Deleted
RS 16-3 Caulking Ferrules
RS 16-4 Soldering Bushings
RS 16-5 Minimum Number of Plumbing Fixtures
Required
RS 16-6 Minimum Size of Fixture Traps for Various
Types of Plumbing Fixtures
RS 16-7 Minimum Rate of Flow and Minimum Required
Pressure During Flow for Sizing Individual
Branch Supplies for Plumbing Fixtures
RS 16-8 Size of Overflows for Gravity and Suction
213
Reference Standard 16
Tanks
RS 16-9 Size of Weirs for Gravity and Suction Tanks
RS 16-10 Suction Tank Sizes
RS 16-11 Cross-Connection Where Protective Devices
are Required and Critical Level (C-L) Setting
for Vacuum Breakers
RS 16-12 Sanitary Drainage Fixture Unit Valves
RS 16-13 Maximum Permissible Loads for Sanitary
Drainage Piping (in terms of fixture units)
RS 16-14 Size of Vent Stacks and Branch Vents
RS 16-15 Deleted
RS 16-16 Deleted
RS 16-17 Size of Horizontal Storm Drains
RS 16-18 Size of Vertical Leaders
RS 16-19 Size of Roof Gutters*
*Local Law 85-1973
214
Reference Standard 16
215
Reference Standard 16
216
Reference Standard 16
217
Reference Standard 16
218
Reference Standard 16
None
H36.1-1967
H27.1-1963
ASME A112.18.1M-79
B16.24-1962
B16.15-1964
B16.18-1963
B16.23-1960
H26.1-1963
H26.2-1963
H23.3-1965
H23.1-1967
H16.22-1963
219
Reference Standard 16
H16.29-1966
None
None
WW-P325-1944
FS-WW-U516-1933
None
FS-WW-V51a(2)-1954
None
FS-WW-V54b-1962
None
FS-WW-P471(1)-1946
None
None
None
None
None
A106.3-1965
ASTM-C428-65T
ASTM-C508-67T
ASTM-C4-62
ASTM-C76-65T
ASTM-C14-67
ASTM-C13-64T
None
ASTM-C200-65T
None
FS-SSP361b-1962
A106.1-1962
Z4.2-1942
None
ASME 112.19.1M-87
None
None
CS111-43
FS-WW-P541b(2)-1962
None
FS-WW-P541b(2)-1962
None
FS-WW-H191-1954
None
None
A112.19.2M-82
FS-WW-P541b(2)-1962
ASME A112.19.3M-87
None
FS-RR-S726(1)-1950
None
ASME A112.19.4M-84
Z21.22-1964
A40.4-1942
A40.6-1943
None
None
None
None
A21.4-1964
None
*FS-WW-P401(3)-1951
ASTM-B260-62T
FS-QQ-L156(1)-1946
FS-QQ-C40-1963
AWWA-C203-62
220
Reference Standard 16
None
FS-HH-C536a-1954
None
G8.2-1964
None
None
None
None
None
None
FS-WW-F406a(1)-1943
FS-HH-G116-1936
FS-WW-H171b-1959
ASTM-C425-64
ASTM-C443-65
FS-SS-S169-1954
ASTM-B36-66
ASTM-B121-66
None
None
ASTM-B152-60
FS-QQ-L201d-1961
None
ASTM-B32-66T
None
CS177-62
Z21.10.1-1966
C72.1-1949
Notes** a
Abbreviations used in the table refer to the following organizations:
*** USASI-United States of America Standards Institute
ASTMAmerican Society for Testing and Materials
AWWAAmerican Water Works Association
CSCommercial Standards
FSFederal Specifications
*Local Law 100-1989; Local Law 29-1989; Local Law 63-1976
**List as enacted, but probably intended to add "ASME-American Society of Mechanical Engineers."
***As enacted, but probably intended to read "ANSI-American National Standards Institute, Inc."
b Asbestos cement building sewer pipe shall meet the requirements of ASTM Standard C428-63T expanded as follows:
(1) Additional sizes 4 in. and 5 in.
(2) No hydrostatic test for building sewer service
(3) Flexural strength:
Size (in.)
4
4
5
5
6
6
Length (in.)
10
13
10
13
10
13
Class 1500
550
750
950
1250
1500
2000
Class 2400
775
1000
1375
1775
1700
2200
Class 3300
1100
1350
1900
2350
2100
2600
(4) Crushing strength: Include 4 in. and 5 in. for Classes 1500, 2400, 3300
Crushing test: One specimen from each 300 lengths of 4 in., 5 in., and 6 in. size pipes.
221
Reference Standard 16
(1) ABOVE GROUND PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS.Soil, waste, and storm water or leader piping above
ground in buildings shall be brass pipe, copper pipe,
hard temper type "K" copper tube, hard temper type "L"
copper tube, extra heavy cast iron soil pipe, service
weight cast iron soil pipe, no-hub cast iron soil pipe,
AWWA class 22 or stronger iron, stainless steel pipe,
threaded cast iron pipe, galvanized wrought iron pipe,
galvanized steel pipe, or lead pipe, singly or in
combination. Cast iron piping and fittings may be
coated or uncoated. The maximum developed length to
which lead may be used in connection with any one
fixture shall be 5 feet. Plastic pipe will be permitted if it
conforms to the requirements set forth in section P102.2(b).
(2) UNDERGROUND PIPING WITHIN BUILDINGS.All underground building drains shall be extra heavy
cast iron soil pipe, service weight cast iron soil pipe,
no-hub cast iron soil pipe, AWWA Class 22 or stronger
cast iron water piping, ductile cast iron, brass pipe, type
"K" hard temper copper tube, or plastic pipe conforming
to the requirements set forth in section P102.2(b). Cast
iron pipe and fittings may be coated or uncoated.
(3) BUILDING HOUSE SEWERS.**
a. Building house sewers shall be extra heavy iron
soil pipe and fittings, service weight cast iron soil pipe
and fittings, no-hub cast iron soil pipe and fittings,
AWWA class 22 or stronger cast iron water piping,
ductile cast iron and fittings, or plastic pipe conforming
to the requirements set forth in section P102.2(b), a
minimum of 8 in. size in the borough of Manhattan and
6 in. in the other boroughs, except that a house sewer
from one- and two-family dwellings may be the size
specified in Table RS 16-13 and may run up to the
street line. Cast iron pipe and fittings may be coated or
uncoated.
**Local Law 58-1973; Local Law 39-1972
(5) CHEMICAL WASTES (ACID WASTES)Separate drainage systems for chemical waste shall be
of acid resistant material when the waste water at any
point in the system will have a pH value of less than 4.5
222
Reference Standard 16
223
Reference Standard 16
224
Reference Standard 16
225
Reference Standard 16
P104.2 Installation of Fixtures.(a) No person shall install any plumbing fixture unless:
(1) such fixture meets the water saving performance
standards and product labeling requirements provided
in paragraphs b and c of this subdivision; and
(2) such fixture meets the standards as provided for in
table 16-1; and
(3)
i. the manufacturer has furnished to the
commissioner, in such form as the commissioner shall
determine, the identification and performance specifications
of such fixture, and a certification that such fixture
meets the standards as provided for in this section, and
the commissioner has included such fixture on the list
published pursuant to paragraph d of this subdivision or
ii. such fixture is included on the "list of certified
water saving plumbing fixtures" published pursuant to
section 15-0314 of the environmental conservation law;
however this option shall not apply to water closets and
associated flush valves on and after January first,
nineteen hundred ninety-two which shall be certified to the
commissioner pursuant to item i. of this subparagraph three.
(b) The water-saving performance standards for sink
and lavatory faucets, shower heads, drinking water
fountains, urinals and water closets shall be as follows:
(1) for sink and lavatory faucets, a constant water pressure
of sixty pounds per square inch, and a maximum flow
not to exceed three gallons of water per minute; faucet
models installed in public buildings or facilities must be
of a self-closing variety and shall comply with reference
standard RS 4-6;
(2) for shower heads, a constant water pressure of sixty
pounds per square inch, and a maximum flow not to
exceed three gallons of water per minute;
(3) for urinals and associated flush-valves, if any, each
flush shall not exceed one gallon of water per flush;
(4) for water closets and associated flush-valves, if
any, each flush shall not exceed three and one half
gallons of water per flush except that on and after
January first, nineteen hundred ninety-two, each flush
shall not exceed one and three-fifths gallons of water
per flush; and
(5) drinking water fountains shall be of a self-closing
variety and shall comply with reference standard RS 4-6.
(c) Permanent product markings shall be required on
all water closets and urinals, or each fixture component
if the fixture is comprised of more than one component,
located in an easily recognizable location. Such markings
226
Reference Standard 16
227
Reference Standard 16
228
Reference Standard 16
229
Reference Standard 16
230
Reference Standard 16
*TABLE 16-5 MINIMUM NUMBER OF PLUMBING FIXTURES REQUIREDa
Type of
Building
Occupancy
Assembly places
of worshipb
Assembly other
than places of
worship
(including but not
limited to
auditoriums,
theaters,
convention halls)
and all spaces
classified as F-4
Dormitories
schools or labor,
also institutional
TYPE OF FIXTURE
Water Closets
1 for each sex for
each 150 persons
Urinals
Urinals may be provided in
toilet rooms in lieu of water
closets but for not more than
1/2 of the required number
of water closets
No. of
No. of
Urinals may be provided in
toilet rooms in lieu of water
Persons
Fixtures
for each Sex closets but for not more than
1/2 of the required number
1-100
1
of water closets
101-200
2
201-300
3
301-400
4
Over 400, add 1
fixture for each sex
for each additional
200 persons
1 for each sex for
Urinals may be provided in
each 8 persons
toilet rooms in lieu of water
closets but for not more than
1/2 of the required number
of water closets
1 for each 6 persons
Single room
occupancies for
sleeping
accommodations only
Dwellings- one1 for each dwelling
and two-family
unit
Public buildings,
offices, business
mercantile,
storage;
warehouses,
factories and
institutional
employeesc
Public bathing
Lavatories
Drinking
Fountains
Other
Fixtures
1 for each
1,000 persons
except that
there shall be
at least 1
fixture at each
assembly
floor, level or
tier
Where motion
picture projection
booths contain more
than 2 projectors, at
least 1 water closet
and 1 lavatory shall
be provided on the
same level and
within 20 ft. of the
booth
1
No. of
No. of
Persons Fixtures
1-200
1
201-400
2
401-750
3
Over 750, add 1
fixture for each
500 persons
1 for each 12
persons
1 for each 6
persons
1 for each
dwelling unit
Bathtubs or
Showers
Laundry trays
1 for each 50
persons
Kitchen sink
1 for each dwelling
unit
No. of
No. of
Persons Fixtures
1-20
1
21-40
2
41-60
3
61-90
4
91-125
5
1 fixture for each
additional 45
persons
1/60
1 for each
75 persons
1/40
231
Reference Standard 16
a
232
Reference Standard 16
P105.3 Drainage Pipe Cleanouts.(a) Location.-Cleanouts shall be not more than 50 ft.
apart in horizontal drainage lines.
(b) Underground drainage.-Cleanouts, when installed
on an underground drain, shall be extended vertically
and made accessible at the floor, grade, or wall.
(c) Change of direction.-Accessible cleanouts shall be
installed at each change of direction greater than 45o on
all horizontal pipes of the drainage system.
(d) Base of stacks.-A cleanout shall be provided at, or
near, the foot of each vertical inside leader and waste or
soil stack.
(e) Direction of flow.-Every cleanout shall be installed
so that the cleanout opens in the direction of flow of the
drainage line or at right angles thereto.
(f) Size.-Cleanouts shall be of the same nominal size as
the pipes for pipes up to 4 in., and not less than 4 in. for
larger piping.
(g) Clearances.(1) Cleanouts on 3 in. pipes or larger shall be installed
233
Reference Standard 16
234
Reference Standard 16
235
Reference Standard 16
(1) Cast iron soil pipe at base and at each story height,
but in no case at intervals greater than 20 ft.
(2) Threaded pipe (SPS).-At every other story height,
but in no case at intervals greater than 25 ft.
(3) Copper tubing (hard temper).-At each story height.
(4) Other materials.-As required for structural stability
and service.
(b) Horizontal piping.-Horizontal piping of the
following materials shall be supported at intervals no
greater than the following:
(1) Cast iron soil pipe.-At 5 ft. intervals and behind
every hub.
(2) Threaded pipe (1 in. or less).-At 8 ft. intervals.
(3) Threaded pipe (1 1/4 in. or over).-At 12 ft. intervals.
(4) Copper tubing (1 1/4 in. or less).-At 6 ft. intervals.
(5) Copper tubing (1 1/2 in. or over).-At 10 ft. intervals.
(6) Other materials.-As required for structural stability
and service.
(c) Base of stacks.-Bases of cast iron stacks shall be
supported on concrete, on brick laid in cement mortar, by
metal brackets attached to the building construction, or by
equivalent methods. Stacks of other material shall be anchored
so as to relieve the load from the base of the stack.
*P106.4 Installation of no-hub type cast iron soil
pipe, fittings, and couplings.All installations of no-hub type cast iron soil pipe,
fittings and couplings shall comply with the following:
CISPI Designation 310-1985 Specification for Cast Iron
Soil Pipe Institute's Approved Coupling for Use in
Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings
for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping
Applications.
*Local Law 100-1989
(2) CONNECTIONS TO CITY (STREET) MAINS.Corporation stops, wet connections, or other connections
to a street main shall be made only by the department of
water supply, gas and electricity employees. The cost of
the installation shall be borne by the owner of the
property for which the connection is made.
(3) DESTRUCTION OF ABANDONED CORPORATIONS
STOPS AND WET CONNECTIONS.- All driven corporation
stops, when abandoned, shall be removed and replaced
by plugs. All wet connections or screw corporation
stops, when abandoned, shall be destroyed in place, and
all exposed portions of the service pipe shall be cut and
removed. Where a corporation stop or wet connection is
destroyed and the connecting service pipe is one that is
equipped with a curb valve and box, the curb box shall
be removed. The expense in connection with the
abandonment or destruction of a corporation stop or wet
connection shall be chargeable to the owner of the
property into which the service pipe entered.
(b) Service.(1) SERVICE PIPES, DEFINITION.-See Section P100.0.
(2) SIZE OF TAPS AND WATER SERVICE.-The
size of service pipe to supply a premise shall be based
upon the water demand load of the premises as
determined by "fixture units". "Fixture units" shall
conform to the requirements of the department of water
supply, gas, and electricity. In premises used for
commercial and industrial purposes where it is not
feasible to determine the size of the service pipe on the
basis of "fixture units," the size of the service pipe shall
be based upon the water demand load of the premises.
The minimum size service shall be 1 in. in diameter, and
the gooseneck shall be the same size as the service pipe.
(3) SIZE OF FIRE LINE SERVICE.-Sizes of connections
for fire service shall be subject to the requirements of
the department of water supply, gas, and electricity.
(4) SEPARATION OF WATER SERVICE AND
BUILDING SEWER.-Except as permitted below, the
underground water service and the building sewer shall
be at least 10 ft. apart horizontally, and shall be separated
by compacted earth. The water service may be placed in
the same trench with the building sewer and building
drain under the following conditions:
a. The sewer is of cast iron with leaded or mechanical joints.
b. The bottom of the water service, at any point, shall
be at least 12 in. above the top of the sanitary or
combined sewer line.
c. The water service shall be placed on a continuous
shelf of compacted earth, excavated at one side of the
common trench.
d. The water service pipe shall have a minimum number
of joints.
(5) WATER SERVICE NEAR SOURCES OF POLLUTION.Potable water service pipes shall not be located in,
under, or above any cesspools, septic tanks, septic tank
drainage fields, or seepage pits. A separation of 10 ft.
horizontally shall be maintained.
(6) PROTECTIVE COVER FOR SERVICE PIPE.-All
236
Reference Standard 16
237
Reference Standard 16
(3) REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING.Where the rate of water required for operation of
refrigeration and air conditioning apparatus exceeds 1/2
gpm, the building supply shall be metered, as required
by the department of water supply, gas, and electricity.
(4) MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURES.-The following fixtures
or devices shall not be installed or used except where
the supply of water to the fixture or devices is metered
or connected to a metered distribution system: display
fountains containing over 1,000 gal. of water; aquariums
containing over 300 gal. of water; irrigation systems;
swimming tanks, wading pools, or plunge baths containing
more than 5,000 gal. of recirculated water; or hydrotherapy
devices requiring the use of city water for their operation.
(b) Location of meters.-In all premises where the supply
of water is to be fully metered, the meter shall be set
within 3 ft. of the building foundation or vault wall at
the point of entry service pipe. The service pipe between
the house control valve and the meter shall be kept exposed.
When a building is situated in back of the street line or
when conditions exist in a building that prevent the
setting of the meter at a point of entry, the meter may
be set outside of the building within the property line,
provided the meter is installed in an accessible, watertight,
and frost-proof pit or meter box. All meter locations
shall be subject to approval by the department of water
supply, gas, and electricity.
(c) Setting of meters.-In setting or resetting a meter,
the requirements are as follows:
(1) The meter shall be set so that the dial faces upward
and is horizontal. The dial shall not be more than 3 ft.
above the floor.
(2) Connections shall be made by a coupling, union, or
flange union on both the inlet and outlet end of the
meter and bored for sealing with holes at least 3/32 in.
in diameter. Union or couplings that would permit
removing the meter setting without breaking the seal
wiring are prohibited.
(3) A house valve shall be installed in the service pipe
on the inlet side of the meter within 1 ft. of meter
except that when a current meter is set, a straight
section of pipe with a length of eight times of diameter
of the meter inlet size, shall be installed immediately
before the inlet between the control valve and the meter
with no fittings of any kind installed in the straight
section of pipe.
(4) A valve shall be installed on the outlet of all meters
of 1 in. size or larger.
(5) A full sized test tee shall be placed on all 1 1/4 in., 1
1/2 in., and 2 in. meters, on the outlet between the
meter and the outlet valve, with a short, capped nipple
in the tee.
(6) A test tee with a 2 in. opening shall be placed on all
meters 3 in. and larger on the outlet between the meter
and outlet valve with a short nipple in the tee, and a 2
in. valve shall be placed on the nipple.
(7) All meters not equipped with a test tee and outlet
valve shall have a tee with a faucet in it inserted in the
line on the outlet side within 2 ft. of the meter, except
that this requirement may be waived where other
readily accessible means are provided for testing the
meter to determine whether the meter is registering correctly.
(8) No connection shall be made to a test tee.
(9) Before setting meters 3 in. and larger, a plan or
sketch showing the proposed installation, and indicating
the location of service control valve inside of the
building, the distance of the meter from the point of
entry of service, the height from floor, the size and the
type of meter, and the approximate date of setting shall
be filed in duplicate with the department of water
supply, gas and electricity for approval.
(d) Size and type of meter.(1) APPROVED METERS.-Meters shall conform to
standards approved by the department of water supply,
gas, and electricity.
(2) SIZE.-A meter shall be restricted to a size that will
give accurate registration on the basis of consumption
and occupancy of the premises or portion of the
premises metered. The meter in no case may be more
than one standard size larger than the tap or connection
to the city main. The piping of the meter setting from
the inlet valve to the outlet valve shall be of the same
size as the meter. Where inaccuracy of registration is
found to be due to the improper size of the meter, such
meter shall be replaced with another meter of a size
designated by the department of water supply, gas, and
electricity.
P107.4 Check Valves.(a) A check valve shall be placed in all services where
one of the following conditions exist:
(1) Where a building is supplied by services connected
to different mains.
(2) Where there is any possibility of backflow from
tanks, siamese connections, or other apparatus or fixtures
within the building.
(b) Such check valves shall be placed within 2 ft. of the
outlet side of the main house-control valve or on the
metered connections between the meter test tee and the
outlet valve.
P107.5 Water Supply Distribution System.(a) Design, adjustment, and maintenance.-The water
supply distribution system shall be designed and adjusted
to supply fixtures and equipment with the amount of
potable water required for proper use, cleansing and
238
Reference Standard 16
TABLE RS 16-7 MINIMUM RATE OF FLOW AND MINIMUM REQUIRED PRESSURE DURING FLOW FOR
SIZING INDIVIDUAL BRANCH SUPPLIES FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES
Flow Pressurea
Location
(psi)
Ordinary basin faucet ..............................
8
Self-closing basin faucet..........................
8
Sink faucet, 3/8 in. ................................... 8
Sink faucet, 1/2 in. ................................... 8
Bathtub ....................................................
8
Laundry tub cock, 1/2 in. ......................... 8
Shower ..................................................... 8
Ball-cock for closet .................................. 8
Flushometer valve for closet .................... 10-20
Flushometer valve for urinal .................... 10
Drinking fountains ...................................
Flow Rateb
(gpm)
2.0
2.5
4.5
4.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
3.0
c
15-40
15.0
0.75
Notesa The flow pressure is the pressure in the supply pipe, near the faucet or water outlet while the faucet or water outlet is wide open and flowing.
b
At fixtures supplied with both hot and cold water, the flow rate indicated is for each of the two connections.
cThe wide range is due to the variation in designs and types of water closet flush valves and water closets.
239
Reference Standard 16
P107.7 Auxiliary Water Systems.TABLE RS 16-8 SIZE OF OVERFLOWS FOR GRAVITY AND SUCTION TANKS
(See Figures RS 16-1 A and B)
Maximum Allowable
Maximum Allowable
Overflow Pipe Size
gpm for each Orifice
gpm for Vertical Overflow
(in.)
Opening into Tank
(Piping Connecting Orifices)
2
19
25
3
43
75
4
90
163
5
159
296
6
257
472
8
505
1,020
10
890
1,870
12
1,400
2,967
TABLE RS 16-9 SIZE OF WEIRS FOR GRAVITY AND SUCTION TANKS
(See Figure RS 16-1C)
Slotted Weir Opening into Tank
between Overflow Chamber
Maximum gpm Allowable
a
for Weir
and Water Compartment
3 in. x 24 in.
381
3 1/2 in. x 24 in.
475
4 1/2 in. x 24 in.
685
4 1/2 in. x 36 in.
1,037
6 in. x 36 in.
1,569
6 in. x 48 in.
2,100
Notea Bottom of the overflow chamber must be at least 6 in. below weir.
Bottom outlet shall be provided in the chamber of sizes based on capacities as indicated in table RS 16-8.
240
Reference Standard 16
241
Reference Standard 16
242
Reference Standard 16
P107.16 Air Conditioning and Refrigeration.(1) Each direct water connection to a refrigeration or
air conditioning unit using city water for cooling
purposes shall be equipped with a check valve located
not more than 2 ft. from the unit.
(2) Where the refrigeration or air conditioning system
in a building is in excess of 1/3 ton, the city water
supply to such building shall be metered.
(3) Where the refrigeration or air conditioning unit
using city water is 1/3 ton or less, and the unit is located
in a metered premise, the unit shall be connected to the
metered supply.
(4) All systems of refrigeration in excess of 6 tons
and/or air conditioning in excess of 3 tons shall be
equipped with a water conserving device. Ice cubers
and ice flakers shall be exempted from this requirement.
The tonnage shall be the combined or total tonnages for
all water cooled refrigeration systems for air conditioning
or any other purpose installed in any one building.
(5) In buildings where the tonnage is less than the tonnage
specified in (4) above, an approved automatic regulating
device shall be installed at each refrigeration unit.
(6) Where city water is supplied to a water conserving
device, other than a combination air and water cooled
condenser, the piping supplying such water shall
discharge at least 2 in. above the overflow rim of the pan.
(7) The waste water from all systems having direct
connection to the city water supply shall be discharged
(outlet of the discharge piping) shall be located at least
1 in. above the overflow rim of said receptacle.
(8) "Automatic water regulating valve or device" shall
mean a self-regulating valve or other device that shall
limit the use of city water to 1.5 gpm or less per ton of
refrigeration or air conditioning.
(9) "Water conserving device" shall mean an evaporative
condenser, water cooling tower, spray pond, economizer, or
similar apparatus that shall not consume city water for
make-up purpose in excess of 2 percent of the amount that
would normally be used without such device. In addition,
3 percent of the amount of water that would normally
be used without such device shall be allowed for purpose
of bleeding and wash down.
P107.17
243
Reference Standard 16
244
Reference Standard 16
245
Reference Standard 16
P107.27 Disinfection of Potable Water Systems.(a) New or repaired potable water systems shall be
disinfected prior to use whenever samples from the
system show any contamination after making a
bacteriological examination. Samples shall be taken as
required by the department of health. The method to be
followed shall be that as prescribed by the department
of health, or where no method is prescribed by the
department of health, by the following:
(1) The pipe system shall be flushed with clean, potable
water until no dirty water appears at the outlets.
(2) The system or part thereof shall be filled with a
water-chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per
million of chlorine and the system or part thereof shall
be valved off and allowed to stand for 24 hr. or, the
system or part thereof shall be filled with a waterchlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per
million of chlorine and allowed to stand for 3 hr.
(3) Following the prescribed standing time, the system
shall be flushed with clean potable water until no excess
chlorine remains in the water coming from the system.
(4) The procedure shall be repeated if it is shown that
contamination still persists in the system.
Section P108.0 Sanitary Drainage Piping
P108.1 Permits.(a) Permits for the installation of a building house
storm sewer from the street line to and including the
spur connection at the street sewer shall be obtained in
accordance with the requirements of the building code.
P108.2 Street Sewer Connections.(a) Any connection to a sewer, other than a pipe sewer,
shall in no case have its inner top lower than 6 in.
below the inner top of the sewer.
(b) All building sewer connections to a street arch or
circular sewer shall be at a point 45 degrees to the
horizontal plane in the upper quadrant of the street arch
or circular sewer except as otherwise directed by the
department of public works.
**(c) All building house sewer connections shall be
made in the presence of an employee of the department.
(d) All building sewer connections shall be flush with
the inside face of the wall of the street sewer.
(e) No building sewer connections shall be made to
catch basins or drain inlets.
**Local Law 65-1996
246
Reference Standard 16
Minimum Slope
1/4 in. per ft.
1/8 in. per ft.
247
Reference Standard 16
TABLE RS 16-12 SANITARY DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUES a
Fixture Unit
Fixture or Group
Value
Automatic clothes washer (2 in. standpipe) ..............................................................................................................3
Bathroom group consisting of a lavatory, bathtub or shower stall, and a water closet (direct flushometer valve) 8
Bathroom group consisting of a lavatory, bathtub or shower stall, and a water closet (flush tank) ........................ 6
Bathtub with or without overhead shower ................................................................................................................ 2
Combination sink and wash tray ...............................................................................................................................3
Dental unit or cuspidor ..............................................................................................................................................1
Dental lavatory ..........................................................................................................................................................1
Drinking fountain ......................................................................................................................................................1/2
Dishwasher, domestic type ....................................................................................................................................... 2
Floor drain ................................................................................................................................................................ 2b*
Kitchen sink, domestic type ..................................................................................................................................... 2
Lavatory .................................................................................................................................................................... 1
Lavatory (barber shop, beauty parlor or surgeon's) .................................................................................................. 2
Lavatory, multiple type (wash fountain or wash sink), per each equivalent lavatory unit or set of faucets .............2
Laboratory cup sink .................................................................................................................................................. 1
Laboratory sink ......................................................................................................................................................... 2
Laundry tray (1 or 2 compartment) ...........................................................................................................................2
Shower stall ...............................................................................................................................................................2
Shower (group) per head ...........................................................................................................................................2
Sink (surgeon's) .........................................................................................................................................................3
Sink (flushing rim type, direct flush valve) .............................................................................................................. 6
Sink (service type with trap standard) ...................................................................................................................... 3
Sink (service type with P trap) ..................................................................................................................................2
Sink (pot, scullery, or similar type) ...................................................................................................................... 4
Urinal (1 in. flush valve) pedestal .............................................................................................................................6
Urinal (3/4 in. flush valve) stall or wall hung ...........................................................................................................4
Urinal (flush tank) .....................................................................................................................................................4
Water closet (direct flush valve) ............................................................................................................................... 6
Water closet (flush tank) ...........................................................................................................................................4
Unlisted fixture, 1 1/4 in. fixture drain and 1 1/2 in. trap size ..................................................................................1
Unlisted fixture, 1 1/2 in. fixture drain or trap size................................................................................................... 2
Unlisted fixture, 2 in. fixture drain or trap size .........................................................................................................3
Unlisted fixture, 2 1/2 in. fixture drain or trap size .................................................................................................. 4
Unlisted fixture, 3 in. fixture drain or trap size .........................................................................................................5
Unlisted fixture, 4 in. fixture drain or trap size .........................................................................................................6
Notea See section P108.9(b) for method of computing unit values for devices with continuous or semicontinuous flows.
b
Any floor drains provided in an elevator vestibule or in an elevator shaft shall be excluded from being counted as fixture units.
*Local Law 26-2004.
P108.10 Sizing the Sanitary Drainage Piping.(a) Drainage piping.-Sizes shall not be less than those
permitted in Table RS 16-13, using the fixture unit
values of Table RS 16-12.
(b) Sewer piping.-When more than one building house
drain discharges into a private sewer within the property
line, the sewer may be sized on a design basis and the
slope of the sewer shall be predicated on the size selected,
but in no case shall the slope be less than that required
to produce a velocity in the sewer of less than 3 fps.
(c) Minimum size of soil and waste stacks.-No soil or
waste stack shall be smaller than the largest horizontal
branch connected thereto, except that a 4 in. x 3 in.
water closet connection shall not be considered as a
reduction in pipe size.
(d) Provision for future fixtures.-When provision is
made for the future installation of fixtures, those
provided for shall be considered in determining the
required sizes of drain and vent pipes.
(e) Minimum size of underground drainage piping.No portion of the drainage system installed underground
or below a basement or cellar floor on ground shall be
248
Reference Standard 16
TABLE RS 16-13 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOADS FOR SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING (IN
TERMS OF FIXTURE UNITS)
House building Drain, and Building Branches from stacks
Pipe
Any horizontal
Total
Diameter
branch or fixture at
for
6444444444Slope (in. per ft.) 44444444448
(in.)
one story of stack
Stack
1/16
1/8
1/4
1/2
3
4
np
np
np
np
1 1/2a ....
2 a ...
6
8
np
np
21
26
2 1/2 a... .
12
30
np
np
24
31
3.
20b
97b
np
20b
27 b
36 b
4.
160
507
np
180
216
250
5.
360
1445
np
390
480
575
6.
2918
np
700
840
1000
8.
6992
1440
1600
1920
2300
10...
.
2500
2900
3500
4200
12...
.
3900
4600
5600
6700
249
Reference Standard 16
Notes-
..
..
..
..
..
2... 8
30
170
..
..
..
..
2 1/2. 30
15
70
175
..
..
..
3... 97
6
24
89
250
..
..
4... 507
*
*
11
78
310
..
5... 1445
*
*
*
16
110
380
6... 2918
*
*
*
*
34
143
380
8... 6992
*
*
*
*
*
14
73
10....
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
10
..
..
..
..
..
..
340
*
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Notes*not permitted.
**A 1 1/2 in. vent may be used for 6 or less fixture units for a developed length of 15 ft. from the fixture to header regardless of developed length limiting the header size.
unlimited
P109.3 Vent Stack and Stack Vents.(a) Minimum size.-Any building in which a building
drain is installed shall have at least one 4 in. vent stack
(or stack-vent) carried full size through the roof.
(b) Vent stack required.-Every building in which
plumbing is installed shall have at least one 4 in. main
stack or stack-vent, which shall run undiminished in
size and as directly as possible, from the building drain
through to the outdoor air above the roof. A vent stack
shall be installed in conjunction with each soil or waste
stack in a building containing three or more branch
intervals; however, one vent stack may serve not more
than two soil or waste stacks.
(c) Connections at base and top.-All main vents or
vent stacks shall connect full size at their base to the
building drain or to the soil or waste stack at or below
the level of the lowest drainage connection to the soil or
waste stack. All vent stacks shall extend undiminished
250
Reference Standard 16
P109.5 Vent Grading and Connections.(a) Vent grading.-All vent and branch vent pipes shall
be so graded and connected as to drain back to the soil
or waste pipe by gravity.
(b) Height above fixtures.(1) A connection between a vent pipe and a vent stack
or stack vent shall be made at least 6 in. above the
flood-level rim of the highest fixture served by the vent.
Horizontal vent pipes forming branch vents or relief
vents shall be at least 6 in. above the floor-level rim of
the highest fixture served.
(2) See Figure RS 16-4 for typical methods of compliance.
P109.6 Stack Venting.-
251
Reference Standard 16
252
Reference Standard 16
level, the drainage and vent piping for such lower fixtures
shall be arranged so as to avoid connection to suds pressure
zones in the sanitary drainage and vent systems. If
connected to the sanitary system, a suds relief vent
relieving to a nonpressure zone shall be provided at each
suds pressure zone where such connections are installed.
The size of such relief vent shall be at least 3/4 the
diameter of the piping in which the pressure zone
occurs, but not less than 2 in.
(b) Suds pressure zones shall be considered to exist at
the following locations in sanitary drainage and vent
systems when the piping serves fixtures on two or more
253
Reference Standard 16
254
Reference Standard 16
255
Reference Standard 16
256
Reference Standard 16
257
Reference Standard 16
258
Reference Standard 16
Drainage Area
(sq. ft.)
180 ...........................
260 ...........................
400 ...........................
490 ...........................
1,000 ...........................
2,000 ...........................
3,000 ...........................
4,000 ...........................
5,000 ...........................
7,500 ...........................
10,000 ...........................
15,000 ...........................
20,000 ...........................
28,000 ...........................
each additional 3 sq. ft.
Fixture Unit
Equivalent
6
10
20
30
105
271
437
604
771
1,188
1,500
2,500
3,500
5,500
1 fixture unit
259
Reference Standard 16
P110.7 Traps on Storm Drains and Leaders.(a) Where required.-Leaders and storm drains when
connected to a combined sewer shall be trapped. No
fresh air inlet will be required for building storm drains.
Intake and exhaust plenum drains connected to a storm
drain shall be trapped. One trap may serve more than
one drain if any drain served by the trap is not more
than 15 ft. from the trap.
(b) Where not required.-No traps shall be required
for storm water drains that are connected to a building
house drain or building house sewer carrying storm
water exclusively.
(c) Trap equivalent.-A hooded catch basin located within
the street line shall be the equivalent of a building or
house trap for the connection to a street combined sewer.
(d) Method of installation.-Individual storm water traps
shall be installed on the storm water drain branch serving
each conductor, or a single trap shall be installed in the
main storm drain just before its connection with the
combined building sewer, main drain, or public sewer.
P110.8 Leaders or Storm Water Piping.(a) Improper use of storm water piping.-Leader or storm
water pipes shall not be used as soil, waste, or vent pipes.
(b) Protection of rain water conductors.-Rain water
conductors installed along alleyways, driveways, or
other locations where they may be exposed to damage
shall be protected by metal guards, be recessed into the
wall, or be constructed of pipe.
(c) Method of combining storm with sanitary drainage.The sanitary and storm-drainage system of a building
shall be entirely separate except that where a combined
street sewer is deemed available, the building storm drain
may be connected, in the same horizontal plane through a
trap and a single fitting to the combined drain or sewer at
least 40 pipe diameters downstream from any soil stack.
P110.9 Roof Drain Strainers.(a) General use.-All roof areas, except those draining
to hanging gutters, shall be equipped with roof drains
having strainers extending at least 4 in. above the
surface of the roof immediately adjacent to the roof
drain. Strainers shall have an available inlet area above
roof level at least 1 1/2 times the area of the conductor
or leader to which the drain is connected.
(b) Flat decks.-Roof drain strainers for use on such
decks, parking decks, and similar areas, normally
serviced and maintained, may be of the flat surface type
and set flush with the deck, and shall have an available
inlet area at least twice the area of the conductor or
260
Reference Standard 16
261
Reference Standard 16
262
Reference Standard 16
263
Reference Standard 16
having jurisdiction.
(c) Chemical waste and vent piping shall be of materials
resistant to the corrosive action of chemical fumes in
accordance with section P102.4.
(d) The size of the vent and drainage piping shall meet
the requirements for sanitary vent and drainage systems
in sections P108.0 and P109.0.
(e) All traps in an acid waste system shall have a deep seal.
(f) The acid drainage system shall consist of a waste
and a vent stack. In a building where acid drainage
systems are provided to serve fixtures, drains, and/or
equipment on four floors or less and have no horizontal
branch from the waste stack exceeding 30 ft. developed
length to the farthest fixture, the waste stack can serve
as a wet vent and no branch venting shall be required.
See Figure RS 16-10 for typical installation.
(g) Acid dilution or neutralization sumps may be
located directly adjacent to, or beneath, each acid sink or
fixture. The discharge from each individual acid sump
shall connect to the sanitary drainage system and the
vent shall be treated in the same manner as a sanitary vent.
(h) Where a common acid neutralization sump for
several fixtures or stacks is used, it shall be located at
264
Reference Standard 16
P112.3 Flammable Solvents or Oil Wastes.Flammable solvents or oil wastes shall be disposed of
in accordance with the requirements of section P105.0
or such other method as may be permitted by the
department of public works, so that no appreciable
amount of flammable or combustible material is
discharged to the public sewer in such quantities as to
cause an explosive condition. See Figure RS 16-9 for
typical installation.
P112.4
Radioactive Wastes.-Radioactive
wastes shall be treated and disposed of by a method
designed by an architect or engineer, subject to the
approval of the commissioner and of any other agency
or agencies having jurisdiction.
*Section P113.0 Individual Sewage Systems
*Local Law 85-1973
P113.2 Individual Sewage Disposal Systems.Where public sewers are deemed not available, the
method of sewage disposal shall be designed by an architect
or engineer, subject to the approval of the commissioner.
P113.3 Individual Sewage Disposal System
(One-and Two-Family Dwellings).-Where public sewers
are deemed not available and a temporary private
pumping station or community disposal system is not
installed, an individual private sewage disposal system
shall be designed by a licensed professional engineer or
registered architect and installed in accordance with the
requirements of this reference standard and shall be
subject to controlled inspection.
P113.4 Housing Development Sewage Disposal
Systems.-When housing developments consisting of more
than 15 one-family dwellings or a multiple dwelling of
15 or more dwelling units, are to be built and public sewers
are deemed not available, a communal sewage disposal
system with street sewers shall be installed in accordance
with the drainage plan of the department of water resources.
5 ft.
5 ft.
Disposal field
10 ft.
5 ft.
20 ft.
20 ft.
20 ft.
10 ft.
Seepage pits
15 ft.
10 ft.
20 ft.
20 ft.
20 ft.
10 ft.
Drywells
10 ft.
5 ft.
20 ft.
20 ft.
NoteThe seepage pits and drywells may be located contiguous with street line.
**Local Law 103-1989; Local Law 85-1973
P113.5 General Requirements.(a) The sewage disposal system shall consist of all
necessary piping and a septic tank or tanks that
discharge into a disposal field or seepage unit, as may be
required. Septic tanks shall not discharge into open streams.
(b) Storm water or ground water shall not be
discharged into a septic tank or into the disposal system
used to disperse the effluent from the septic tank.
(c) The use of cesspools is prohibited.
(d) Slope from seepage unit or distribution pipe invert
to lower grades shall not exceed 7.5 percent.
(e) Backfill surrounding the seepage unit stone shall be
clean, coarse sand as specified.
(f) Sheathing for seepage unit shall be removed after backfilling.
(g) All manholes in paved areas shall have a cast iron
watertight frame and cover flush with the finished
paved surface.
(h) Slope of lines to septic tank, seepage unit and
distributing box shall be not less than 1/4 in. per ft. and
shall be shown on the drawings. All piping to these
components shall be extra heavy cast iron pipe, not less
than 4 in. inside diameter.
265
Reference Standard 16
266
Reference Standard 16
267
Reference Standard 16
268
Reference Standard 16
269
Reference Standard 16
in this section.
P114.2 Definitions for Special Hospital
Fixtures and Equipment.-
270
Reference Standard 16
P114.4 Plumbing in Mental Hospitals.Special consideration shall be given to the design and
installation of plumbing fixtures in mental hospitals. No
271
Reference Standard 16
1 for each
50 men
1 for ea. 20
women
1 for each
20 persons
1 for each
10 persons
Other
Fixtures
1 for each
50 persons
1 in each cell
1 in each
exercise room
1 in each cell
1 in each
1 in each
exercise room exercise room
272
Reference Standard 16
TABLE RS 16-26
STACK SIZES FOR BEDPAN STEAMERS AND BOILING TYPE
STERILIZERS AND NUMBER OF CONNECTIONS PERMITTED
No. of Connections Permitted
Connection Size (in.)
Stack Size (in.)
1 1/2
2
1 1/2 ...................................................
1
or
0
2 .........................................................
2
or
1
2 .........................................................
1
and
1
3 .........................................................
4
or
2
3 .........................................................
2
and
2
4 .........................................................
8
or
4
4 .........................................................
4
and
4
(d) Pressure sterilizer vent and stacks.(1) CONNECTIONS.-In multiple installations of pressure
and nonpressure sterilizers, vent connections to the sterilizer
(vapor) vent stack shall be made by means of inverted
type fittings.
(2) DRAINAGE.-The connection between sterilizer
vent and/or exhaust openings and the sterilizer vent
stack shall be designed and installed to drain to the
funnel or basket-type waste fitting. In multiple installations,
the sterilizer vent stack shall be drained separately to
the lowest sterilizer funnel or basket-type waste fitting
or receptor.
P114.9 Sizing of Sterilizer Vent Stack.(a) Bedpan steamers.-The minimum diameter of a
sterilizer vent serving a bedpan steamer shall be 1 1/2
in. Multiple installations shall be sized according to
Table RS 16-26.
(b) Boiler type sterilizer.-The minimum diameter of a
273
Reference Standard 16
Fixtures
Aspirators
Bedpan
Washers
Washer Hose
Boiler type sterilizer
Exhaust condenser
Pressure type instrument
washer-sterilizer
Pressure type sterilizer
Vacuum breaker
Vacuum breaker
Air gap
Vacuum breaker
Vacuum breaker
Vacuum breaker
Notea Where vacuum breakers are used, they shall be installed after the last control valve. See section P107.2 for requirements for other fixtures.
274
Reference Standard 16
in either 4-3.1.5 or 4-3.1.6, or a bulk supply system (43.1.7) which shall be of the permanently installed type.
Section 4-3.1.10 Add paragraph (b) to read as follows:
(b) The emergency oxygen supply connection shall not be
used unless prior Fire Department approval and permits
are obtained to store and use the emergency oxygen supply.
Section 4-3.2.2 Amend this section to read as follows:
4.3.2.2 Supply system and storage locations shall
comply with 4-3.1.1.2; 4-3.1.1.3; 4-3.1.2.1(a); 43.1.2.1(c); 4-3.1.2.1(e); 4-3.1.2.1(g); 4-3.1.2.1(h); 43.1.2.1(i); 4-3.1.2.1(j); 4-3.1.2.1(k); 4-3.1.2.1(l); 43.1.2.2; 4-3.1.2.3; 4-3.1.3; 4-3.1.5.2; 4-3.1.8.2.
Section 4-4.1.2.1 Add paragraph (j) to read as follows:
(j) The gas content of medical gas piping systems shall
be readily identifiable by appropriate labeling with the
name of the gas contained. Such labeling shall be by
means of metal tags, stenciling, stamping, or with
adhesive markers, in a manner that is not readily
removable. Labeling shall appear on the piping at
intervals of not more than 20 feet and at least once in
each room and each story traversed by the piping
system. Where supplementary color identification of
piping is used, it shall be in accordance with the gases
and colors indicated in Compressed Gas Association
Pamphlet C-9, Standard Color-Marking of Compressed
Gas Cylinders Intended for Medical use in the United
States. (1973).
Section 4-4.1.2.3 Add paragraph (g) to read as follows:
(g) Threaded connections using other than taper pipe
threads, shall be prevented from loosening through the
use of an anaerobic compound or any other method
conforming with good engineering practice for such
purpose.
***P115.1 General Requirements For Gas Piping.The gas piping system, system testing and appliance
installation shall be as required by this section, section
C26-1606.1 and section C26-1606.4 (d).
***Local Law 54-1970
**P115.2 Gas Service Piping Connections.(a) Gas service piping shall be fitted with a gas service
line valve, the valve located on the supply side of the
meter and service regulator, if a service regulator is
required. If a plug type valve is used, it shall be constructed
so as to prevent the core from being blown out by the
pressure of the gas. In addition, it shall be of a type
capable of being locked in the off position by the local
gas utility. When the gas service line valve is inside the
building, it shall be in an accessible location within 2 ft.
of the point where the gas service connection enters the
building or at such other location as may be permitted
by the commissioner. Where the gas service connection is
275
Reference Standard 16
Maximum Distance
(Linear Feet of Pipe)
up through 2" pipe size .................................................................................... 4 feet
over 2" through 4" pipe size ............................................................................ 8 feet
over 4" through 8" pipe size ............................................................................ 15 feet
10" pipe size and larger ................................................................................... 20 feet
(3) Where these maximum distances cannot be met, the following shall be required:
Footage (Linear Feet of Pipe)
in Excess of Above
Requirements
up to 5 ft.....................................
Additional
Requirements
The meter room shall have 3 hour fire
rating construction and adequate ventilation
over 5 ft. through 10 ft ................. Above requirements plus a combustible
gas-detection alarm system
over 10 ft. through 15 ft ............... Above requirements plus controlled
inspection by the customer or his representative as specified in section C26106.3
over 15 ft. through 20 ft ................. Above requirements plus explosion venting per NFiPA Std. No. 68-1978; or
alternative ventilation acceptable to the
commissioner and automatic gas shutoff devices
over 20 ft........................................ Above requirements plus suitable fire
protection approved by the commissioner
For new gas installations made in existing structures,
the above requirements shall be used to the extent feasible.
Alternate designs may be considered by the commissioner.
(b) When located inside the building, each regulator
shall be provided with a vent pipe that leads directly to
the outdoor air. The vent pipe shall be sized according
to local utility requirements. The vent outlet shall not be
located under a window or any opening leading back
into the premises or located below any overhang or
projection. No gas regulator vent outlet shall be covered
over, plugged up, or otherwise obstructed, and all gas
vents shall be identified by suitable marking on the
outlet on the outside of the building.
Gas appliance pressure regulators requiring access to
the atmosphere for successful operation shall be equipped
with vent leading to the outdoors, unless constructed or
equipped with a vent limiting means to limit the escape of
gas from the vent opening in the event of diaphragm failure.
**Local Law 30-1982
**P115.5 Outside Gas Cut-off.*(a) An outside gas service line valve or other outside
emergency shut-off device or method acceptable to the
commissioner and fire commissioner shall be installed
in every gas service pipe outside the building. If buried,
such valve, device or method shall be readily accessible
from grade. Every existing service which is being
replaced or refurbished shall be provided with such
valve, device or method, but in any event, all existing
gas services shall be provided with such valve, device
or method by January 1, 2020 provided however, all
occupancy groups other than J-3 shall be required to be
completed by January 1, 2010. The minimum annual
rate of installing such valve, device, or method shall be
determined by the applicable utility; however, it shall
be chosen to ensure timely completion of the program
by the date specified herein. The applicable utility shall
provide the Fire Department with suitable tools for
operation of such emergency shut-off valves, devices or
methods. The number of such tools required for
276
Reference Standard 16
277
Reference Standard 16
P115.8 Installation Of Gas Piping.(a) The installation of gas service piping shall be made
in accordance with the requirements of the utility
corporation providing the service as regulated by Part
255, of Title 16, of the Official Compilation of Codes,
Rules and Regulations of the State of New York.
Further, such installation shall meet the requirements of
the department of buildings.
(b) Gas service piping outside a structure shall be
installed not less than 24 inches below grade, except
that a lesser distance of not less than 18 inches may be
permitted, provided the piping is adequately protected
in accordance with the requirements of this code and
the utility corporation supplying service, and the piping
is not located below a driveway. Any piping that is
exposed to outdoor temperatures or installed underground
with a cover of less than 2 feet shall be protected against
frost, except that frost protection may be omitted in
areas where the utility company certifies that dry gas is
being distributed.
(c) The installation of gas meter piping shall be made in
accordance with the requirements of this code and the
local utility company. Piping containing gas with a
pressure exceeding 1/2 psig and the gas service pressure
regulator which may be subjected to accidental
vehicular impact shall be suitably protected.
(d) Welders installing gas piping within buildings at
any pressure shall be qualified for all pipe sizes, wall
thicknesses and all positions in accordance with either
API 1104-1977, 14th edition, or ASME Section IX
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1980 and requalified
on an annual basis. The qualification testing shall be
performed by an agency listed with the department of
buildings, and the inspector shall have a minimum
radiography qualification of Level II in accordance with
the American Society of Non-Destructive Testing
Recommended Practice Document No. SNT-TC-1A,
Supplement A. Copies of the certified welder qualification
reports shall be maintained by the responsible welding
contractor and shall be made available to the department
of buildings upon request.
(e) All welded gas distribution and meter piping main
and branch supplies to customer equipment operating in
excess of 3 psig inside buildings shall be butt welded;
and shall be subject to controlled inspection, as set forth
in section C26-106.3.
(f) Radiography shall be performed on all butt welds in
gas meter and gas distribution piping operating at
pressures exceeding 3 psig, within buildings, in
accordance with API 1104-1977 or ASME Section IX
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code 1980.
(g) All requirements for installation of gas distribution
piping with pressures of 1/2 psig or less shall be in
accordance with P115.7 and Z223.1-1974 Part I,
National Fuel Gas Code, subject to the following
modifications. Section numbers referred to are those in
that standard.
1.2.10.14 Add the following to this section:
(h) Branches shall be taken off the riser with not less
than a two elbow swing:
1.2.10.15 Electrical bonding and grounding.-Delete this
section and replace it with the following:
The gas piping system shall not be used for an electrical ground.
(i) Where piping supplies equipment for incidental
outside use, the minimum ground cover shall be 18
inches. Where compliance with this requirement would be
unusually difficult, a lesser distance may be permitted
provided the piping is adequately protected in accordance
with the requirements of this code and the department
of buildings. In all cases where piping is installed in
concrete, screwed fittings shall not be used, and the
piping shall be coated to prevent corrosion, and in all
cases where corrosive conditions exist, the pipe shall be
adequately protected against corrosion.
(j) Concealed piping as defined in sections 1.2.8 and
2.4.8 of Z223.1-1974 shall not include piping installed
in pipe shafts. Where piping is installed in a shaft, the shaft
shall have a fire protective rating as prescribed in the
requirements for fire protection construction of the
building code.
(k) All requirements for installation of gas distribution
piping with pressure above 1/2 psig shall be in
accordance with Z223.1 Part II National Fuel Gas
Code. Gas distribution piping operating at a pressure of
over 1/2 psig to 3 psig and of a size 4 inches or larger
shall be welded. All gas distribution piping operating at
a pressure above 3 psig shall be welded. All welding of
gas distribution piping shall be subject to controlled
inspection as set forth in section C26-103.3.
(1) When the structure is erected on fill or on piles,
provisions shall be made to preclude possible damage
to the gas distribution piping caused by settlement.
(m) Gas distribution piping operating at pressures
above 1/2 psig shall be marked to identify the
maximum pressure levels within the piping. All valves
shall be suitably tagged to indicate the operating pressure
level within the distribution piping. In no case shall
there be any inter-connections between distribution
piping at different pressure levels. Piping at different
pressure levels in the same space shall be color coded.
(n) Gas distribution piping operating at pressure levels
above 10 psig shall be located within spaces having a 3
hour fire rating for walls and partitions and a 2 hour fire
rating for floors and ceiling. Areas containing gas distribution
piping operating at pressure levels above 15 psig shall
require and/or comply with all of the following:
(1) A 3 hour fire rating.
(2) A suitable fire protection system as approved by the
commissioner.
(3) A combustible gas detection alarm system.
(4) Controlled inspection of the piping system as set
forth in C26-106.3.
278
Reference Standard 16
279
Reference Standard 16
P = 2S x F
(R-1)
or
P = 2S t x F
(D-t)
where:
D = Specified outside diameter, inches
P = Design pressure, psi
S = Long term hydrostatic strength, psi
(Determined in accordance with
ASTM D2513)
t = Specified wall thickness, inches
F = Plastic design factor = .32
R = Standard dimension ratio
(14) Inspection and handling provisions. Plastic piping
components are susceptible to damage by mishandling.
Gouges, cuts, kinks, or other forms of damage may
cause failure. Injurious gouges or grooves shall be
removed by cutting out the damaged portion as a
cylinder and replacing it with a good piece. Care shall
be exercised during handling and installation to prevent
such damage. The serving utility shall inspect plastic
piping and its components to ensure the absence of
imperfections in materials, to ensure sound joints are
made, and to ensure conformance with applicable state
regulations.
P115.9 Gas Piping Sizes.-Pipe sizes for gas
distribution shall be in accordance with ANSI Z223.11974, subject to the following modifications. Section
numbers referred to are those in that standard.
1.2.4.3 Add the following at the end of this section:
"Individual outlets to gas ranges shall not be less than
3/4 in."
Section P116.0 Swimming Pools and Display Pools
or Fountains
P116.1 Swimming Pools.(a) General requirements.-Swimming pools regulated
by the building code shall be designed, installed, and
maintained in accordance with the requirements of this
reference standard.
(b) Prohibited pools.-The installation of fill and draw
pools is prohibited.
(c) Toilet and shower facilities.(1) Toilets shall be installed in properly ventilated
rooms, and shall be conveniently located so as to
facilitate their use before the bathers enter the showers.
The number of toilets to be provided shall be predicated
upon the maximum number of bathers, both adults and
children, who can be accommodated at any one time.
There shall be at least one toilet provided for every 50
female bathers, at least one toilet and one urinal
provided for every 75 male bathers, and at least one
wash basin adjacent to the toilets for every 60 persons.
(2) The number of showers to be provided shall be
Reference Standard 16
281
Reference Standard 16
282
Reference Standard 16
INDEX
Reference Standard
RS-16
All references are to section numbers
A
Air conditioners, used water return, P107.17
Air conditioning, connections, see
Connections, Air Conditioning
Air gap, P107.18(1)
Ammonia, P116.1(h)(2)
Anchors, P106.1
Asbestos-cement pipe, joints, P103.1(a)
Aspirators, P107.13(2), P114.11(a)
Auxiliary water systems, P107.7
B
Backfill, P101.2
materials, P101.2(a)
Backflow, preventers, P107.13, P107.20(a)
protection against, P107.18
Back-siphonage, protection against, P107.18
Backwater valves, P105.9
design, P105.9(b)
Ball cocks, P107.8(b)
Baskets, indirect waste, P111.5(b)
Bathtubs, P104.8, P109.13(a)
Bedpan, hoppers, P114.3
steamers, P114.7(c)
sizing, P114.9(a)
vents, P114.8(c)
washers, P107.24, P114.3, P114.8(c)(1)c
connections, P107.24
drainage, P114.6(b)
Bidets, P107.13(1)
Boiler feedback system connections, P107.14
Boilers, waste piping, P111.1(b)(8)
Booster pumps, P107.9
Bowls, water closets, P104.2(d)
Branch vent size, P109.1(c)
Brazed joints, P103.1(b)
C
Cast iron joints, P103.1(c), see also Joints, cast iron
Caulking ferrules, materials, P102.4(e)(7)
Cesspools, P113.5
Check valves, P107.4
pump discharge, P107.9(f)
Chemical waste, materials, P102.4(b)(5)
piping materials, P112.2(c)
Chlorine, P116.1(h)(2)
Cleanouts, plug materials, P102.4(e)(10)
clearances, P105.3(g)
equivalent, P105.3(i)
location, P105.3(a)
size, P105.3(f)
Clear water waste discharging, P111.1(b)(6)
Clinic sinks, P114.3(a), P114.3(b)
drainage, P114.6(b)
Clothes washers, P104.12
Color marking, water supply identification, P107.10(d)
Common vents, P109.7
Concrete pipe joints, P103.1(i)
Condenser, exhaust, P114.7(e)
Connections, P103.0, see also Joints
air-conditioning, P107.16
metered premise, P107.16(3)
water, P107.16(1)
water conserving, P107.16(4)
water regulating, P107.16(5)
bedpan washers, P107.24
boiler feed systems, P107.14
cooling systems, P107.14
gas piping, P115.2
heating systems, P107.14
laboratory outlets, P107.24
preheating apparatus, P107.21
prohibited, P107.13
sewer, P108.2
abandonment, P108.3
solution tanks, P107.23
street sewer, P108.2
sub-stack, P109.3(f)
sump pump, P107.22
well pump, P107.22
Continuous-flow gutters, P116.1(d)(1)a
Controls, tank, P107.6(e)
valve, P107.6(h)
Copper tube, joints, P103.1(j)
Copper materials, P102.4(e)(5)
Couplings, joints, P103.1(k)
Crown vents, P109.8(c)
Curb valves, P107.2(b)(9)
Cut-off, emergency, P107.26(e)
D
Dead ends, P108.8(d)
Definitions (where required), P110.2(a)
Discharge, dishwasher, P111.6
laundry, P111.6
Dishwashing machines, P104.11
commercial, P104.11(d)
discharge, P111.6
domestic, P104.11(b)
Disinfection, P107.27
swimming pools, P116.1(h)
Display pools, P116.0, P116.2
283
Reference Standard 16
recirculation, P116.2(c)
Disposal field, see Subsurface disposal field
Distribution box, P113.0
Downspout materials, P102.4(e)(2)
Drainage, area, P108.7
bedpan washers, P114.6(b)
below sewer level, P108.6
clinic sinks, P114.6(b)
fixtures, value, P108.9(a)
continuous or semicontinuous flow, P108.9(b)
ice storage chests, P114.6(a)
one, two-, or three-family buildings, P110.2(c)(3)
outlets, waste piping, P111.1(b)(5)
piping, change of directions, P108.8(b)
pitch of horizontal, P108.8(a)
prohibited fittings, P108.8(c)
provision for future fixtures, P108.8(e)
sizing, P108.10
underground, minimum size, P108.10(e)
sanitary, see also Sanitary drainage
sterilizer vent stack, P114.8(d)(2)
storm, P110.0, see also Storm drainage
sub-soil, P108.7
swimming pools, P116.1(d)
Drains
areaway, P110.2(e)
carrying clear water, P110.2(f)
floor, P104.17
sterilizer, P114.7(b)
vents, P109.8(d)
funnel, P104.19
material, P102.4(b)
roof, see Roof Drains
and sewers combined, size, P110.4(e)
sub-soil, materials, P102.4(e)(3)
swimming pools, P111.1(b)(7)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(3)
drainage system design, P110.2(g)
Draw pools, P116.1(b)
Drinking fountains, P104.16
prohibited, P104.16(c)
Drip pipes, P108.11
Drips, P110.2(c)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(5)
Dry wells, P110.13(d)
one-and two-family dwellings, P110.13(d)(2)
required, P110.13(d)
size, P110.13(d)(1)
E
Ejector, P108.6
Environmental Protection Administration, P110.2
Equivalent cleanouts, P105.3(i)
Excavation, P101.2
Exhaust condenser, P114.7(e)
284
Reference Standard 16
285
Reference Standard 16
M
Materials, anchors, P106.1
backfill, P101.2(a)
building sewers, P102.4(a)(3)
caulking ferrules, P102.4(e)(7)
chemical wastes, P102.4(b)(5)
piping, P112.2(c)
cleanout plugs, P102.4(e)(10)
slip, P103.1(p)
drainage systems, P102.4(b)
downspouts, P102.4(e)(2)
exterior leaders, P102.4(e)(2)
fittings, P102.4(d)
floor flanges, P102.4(e)(9)
flush pipes, P102.4(e)(11)
gas piping, P115.6
hangers, P106.0
insulation, P102.4(e)(13)
lead bends, P102.4(e)(4)
plastic, P102.2(b)
requirements, P102.2(b)
roof drains, P102.4(e)(1)
sheet copper, P102.4(e)(5)
sheet lead, P102.4(e)(6)
soldering bushings, P102.4(e)(8)
standards, P102.2
subsoil drains, P102.4(e)(3)
supports, P106.1
toxic, P107.11
traps, P102.4(e)(4)
tubular brass, P102.4(e)(12)
underground piping, P102.4(b)(2)
underground yard drainage, P102.4(b)(4)
venting, P102.4(c)
above ground, P102.4(c)(1)
chemical waste, P102.4(c)(3)
systems, P102.4(c)
underground, P102.4(c)(2)
water distribution system pipe, P102.4.(a)(2)
water service pipe, P102.4(a)(1)
water supply systems, P102.4(a)
Mental hospital plumbing, P114.4
286
Reference Standard 16
S
Saddles, P108.8(c)
Sand interceptors, P105.5(a)
Sanitary drainage, combining with storm, P110.8(c)
piping, P108.1
permits, P108.1(a)
Sanitary and storm sewers, P110.12
Seats, water closets, P104.4(d)
Seepage pits, P113.5(a)
capacity, P113.10(a)
construction, P113.10(b)
distribution box, P113.8
Seepage trenches, P113.5(a)
Separators, P105.4
accessibility, P105.7
maintenance, P105.8
oil, venting, P105.6(a)
oil and flammable liquids, P105.4(e)
connection to sewer, P105.4(e)(4)
design, P105.4(e)(2)
venting, P105.4(e)(3)
oil storage tank, P105.4(e)(5)
slaughter houses, P105.5(d)
Septic tanks, P113.5(a), P113.7
capacity, P113.7
construction, P113.7
design, P113.7(d)
maintenance, P113.12
Service pipe
clearance, P107.2(b)(10)
curb valves, P107.2(b)(9)
goosenecks on, P107.2(b)(8)
house control valves, P107.2(b)(12)
installation, P107.2(b)(7)
protection, P107.2(b)(6)
size, P107.2(b)(2)
test, P107.2(b)(11)
Sewage disposal, cesspool, P113.5
housing development, P113.4
individual, P113.3
seepage pits, P113.5(a)
seepage trenches, P113.5(a)
septic tank, P113.5(a)
Sewage ejector, pneumatic, P108.6(e)
Sewage system, building materials, P102.4(a)(3)
individual, P113.1
Sewer connections, P108.2
Sewer, disposal of storm water, P110.2(b)
Sewer, repairs, P110.2(i)
Sewers and drains combined size, P110.4(e)
Showers, P104.9
swimming pools, P116.1(o)
Sinks, P104.10, P109.13(a)
clinic, P114.3(a), P114.3(b)
287
Reference Standard 16
drainage, P114.6(b)
Skimmers, P116.1(d)(1)
swimming pool, P116.1(c)
Sleeves, P101.3
Slip joints, P103.1(p)
Soil percolation, tests, P113.9
Soil stacks, minimum size, P108.10(c)
Solution tanks, connections, P107.23
Stack vents, P109.3, P109.6
minimum size, P109.3(a)
offsets, P109.3(d)
required, P109.3(b)
Standpipe receptors, P111.5(a)(3)
Sterilizers, P107.13(4)
boiler type, sizing, P114.9(b)
floor drain, P114.7(b)
hospital, P114.3(d)
indirect wastes, P114.7(a)
pressure, P114.7(d)
sizing, P114.9(c)
vent, P114.8(d)
vent stack, drainage, P114.8(d)(2)
vent, stack sizing, P114.9
waste, P114.7(f)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(4)
Stop-and-waste valves, P107.6
Storm drainage, P110.0
areaways, P110.2(a), P110.2(b)
capacity, for street, P110.2(h)
combining with sanitary, P110.8(c)
continuous flow valves, P110.5
contractual obligations, P110.2(1)
control flow, P110.6
leaders, P110.7
on-site disposal, P110.13
piping, P110.0
sanitary sewer, P110.3
size, P110.4
time, of construction, P110.2(k)
traps, P110.7
where required, P110.2
Storm sewers, continuous flow valves, P110.5
sanitary sewers, P110.12
size, P110.4(b)
Storm water, leaders, P110.8
piping, P110.8
Strainers, indirect waste, P111.5(b)
roof drain, P110.9
Subsoil drainage, P108.7
Subsurface disposal field, P113.11
construction, P113.11(b)
distance requirements, P113.11(e)
maintenance, P113.12
size, P113.11(d)
Sump pits, P108.6(a), P108.6(c)
Sump pump, connections, P107.22
Sumps, P111.5
acid dilution, P112.2(g)
neutralization, P112.2(g)
waste, P111.5(a)(1)
Supports, intervals, P106.3
base of stacks, P106.3(c)
horizontal piping, P106.3(b)
vertical piping, P106.3(a)
materials, P106.1
Swimming pools, P116.0, P116.1
chlorine, P116.1(h)(2)
disinfection, P116.1(h)
drainage, P116.1(d)
draw pools, P116.1(b)
filtration, P111.1(b)(7), P116.1(f)
fixtures, required, P104.9
free chlorine, P116.1(k)(3)
gutters, P116.1(d)(1)a
hair and lint catchers, P116.1(g)
heating, P116.1(i)
inlets, P116.1(e)
main draw outlets, P116.1(c)(3)
make-up water, P116.1(j)
overflow, P116.1(d)(1)
pipe identification, P116.1(1)
recirculation, P116.1(f)
showers, P116.1(c)
skimmers, P116.1(d)(1)
toilets, P116.1(c)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(7)
water standards, P116.1(k)
T
Tank controls, P107.6(e)
Tanks, ball cocks, P107.8(b)
cleaning, P107.8(g)
flush, P104.6(d)
gravity, P107.7(a)(1)
hot water storage, P107.26(g)
location, P107.26(i)
hydropneumatic, P107.8(f)
oil storage, P105.4(e)(5)
overflows, P107.8(a)
painting, P107.8(g)
pressure, waste piping, P111.1(b)(8)
prohibited location, P107.8(d)
receiving, P108.6(c)
septic, see Septic tanks
suction, P107.8(a), P107.9(b)
fill line, P107.9(d)
size, P107.9(c)
Temperature relief valves, P107.26(b), P107.26(d)
288
Reference Standard 16
Traps, P105.0
bedpan vent stack, P114.8(c)(2)
building, P105.2, P108.4
domestic dish washers, P105.1(a)(4)
materials, P102.4(e)(4)
prohibited, P105.1(c)
seals, protection, P109.2
separate, P105.1(a)
separate for each fixture, P105.1
storm drain, P110.7
equivalent, P110.7(c)
water supply, P107.2
Trenches, seepage, P113.5(a)
Trenching, P101.2
methods, P101.2(b)
U
Urinals, P104.5
flushing devices, P104.6
prohibited, P104.5(a)
wall-hung trough, P104.5(b)
V
Vacuum breakers, P107.13, P107.18(2), P107.20,
P107.23, P107.24
Vacuum filters, swimming pools, P116(d)(1)a
Vacuum systems, P114.11
Valves, backwater, P105.9, P108.7
check, P107.4, P107.9(f)
control, P107.6(h)
curb, P107.2(b),(9)
dwelling units, P107.6(c)
flushometer, P104.6(c)
individual fixture, P107.6(d)
pressure relief, P107.26(b), P107.26(c)
relief, P107.6(f)
waste piping, P111.1(b)(8)
riser, P107.6(b)
stop-and-waste, P107.6
temperature relief, P107.26(b), P107.26(d)
vacuum relief, P107.26(f)
water heating equipment, P107.6(f)
Vapor vents, P114.8
Vent headers, P109.3(e)
Vent piping, materials, P112.2(c)
Vents,
bedpan, P114.8(c)
branch, P109.1(c)
common, P109.7
connections,
at base and top, P109.3(c)
crown, P109.8(c)
extensions, P109.4(e)(2)
above roofs, P109.4(a)
289
Reference Standard 16
290
Reference Standard 17
REFERENCE STANDARD RS 17
FIRE ALARMS, DETECTION AND EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT
*
LIST OF REFERENCED NATIONAL STANDARDS
ANSI/NFiPA No. 13
**
**
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings
and Manufactured Homes.......................................................................... 1994
***
ANSI/NFPA No. 72
ANSI/ASME B16.4
UL No. 193
UL No. 260
Dry Pipe and Deluge Valves for Fire Protection Service...... .1988
UL No. 262
UL No. 312
UL No. 668
UL No. 753
UL No. 789
UL No. 1091
UL No. 1468
UL No. 1486
Quick Opening Devices for Dry Pipe Valves for Fire-Protection Service (Revision 7/85)..1979
UL No. 1726
UL No. 1739
ANSI A21.10/AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Grey-Iron Fittings, 3-inch through 48-inch for Water and Other Liquids. 1987
ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Grey-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings.. 1985
***
ANSI/ASTM A234
Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate
and Elevated Temperatures......... 1988
ANSI/NFiPA No. 22
UL No. 217
Single and Multiple Station Smoke Detectors including Revision of February 19, 1989 1989
ANSI/NFiPA No. 74
Standard for the Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Household Fire Warning
Equipment, as Modified ............................................................................. 1989
ANSI/NFiPA No. 20
*310-90 BCR
**DOB 6-23-99
***DOB 1-9-02
****As enacted but 1989 probably intended.
291
Reference Standard 17
*
* TABLE RS 17-1-1
REQUIRED RATINGS OF PIPE, FITTINGS AND VALVES IN STANDPIPE SYSTEMS FOR VARIOUS
HEIGHTS OF BUILDINGS c,d
Distance from
Upper Tank
Check to
Class of 2
Check and
Hose Outlet
Fittings Gate Valves
1st Floor or
Fire Pump (ft.)
Valves
Type of Pipe
(wwp in psi) (wwp in psi)
0 to 115
Aa
Schedule 10 or 40 carbon steel
300
175
a
115 to 270
A
Schedule 10 or 40 carbon steel
300
250
Schedule 40 carbon steel
350
350
270 to 425
Bb
b
Schedule 40 carbon steel
500
500
425 to 657
B
b
657 to 1,112
B
Schedule 80 carbon steel
800
800
b
Schedule 80 carbon steel
1,000
1,000
**1,122 and over
B
Notes.aFor installation in buildings not exceeding 300 ft. in height or the uppermost 300 ft. in taller buildings.
Valve shall close tightly against 300 psi normal hydraulic pressure and shall withstand a hydraulic test
pressure of 750 psi.
bFor installation in the lower portions of buildings exceeding 300 ft. in height. Valve shall close tightly
against 400 psi normal hydraulic pressure and shall withstand a hydraulic test pressure at 1,250 psi.
cSix inches and larger section and riser control valves shall have a valved bypass.
dSiamese connections shall be rated for the same pressure as is required for interior fittings and valves.
*310-90 BCR
**As enacted but 1,112 probably intended
292
Reference Standard 17
293
Reference Standard 17
294
Reference Standard 17
3. Hose Stations.(a) Hose outlet valves.(1) On each floor at each riser, the required 2 1/2 in.
angle hose valve shall be of a class as indicated in
Table RS 17-1-1.
(2) At the top of the highest riser there shall be
provided, above the main roof level, a three way
manifold equipped with three 2 1/2 in. hose valves with
hose valve caps. The lowest valve shall be located with the
hose end at least 18 in. above the roof and the highest
valve with the hose end not more than 60 in. above the
roof. The manifold may be set in a horizontal or
295
Reference Standard 17
296
Reference Standard 17
297
Reference Standard 17
2-1
Delete.
Occupancy
Classification
Light Hazard
Ordinary Hazard
(Group 1)
Ordinary Hazard
(Group 2)
Ordinary Hazard
(Group 3)
Warehouses
(See Note 6)
High Rise Buildings
Woodworker's Shop See Appendix A
Extra Hazard
Residual
Acceptable
Pressure
Flow at Base
Required
of Riser
(See Note 1)
(See Note 2)
15 psi
500-750 gpm
15 psi or
700-1000 gpm
higher
15 psi or
850-1500 gpm
higher
Pressure and flow requirements for sprinklers and
hose streams to be determined from Table 2-2.1.1 (b)
Pressure and flow requirements as determined
by Chapter 7 and subject to Commissioner's approval.
Pressure and flow requirements for sprinklers
in accordance with Table 2-2.1.1(b).
Pressure and flow requirements subject to
Commissioner's approval.
Pressure and flow requirements subject to
Commissioner's approval.
Duration
in Minutes
(See Notes
3, 4 & 5)
30
40
40
40
Notes:
1. The pressure required at the base of the sprinkler(s) is defined as the residual pressure required of the elevation at the highest sprinkler plus the
pressure required to reach this elevation.
2. The lower figure is the minimum flow ordinarily acceptable for pipe schedule sprinkler systems. The higher flow should normally suffice for
all cases under each group.
3. Where there is a requirement for a sprinkler alarm, a central station signal shall be provided.
4. In existing buildings only, the Commissioner may authorize reduction of storage to 20 minutes provided there are provisions for acceptable
mechanical automatic means of makeup to the storage tank.
The following conditions should be met for determining acceptable means for makeup:
a) Automatic means of makeup for a tank fire reserve should be capable of pumping water into the tank at a rate, for a period of 20 minutes,
sufficient to equal the difference between the normal 30-minute demand and the alternate 20-minute demand. The demand required is established
by calculations for the "most demanding remote area" from the riser as shown by examples of Appendix A of NFiPA 13-1989 and as now
determined for the 30-minute demand.
b) There should be at least two (2) automatic means of makeup, each having the same capacity, so that in the event a unit must be removed for
repairs the other unit can be placed in service.
c) An approved low water alarm is to be provided and located at a point 500 gallons above the available fire reserve level.
5. Where the water supply to a system sized in accordance with the pipe sizing schedules is taken from a water storage tank, the adequacy of the tank
capacity shall be verified with a hydraulic calculation.
6. This occupancy classification shall apply when the warehouse contains high-piled or rack storage as defined in Section 4-1.3.10 and complies
with the requirements of NFiPA 231 and 231C.
298
Reference Standard 17
*Delete Table 2-2.1 (b) in its entirety, except for Density Curves and add the following:
TABLE 2-2.1.1(b)
TABLE AND DESIGN CURVES FOR DETERMINING DENSITY, AREA OF SPRINKLER OPERATION AND
WATER SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS FOR HYDRAULICALLY DESIGNED SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
Minimum Water Supply Requirements
Hazard Classification
Light
Ord.-Gp. 1
Ord.-Gp. 2
Ord.-Gp. 3
For SI Units: 1 gpm = 3.785 L/min.
Sprinklers
Only-gpm
See 2-2.1.3
See 2-2.1.3
See 2-2.1.3
See 2-2.1.3
Duration in Minutes
(See Notes 1, 2, & 3)
30
40
40
40
Notes:
1. In existing buildings only, the Commissioner may authorize reduction of storage to 20 minutes provided there are provisions for acceptable
mechanical automatic means of makeup to the storage tank. Where 20 minutes storage cannot be achieved with existing storage facilities, alternative
means of supply may be considered by the Commissioner. In any event, no fire reserve storage facility shall have less than 3500 gallons.
The following conditions should be met for determining acceptable automatic means of makeup:
a) Automatic means of makeup for a tank fire reserve should be capable of pumping water into the tank at a rate, for a period of 20-minutes,
sufficient to equal the difference between the normal 30-minute demand and the alternate 20-minute demand. The demand required is established
by calculations for the most demanding remote area from the riser as shown by examples of Appendix A of NFiPA 13-1989 and as now
determined by the 30-minute demand.
b) There should be at least two (2) automatic means of makeup, each having the same capacity, so that in the event that a unit must be
removed for repairs the other unit can be placed in service.
c) An approved low water alarm is to be provided and located at a point 500 gallons above the fire level reserve.
2. Where there is a requirement for a sprinkler alarm, a central station signal shall be provided.
3. In no case shall existing sprinkler storage capacities be reduced to less than the amount required for comparable new construction.
4. In fully sprinklered buildings the storage capacity of the fire reserve in the tank shall be as required for the sprinkler demand, but shall not be
less than 3500 gallons in buildings with a single fire standpipe riser nor less than 5000 gallons in buildings with multiple fire standpipe risers.
5. Storage in light hazard occupancies where not more than 15 percent of the building is of ordinary hazard may have storage capacity predicated
on light hazard occupancy provided that any such space shall not exceed 5,000 square feet in area.
*633-83 BCR
2-5 Pumps
Add 2-5.3 Combined Use. In light hazard occupancies with
only limited ordinary hazard areas, an automatic fire pump
serving the lower 300 feet of the standpipe system may be
used as the primary supply to the sprinkler system, provided
that a secondary power supply is available to drive the
pump; and such power supply shall be automatic switching.
Add 2-5.4 In hydraulically designed sprinkler systems
supplied from a gravity tank, the pressure may be
increased by means of an automatic, special service fire
pump. The pump shall be sized to satisfy the requirements
of Table 2-2.1.1(a) or Table 2-2.1.1(b) and shall be
arranged in a bypass to permit the portion of the system
so supplied to be served by the systems siamese connections.
(a) If the pump is not supplied from the street side of
the building service switch, the electrical service and
pump operation shall be fully supervised; provided that a
secondary power supply is available to drive the pumps
and such power supply shall be automatic switching.
*
2-5.5 Wiring for fire pumps. When the fire pump
feeder conductors are routed through the building(s),
they shall be enclosed by two (2) inches of concrete or
shall be listed electrical circuit protective systems with
a minimum of one-hour fire resistance.
*DOB 7-24-96
299
Reference Standard 17
Delete.
Delete.
Delete
Delete
Delete
Delete
1. Pressure rating.
300
Reference Standard 17
301
Reference Standard 17
3-8 Fittings
Renumber Section 3-8.1.4 to 3-8.1.6
Renumber Section 3-8.1.5 to 3-8.1.7
Add a new Section 3-8.1.4 to read as follows:
3-8.1.4 Fittings used in the assembly of copper tube
shall conform to the following standards issued by the
American National Standards Institute:
Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings
150 to 300 lb.
ANSI B16.24-79
Add a new section 3-8.1.5 to read as follows:
3-8.1.5 Fittings used in the assembly of threadless copper
pipe (Type TP) shall conform to the following standards:
Cast Bronze, Brazed-Joint Pressure Fittings
Dimensions
MIL F-1183 J-87
Chemical and physical properties ANSI/ASTM B61-86 or
ANSI/ASTM B62-86
Bronze Flanges and Flanged Fittings
150 and 300 lb.
ANSI B16.24-79
3-8.6 One and One-Half-Inch Hose Connections. Delete.
3-8.7 Hose Connections for Fire Department Use. Delete.
Add the following in lieu of the above.
3-8.7 Fire Standpipe Hose Connections. Where permitted
in E, F, G, H and J Occupancies by Section 2-4.3 and
where permitted by the Commissioner, the sprinkler system
may be connected to the distribution system of mains
and risers serving the required standpipe hose connections.
Connections to the common sprinkler and standpipe systems
shall be valved and fitted with an approved supervised
tamper switch and flow detector.
3-9 Valves
3-9.1.1 Delete-Add the following:
3-9.1.1 A test pipe of not less than 1-inch diameter
terminating in a smooth bore corrosion resistant outlet
giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler shall be
provided. This test pipe shall be provided for each
system through a pipe not less than 1 inch in diameter
in the upper story, and the connection should preferably
be piped from the end of the most remote branch line.
The discharge should be at a point where it can be
readily observed. In locations where it is not practical
to terminate the test pipe outside the building, the test
pipe may terminate into a drain. In this event, the test
connection shall be made using an approved sight test
connection containing a smooth bore corrosion resistant
orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler. The
test valve shall be located at an accessible point and
preferably not over seven feet above the floor. The
control valve on the test connection shall be located at a
point not exposed to freezing.
3-9.1.1 Add the following sentence:
An approved indicating shutoff valve may be used in
lieu of an O.S.&Y. gate valve wherever referred to in
these modifications except such valve shall not be part
of the pressure reducing valve. The indicator shall be
readily visible from the floor.
3-9.2 Valves Controlling Sprinkler Systems.
3-9.2.3 Delete exception #2.
3-9.2.5 Delete.
3-9.2.6 Delete.
3-9.2.7 Delete.
Add 3-9.2.5 Where there is one water supply connection a
check valve shall be installed. Such check valve may
be a swing check, an approved fire meter or an approved
detector check.
Add 3-9.2.6 Where a system having only one dry-pipe
valve is supplied with city water and Fire Department
connection, it will be satisfactory to install the main
check valve in water supply connection in a vertical
position immediately inside of the building after the
main indicating valve.
Add 3-9.2.7 Where either a wet or dry pipe sprinkler
system is supplied by city water and a Fire Department
connection and has more than one riser with O.S.&Y.
gate valve in each, and the whole system is controlled
by one outside post indicator valve, it will be satisfactory
to install the main check valve in the water supply
connection immediately inside building. If the supply is
controlled by an underground gate valve with a
Department of Environmental Protection standard roadway
box, the main check valve in the water supply connection
should be installed immediately after the O.S.&Y. gate
valve inside the building.
Add 3-9.2.8 Where a wet pipe sprinkler system is supplied
by city water and a Fire Department connection with
only one riser, the alarm valve will be considered as a
check valve and an additional check will not be required.
Add 3-9.2.9 A gate valve should be installed on each side
of each check valve under conditions other than described
in Paragraphs 3-9.2.6, 3-9.2.7 and 3-9.2.8. However, this
shall not apply to Fire Department Siamese check valves.
Add 3-9.2.10 Where a gravity tank is located on a
tower in the yard, the gate valve on the tank side of the
check valve shall be of O.S.&Y. type; the other shall be
either an O.S.&Y. valve or an indicator post valve.
Where a gravity tank is located on a building, both gate
valves shall be the O.S.&Y. type; and all fittings inside
the buildings, except the drain tee fill line, and heater
connections, shall be under the control of a gate valve.
Add 3-9.2.11 In a city connection serving as one
source of supply the city valve in the connection may
serve as one of the required gate valves. An O.S.&Y.
valve or an indicator post valve should be installed on
the systems (water supply) side of the check valve.
Add 3-9.2.12 A connection from public water system
shall not extend into or through a building unless such
connection is under the control of an outside indicator
post or O.S.&Y. gate or under the control of an inside
O.S.&Y. gate valve located near the outside wall of the
building.
Add 3-9.2.13 When a pump, located in a combustible
pump house or exposed to danger from fire or falling
walls, or a tank discharges into a yard main valve, fed
by another supply, either the check valve in the
connection shall be located in a pit or the gate valve
should be of the indicator post type, located a safe
302
Reference Standard 17
303
Reference Standard 17
tower in the yard, the gate valve on the tank side of the
check valve shall be of O.S.&Y. type, the other shall be
either an O.S.&Y. valve or an indicator post valve.
Where a gravity tank is located on a building both gate
valves shall be the O.S.&Y. type; and all fittings inside
the buildings, except the drain ice fill line, and heater
connections, shall be under the control of a gate valve.
Add 3-14.2.11 In a city connection serving as one source
of supply the city valve in the connection may serve as one
of the required gate valves. An O.S.&Y. valve or an
indicator post valve should be installed on the systems
(water supply) side of the check valve.
Add 3-14.2.12 A connection from public water system
shall not extend into or through a building unless such
connection is under the control of an outside indicator
post or O.S.&Y. gate valve or under the control of an
inside O.S.&Y. gate valve located near the outside wall
of the building.
Add 3-14.2.13 When a pump, located in a combustible
pump house or exposed to danger from fire or falling
walls, or a tank discharges into a yard main fed by another
supply, either the check valve in the connection shall be
located in a pit or the gate should be of the indicator
post type, located a safe distance outside of buildings.
Add 3-14.2.14 Check valves on tank or pump connections,
when located underground, may be placed inside of
buildings and at a safe distance from the tank riser or
pump, except in cases where the building is entirely of
one fire area, when it is ordinarily considered satisfactory
to locate the check valve over-head in the lowest level.
Add 3-14.2.15 All gate valves controlling water
supplied for sprinklers shall be located where readily
accessible and when necessary, permanent ladders,
clamped treads on risers, chains and wheels, or other
accepted means should be provided.
Add 3-14.2.16 Section Valves in Underground Fire Mains.
Large yard systems shall have section controlling valves at
appropriate points in order to permit sectionalizing the
system in the event of a break, or for the making of
repairs or extension. (See Standard for Outside Protection,
ANSI/NFiPA No. 24)
Add 3-14.2.17 Floor Valves. Floor control valves shall be
provided where required or in special cases where area or
height, or number of tenants is excessive, both in manufacturing
and mercantile buildings, or where contents are more than
ordinarily susceptible to damage. Floor valves shall be
located where they are readily accessible. They are to be
O.S.&Y. type located ahead of the inlet of any pressure
reducing valve.
Add 3-14.2.18 Indicator Posts for Gate Valves.
Add 3-14.2.18.1 Outside control shall be provided.
Add 3-14.2.18.2 Where sprinklers are supplied from a
yard main, an approved outside indicator post gate
valve shall be placed in the connecting pipe at a safe
distance from the building.
Add 3-14.2.18.3 Indicator post valves should be
located not less than 40 feet from buildings; but where
necessary to place a valve close to a building, it should
304
Reference Standard 17
305
Reference Standard 17
306
Reference Standard 17
307
Reference Standard 17
and 1887. The use of pipe or tube other than that described
above must involve consideration of many factors, e.g.
(a) Pressure rating
(b) Beam strength (hangers)
(c) Corrosion (chemical and electrolytic)
(d) Resistance to failure when exposed to elevated
temperatures
(e) Methods of joining (strength, permanence, fire hazard)
(f) Availability of fittings (for sprinkler outlets and
proper routings.)
(g) Physical characteristics related to integrity during
earthquakes
(h) Toxicity
(i) Combustibility
(j) Movement during sprinkler operation (water distribution).
Nonmetallic pipe and tube shall comply with the
portions of the ASTM standards specified in Table 15.2 that apply to fire protection service in addition to
the provisions of this paragraph. Nonmetallic pipe shall
only be used in wet pipe systems. Nonmetallic pipe
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions, and in accordance with rules
promulgated by the Commissioner of Buildings.
Table 1-5.2 Delete Special Listed Polybutylene (PB) Pipe.
Section 1-5.6 - Delete and substitute the following:
Section 1-5.6 - Joints for the connection of copper tube
or threadless pipe shall be brazed. Brazing filler metal
classed BCuP-5, BAG-2 (ANSI/AWS A5.8-89) or other
approved methods may be used. Lead free solder joints
may be permitted for wet pipe systems when the
temperature classification of the installed sprinklers is
Ordinary or Intermediate.
Section 1-5.7 - Delete and substitute the following:
Section 1-5.7 - Other types of fittings may be used, but
only those investigated and listed for this service by a
nationally recognized testing and inspection agency in
accordance with Underwriters Laboratory Standard
1821 and 1887. The use of fittings other than that
described above must involve consideration of many
factors as described in Section 1-5.2. Nonmetallic pipe
and tube fittings shall comply with the portions of the
ASTM standards specified in Table 1-5.7 that apply to
fire protection service in addition to the provisions of
this paragraph. Nonmetallic pipe and tube fittings shall
only be used in wet pipe systems. Nonmetallic pipe
and tube fittings shall be installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions, and in
accordance with rules promulgated by the Commissioner of
Buildings.
Section 1-6.2.1 - Change NFPA 13 to RS 17-2, and add
the following: "The use of antifreeze solutions other
than glycerine-water in sprinkler systems using plastic
pipe shall not be permitted."
Chapter 2 - Working Plans, Design, Installation,
Accepted Tests and Maintenance
308
Reference Standard 17
following:
Location of sprinklers installed in buildings classified
in occupancy group J-1 shall be in accordance with the
requirements of RS 17-2.
Section 2-7 Delete and substitute the following:
Section 2-7 The owner is responsible for the
condition of a sprinkler system and shall properly
maintain the sprinkler system in accordance with the
Fire Departments rules and regulations.
Chapter 3 Referenced Publications
Delete in its entirety.
Appendix A Explanatory Material
A-1-1, first paragraph, - Change four to six.
A-1-5.2 Delete
A-1-5.7 Delete
A-2-1.3.2 Delete
A-2-3.3.1 - Delete
Figure A-2-3.2(a), (b) and (c) Delete
Appendix B Referenced Publications
Delete in its entirety.
NOTE: Subjects that are not covered under this reference
standard shall be in accordance with Reference
Standard 17-2.
*DOB 6-25-99
*
309
Reference Standard 17
310
Reference Standard 17
* DOB 6-25-99
311
Reference Standard 17
312
Reference Standard 17
313
Reference Standard 17
4. Fire Alarm Sending Stations. *(a) In manual fire alarm signal systems, the metal
case enclosing exposed or surface alarm boxes shall be
of cast iron or cast No. 43 aluminum or approved
aluminum-zinc alloy, and shall be drilled and tapped to
receive the conduit. Where exposed to moisture, the
box shall be closed in a weatherproof outer shell. In
new buildings, approved galvanized sheet steel backboxes embedded in the wall may be used and the
conduits shall be secured by lock nuts and bushings.
*Local Law 16-1984
314
Reference Standard 17
315
Reference Standard 17
316
Reference Standard 17
317
Reference Standard 17
318
Reference Standard 17
I - SCOPE
When permitted by the Fire Commissioner, new fire
signal system characteristics for pre-signal operation
and existing manual coded and non-coded fire station
signal modifications for pre-signal operation, shall be in
accordance with the following schedule in its entirety
and in accordance with Reference Standards RS 17-3,
RS 17-3A, RS 17-3B and other applicable standards
and permitted only in Class "G" educational occupancy
buildings of Group 1-A fireproof construction. Interior
alarm systems installed or altered in accordance with
this standard shall be designated as "Class G Systems".
II - FUNCTION SCHEDULE
A. Introduction of a time delay between the operation
of a coded, master coded or non-coded manual interior
fire alarm station and the audible evacuation signal
shall be limited to an adjustable interval of 0-180
seconds. The specific duration of the time delay shall be
determined by the Fire Commissioner for each specific
premises where permitted. The time delay, when
instituted by a manual station, shall also be effective for
fan shutdown and other auxiliary equipment. There
shall be no delay on automatic detection.
319
Reference Standard 17
320
Reference Standard 17
321
Reference Standard 17
322
Reference Standard 17
323
Reference Standard 17
324
Reference Standard 17
325
Reference Standard 17
326
Reference Standard 17
327
Reference Standard 17
328
Reference Standard 17
329
Reference Standard 17
330
Reference Standard 17
331
Reference Standard 17
332
Reference Standard 17
333
Reference Standard 17
334
Reference Standard 17
335
Reference Standard 17
336
Reference Standard 17
337
Reference Standard 17
**
338
Reference Standard 17
CHAPTER 4
Deleted in its entirety (this chapter is for fire alarm
central offices, which falls under the Fire
Department's jurisdiction).
CHAPTER 5 - INITIATING DEVICES
Section 5-1.3.4 - Delete "appropriate NFPA standard
or" from the first sentence.
Section 5-1.3.5 - Delete
Section 5-2.2 - Delete "either by the appropriate NFPA
standard or" from the sentence.
Section 5-3.2- Delete "either by the appropriate NFPA
standard or " from the sentence.
Section 5-3.5.9 - Add, "Where required by the authority
having jurisdiction" at the beginning of the paragraph.
Section 5-3.6.2 - Add, "Where required by the authority
having jurisdiction" at the beginning of the paragraph.
Section 5-5.2 - Delete "either by the appropriate NFPA
standard or" from the paragraph.
Section 5-6.1 - Delete "either by the appropriate NFPA
standard or" from the second sentence.
Section 5-8.1 - Substitute the words "approvals/acceptances"
for "listings".
Add Section 5-8.2 to read as follows:
Section 5-8.2 Appropriate means may involve:
(a) Foam Systems: Flow of Water
(b) Pump Activation
(c) Differential Pressure Detector
(d) Halon: Pressure Detector
(e) Carbon Dioxide: Pressure Detector
In any case, an alarm that activates the extinguishing
system may be initiated from the detection system.
Section 5-9.1.1 - Change the second sentence to read as
follows: "The operable part of each manual fire alarm
box shall be 4 feet above finished floor level."
Section 5-9.1.2 - Delete
Section 5-9.1.3 - Change the number of repetitions
produced from three to four.
Sections 5-9.2 to 5-9.2.11 - Delete
Sections 5-9.2.12 to 5-9.2.12.6 - Delete
Sections 5-9.2.13 to 5-9.2.14.2 - Delete
Section 5-10.5 Delete and substitute the following:
Section 5-10.5 Room Temperature Supervisory SignalInitiating. B When temperature supervisory devices are
provided to indicate a low temperature condition, they
shall indicate the decrease in room temperature to 40o F
(4.4o C) and its restoration to above 40o F (4.4o C).
Section 5-11.4.2 - Delete "NFPA 90A, Standard for the
installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems" and substitute with "Reference Standard RS 13-1."
Section 5-11.5.2.1 - Delete "other NFPA standards"
and substitute with "Reference Standard RS 13-1."
Figure 5-11.7.4.1.1.(D) to read "One detector mounted
on the higher side"
339
Reference Standard 17
Table 6-4.4.1(a) Room Spacing Allocation for Wall-Mounted Visible Appliances Minimum Required Light
Output, Candela (cd)
(Effective Intensity)
(see note below)
Two Lights per
Four Lights per
Room (Located
Room - One
Maximum
One Light
on Opposite
Light per Wall
Room Size
Per Room(cd)
Walls) (cd)
(cd)
20' x 20'
15
N/A
N/A
30' x 30'
30
15
N/A
40' x 40'
60
30
[15] N/A
45' x 45'
75
60
N/A
50' x 50'
95
60
[30] N/A
55' x 55'
110
75
N/A
60' x 60'
135
95
[30] N/A
70' x 70'
185
110
[60] N/A
80' x 80'
240
140
60
90' x 90'
305
180
95
100' x 100'
325
240
95
110' x 110'
455
240
135
120' x 120'
540
305
160
130' x 130'
635
375
185
NOTE: Candela (cd) ratings, as indicated, are based
on UL 1971 listings. On-axis ratings shall in no case
be less that 75 cd.
Table 6.4.4.1(b) - Delete
Section 6-6 - Delete
Section 6-6.1 - Delete
Section 6-6.2 - Delete
Section 6-8 - Delete in its entirety.
340
Reference Standard 17
341
Reference Standard 17
342
Reference
Reference Standard
Standard 17
17
342a
343
Reference
Reference Standard
Standard 17
17
344
342b
Reference Standard 18
Safety Requirements for the Construction, Care and Use of Automobile Lifts 1981
FS00-L-360D Motor Vehicle Lifts........................................................... 1987
ANSI/ASME MH14.1
]ANSI/ASME B20.1
ANSI A10.4
ANSI/ASME A90.1
ANSI B77.1
ANSI/ASTM F698
**
ASNT/SNT-TC-1A
**
ASTM 3.03
ASTM F770
**
ASTM F846
**
ASTM F853
**
343
Reference Standard 18
344
Reference Standard 18
345
Reference Standard 18
read a s follows
(6) BS&A or MEA label shall be provided for the
entire entrance assembly where required by this rule.
27 Amend title of section 111 to read as follows:
SECTION 111
HOISTWAY-DOOR LOCKING DEVICES AND
ELECTRIC CONTACTS, [AND] HOISTWAY
ACCESS SWITCHES AND ELEVATOR
PARKING DEVICES
28. Amend the first sentence of subdivision d of rule
111.2 to read as follows: new and replacement Interlocks
shall conform to the following:
111.2 dGeneral Design Requirements.- Both new and
replacement Interlocks shall conform to the following
requirements:
29 Delete subparagraphs d and e of paragraph 4 of and
add new paragraph 8 to such subdivision of such rule to
read as follows:
(8) Interlocks shall be MEA accepted or BS&A
approved.
30 Delete rule 111.3 in its entirety.
31. Amend paragraph 2 of subdivision c of rule 111.4 to
read as follows:
The certifying agencys name, [or] date of approval and
identifying number or symbol;
32. Add rule 111.8 to read as follows:
Rule 111.8 Elevator Parking Device
111.8a Where Required and Location
(1) An elevator parking device shall be provided at one
landing if:
(a) the doors are not automatically unlocked when the
car is within the unlocking zone; or
(b) the doors are not openable from the landing by a
door-open button or floor button.
(2) Parking devices may be provided at other landings.
(3) This device shall be located at a height not greater than
6ft. 11 in.(2108 mm) above floor
111.8b General Design Requirements.- Parking devices
shall conform to the following requirements:
(1) They shall be mechanically or electrically operated.
(2) They shall be designed and installed so that friction or
sticking or breaking of any spring used in the device will
not permit opening or unlocking a door when the car is
outside the landing zone of that floor.
(3) Springs, where used, shall be of the restrained
compression type which will prevent separation of the
parts in case the spring breaks.
33. Add rule 111.9 to read as follows:
Rule 111.9 Access to Hoistway for Inspection, Maintenance
or Repairs
Access means conforming to the requirements of either
Rule 111.6a or 111.7a shall be provided at one upper
landing to permit access to top of car, and at the lowest
landing if this landing is the normal point of access to
the pit.
34. Add rule 111.10 to read as follows:
Rule 111.10 Devices for Making Inoperative Hoistway-
346
Reference Standard 18
347
Reference Standard 18
maintenance purposes.
49. Amend the opening paragraph of rule 205.14 to read
as follows
A metal plate shall be securely attached to each safety
device so as to be readily visible, and shall be marked in a
legible and permanent manner with letters and figures not
less than in. (6.3 mm) in height indicating the following:
50 Amend rule 208.10 to read as follows:
Rule 208.10 Numbering of Driving Machines
A New York City designated elevator device number is
assigned by the Elevator Division of the New York City
Department of Buildings to each driving machine in every
machine room. Such numbers shall be engraved into the
metal tag in block type with a minimum of in. height
and securely attached in a permanent manner to the driving
machine, controller, MG set or drive unit and the
disconnecting means. In addition, [W] when the machinery
of more than one elevator is in a machine room, each
driving machine shall be assigned a different number
which shall be painted on or securely attached to the
driving machine. (See also Rule 211.9.)
51. Amend rule 208.11 to read as follows:
Rule 208.11 Means for Inspection of Gears
Each gear case of geared machines shall have access to
permit inspection of the contact surfaces of the gears. [
Such access need not provide a direct view of all gears, but
shall be located and sized adequately to allow access by
fiber optic or similar visual inspection instrumentation.]
52 Add paragraph 3 to subdivision b of rule 209.3 to read
as follows:
(3) Final limit switches and bracket shall be permanently
secured.
53 Amend first paragraph of subdivision e of rule 210.2
and add new paragraph 5 to such subdivision of such rule
to read as follows:
(e) Emergency Stop Switch.- [An emergency stop
switch is prohibited in the car on passenger elevators.] On
all [freight] elevators, an emergency stop switch shall be
provided in the car, and located in or adjacent to each car
operating panel. When opened, this switch shall cause the
electric power to be removed from the elevator driving
machine motor and brake.
***
348
Reference Standard 18
349
Reference Standard 18
350
Reference Standard 18
351
Reference Standard 18
power (normal, emergency, [or] standby or actuation of incar emergency stop switch), the car [may] shall move in
the down direction to [reestablish absolute car position]
designated or sky lobby level. Restoration of electrical
power following a power interruption shall not cause any
elevator to be removed from Phase I or Phase II operation.
64. Add two new subdivisions f and g to such rule to read
as follows:
211.3f Emergency Power Selection Switch.- When
emergency power is furnished (Rule 211.2) a manual
elevator emergency power selection switch shall be
provided at the main floor and other levels, approved by
the Commissioner to override any automatic sequence
operation. If the manual elevator emergency standby
power selection switch is of the key-operated type, the
switch keys shall conform to the requirements of Rule
211.8.
211.3g Identification of Switches and Buttons
(1)All keyed switch positions and buttons required by this
subdivision shall be identified with the appropriate
designation in red lettering.
(2) All cover plates for such switches and buttons shall
bear the lettering FOR FIRE DEPARTMENT USE
ONLY.
65. Amend subdivision a of rule 211.4 to read as follows:
211.4a Phase I Emergency Recall Operation.- A [three]
two- position key-operated switch shall be provided only at
the designated or the sky lobby level for each single elevator
or for each group of elevators. The [three] two-position
switch shall be marked [BYPASS, OFF, AND ON]
NORMAL and FIREMAN SERVICE (in that order).
The Commissioner with the concurrence of the Fire
Commissioner may allow [A] an additional two-position
key-operated switch marked [OFF and ON]
NORMAL and FIREMAN SERVICE (in that order)
[may be provided] at [any] other location, however, it shall
not affect Phase I operation if the designated-level or sky
lobby-level smoke detector or waterflow alarm (Rule
211.4b) has been activated. The switch(es) shall be rotated
clockwise to go from the [OFF] NORMAL to [ON]
FIREMAN SERVICE position.] All keys shall be
removable [only in the OFF and ON] from any
position[s].
No device, other than Phase I switch(es), [or] the smoke
detectors in the elevator lobbies, machine room, or hoistway
(Rule 211.3b1), or waterflow alarm in lieu of smoke
detectors in the elevator lobbies (Rule 211.3b2) shall
initiate Phase I operation.
When all switches are in the [OFF] NORMAL position,
normal elevator service shall be retained and operation
from the smoke detectors or waterflow alarm required by
Rule 211.4b shall be functional.
[When the designated-level three-position switch is in the
BYPASS position, normal elevator service shall be
restored independent of the smoke detectors required by
Rule 211.4b.]
When a Phase I switch is in the [ON] FIREMAN
SERVICE position, a visual and audible signal shall be
352
Reference Standard 18
353
Reference Standard 18
354
Reference Standard 18
SECTION 800
PROTECTION OF FLOOR OPENING
Rule 800.1 Protection required
Floor openings for escalators shall be protected against the
passage of flame, heat and/or smoke or gases in the event
of fire.
Rule 800.2 Escalators Accredited as a Required Means
of Egress
Escalators accredited as a required means of egress shall
meet the requirements of Section 27-378 of article five of
subchapter six of this chapter.
Rule 800.3 Escalators not Accredited as a Required
Means Of Egress
Escalators not accredited as a means of egress shall have
the floor openings protected by any one of the following:
800.3(a) Full enclosures- as specified in Rule 800.2 of this
section.
800.3(b) Automatic rolling shuttersUnenclosed escalators, which are not protected as specified
in subdivision a of this rule shall be equipped with a
power-operated automatic rolling shutter at every floor
pierced thereby, constructed of noncombustible materials
with a fire resistance rating of not less than one and onehalf (1) hours.
Construction.- The shutter shall close immediately upon
the activation of the fire detection system in the building
and shall completely close the well opening. The shutter
shall operate at a speed of not more than 30 feet per minute
(0.15 m/s) and shall be equipped with a sensitive leading
edge to arrest its progress when in contact with any
obstacle, and to continue its progress on release therefrom.
There shall be a manual means of operating and testing the
operation of the shutter. The shutters shall be operated by
building personnel at least once a week to assure that they
remain in proper operating condition.
800.3(c) Sprinkler protectionIn buildings completely protected by an automatic sprinkler
system complying with the construction requirements of
subchapter seventeen of this chapter, escalator openings
shall be protected by a draft curtain and by a deluge
sprinkler system designed to form a vertical water curtain.
Draft curtain.- A draft curtain shall be installed in each
story of the floor opening. The draft curtain shall enclose
the perimeter of the opening and shall extend from the
ceiling downward at least twenty-four (24) inches on all
sides. The lower edge of the draft curtain shall be not less
than twelve (12) inches below the bottom of the sprinkler
heads. Sprinkler heads of the deluge sprinkler system shall
be within two (2) feet of the draft curtain.
83A. Amend rule 802.3c to read as follows:
802.3e Clearance Between Balustrades and Steps.The clearance on either side of the steps between the steps
and the adjacent skirt guard shall be not more than threesixteenths (3/16) inch, and the sum of the clearances on
both sides shall be not more than one-quarter (1/4) inch.
83B. Delete the EXCEPTION to Rule 802.3c.
84. Delete rule 805.2 and re-adopt it to read as follows:
355
Reference Standard 18
356
Reference Standard 18
357
Reference Standard 18
358
Reference Standard 18
359
Reference Standard 18
360
Reference Standard 18
361
Reference Standard 18
362
Reference Standard 18
APPENDIX K0
TAGS
6.21.2 Guarding
(e) Controls shall be installed or located so they cannot be
actuated by a person on the carrier. Controls shall be of
constant pressure type.
(f) Non-operating sides of the conveyer to be guarded to a
minimum height of 7 ft. If guarding is fence or expanded
metal the mesh must be capable of rejecting a 2 diameter
ball. The guarding is required at both levels where the unit
penetrates a non-fire rated floor.
6.21.3 Shaft enclosure
Where a vertical conveyer (material lift) penetrates a firerated floor a two (2) hour rated enclosure with one and a
half (1) hour rated self-closing fire doors shall be
required.
6.21.4 Gates
(a) All lower and intermediate level manual loading and
unloading points shall have gates with a minimum of six
(6) ft in height. Each gate is equipped with a lock and
electric contact to prevent the gates from being opened
until the conveyer is at that level.
(b) Upper level gates must be with a minimum of six (6) ft
in height and shall be equipped with a lock and electric
contact.
6.21.5 Platform Side guards
Platform side guards and gate with electric contact shall be
provided with a minimum of six (6) ft in height.
6.21.6 Limitation of Load
The capacity shall be not less than 50 lbs. per sq. ft with a
maximum capacity of 2500 lbs.
6.21.7 Speed
The rated speed shall not exceed 25 ft/min (0.15 m/s).
6.21.8 Travel
The maximum travel shall not exceed 25 ft.
6.21.9 Floor Penetration
Not more than one floor penetration shall be permitted.
SECTION 7 OPENING PROTECTION
[7.01] 7.1 Passage through openings
[7.01.1] 7.1.1 Whenever a conveyer or other materialhandling device is designed to pass through floors, ceilings,
partitions or walls, the plans and specifications shall give
the necessary details of the opening protection with respect
to location, structural strength, and fire resistance in accordance
with the requirements of the Building Code.
Section 5. This revision shall take effect immediately.
[ ] Matter shown in brackets to be deleted.
___ Matter shown underlined to be added.
{ } Matter shown in brackets replaces brackets
[ ] of ANSI/ASME A17.1-1996 and ANSI/ASME 17.1A1997, so that it is not understood as deletion.
Designations used in this revision is as follows:
Example is taken from PART X
PART
X
SECTION
SECTION 1000
RULE
RULE 1000.3
SUBDIVISION
1000.3(b)
PARAGRAPH
1000.3(b)(1)
363
Reference Standard 18
SUBPARAGRAPH
1000.3(b)(1)(b)
ITEM
1000.3(b)(1)(b)(1)
SUBITEM
1000.3(b)(1)(b)(1)(i)
Wherever of such rule, of such subdivision, etc., is
used in any #, they refer to rule, subdivision, etc. of the
preceding #.
** DOB 1-16-03;11-91 BCR; 1156-80 BCR
364
Reference Standard 18
by 5.
(i) The maximum permissible vertical scaffold speed shall
be 50 fpm.
(j) The scaffold floor shall have an anti-slip surface with
air passage interstices, which must reject a 1/2 in. diameter
ball, and shall be designed for a uniform live load of 75
psf. The floor and its supports and bracings shall be able to
withstand a concentrated load of 300 lbs. on any random 4
sq. in. of floor area with a maximum deflection of 1/1666
of the span.
(k) A manufacturer's rating plate shall be mounted
conspicuously near the access gate on the scaffold. The
plate shall be made of non-corrosive material with letters at
least 1/4 in. high etched, stamped, or cast on the surface. It
shall state the rated load, the maximum number of occupants,
and the manufacturer's name and model number.
2. Construction and Design Requirements for Roof
Carriage.(a) A movable roof carriage and track system shall be
provided to move the scaffold in a horizontal direction.
The maximum permissible horizontal speed of the roof
carriage shall be 50 fpm.
(b) The roof carriage shall be constructed of steel
conforming to reference standard RS 18-1, rules 203.6(a),
(b),and (c), and 207.7, or of equivalent metals, welded,
riveted, or bolted together. The roof carriage construction
shall be capable of supporting the scaffold and its rated
load plus impact loads imposed by motor stall torque and
wind forces with a safety factor conforming to reference
standard RS 18-1, rules 203.10 and 203.11.
(c) The design of the roof carriage, track, and track support
system shall include means to accurately stop and position
the roof carriage at predetermined locations that correspond
to the locations of the vertical guides on the building wall.
(d) When the roof track system is not a continuous loop
and terminal track ends exist, mechanical end barricades
shall be provided together with terminal limit switches.
(e) In the design of roof components of buildings where
suspended scaffolds and movable roof carriages are to be
used, all forces transmitted to the building structure by
such equipment shall be added to normal design loads.
3. Stability of Roof Carriage.-The roof carriage and its
support system shall be designed and constructed for
structural adequacy and required stability to resist
overturning moments occurring with a scaffold carrying its
full rated load.
(a) Windforce: 30 psf.
(b) All imposing forces that are caused by moving loads
shall be doubled for impact.
(c) If the roof carriage is of open structure type, the effect
of windforce or interior components shall be considered as
the sum of all framing components areas plus mounted
equipment areas projected on a plane perpendicular to the
wind direction. No component shall be considered as shielding
another component along the wind direction if the
separating distance is more than 4 times the smallest
365
Reference Standard 18
366
Reference Standard 18
367
Reference Standard 18
5.0
Periodic Inspection and Test Intervals
5.1
Inspection and Test Requirements
*5.2 Operation, Maintenance, Inspection and Test Records
PART II DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
6.0
*6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
*6.14
*6.15
Design
Amusement Device Entry and Discharge
Means of Access and Egress
Emergency Brakes and Anti-Roll Back Devices
Signal System
Protection Against Moving Parts
Speed Limiting Devices
Passenger-carrying Devices
Passenger Tramways
Electrical Equipment
Air Compressors and Equipment
Fire Prevention
Load Tests
Identification and rating Plates
Assembly and Disassembly
Lighting
Notice
Daily Inspection and Test
Location of Controls
Control of Operation
Overload and Overspeed
Wind and Storm Hazards
Imminent Danger
Cleanliness
Passenger Conduct
Warning Signs
*1156-80 BCR
**
8.0
8.1
8.2
Scope
Construction
Occupant Safety
Scope
Construction
Occupant Safety
PART VI PHYSICAL INFORMATION TO BE
PROVIDED FOR AMUSEMENT DEVICES
10.0
10.1
10.2
Scope
Significance and Use
Information Requirement
368
Reference Standard 18
TEXT
369
Reference Standard 18
*4.1
370
Reference Standard 18
371
Reference Standard 18
372
Reference Standard 18
373
Reference Standard 18
be necessary for safe entrance and exit and for support while
the device is in operation shall be provided and maintained
in a safe condition. Such equipment and the fastenings shall
be of sufficient strength to retain the passengers.
6.7.6 Passenger restraining or containing devices shall be
provided and used on any amusement device where
centrifugal and other forces or mechanical malfunction
could unseat or dislodge a passenger.
*6.7.7 Passenger restraining or containing devices used on
tubs, cars, chairs, seats, gondolas and other carriers on an
amusement device, where the forces generated by the action
of the device require retention, restraint or actual physical
support of the passenger shall be designed, constructed,
installed, and maintained to support the passenger safely.
The fastenings shall be a type which cannot be inadvertently
released by the passenger or by an accidental means. Icebox
fastenings on a scrambler will not meet this requirement.
6.7.8 Anchorages for the required restraining devices shall
have strength at least equal to the strength of the restraining
device.
6.8 PASSENGER TRAMWAYS.
6.8.1 The standards prescribed by safety requirements for
Aerial Passenger Tramways ANSI B77.1-1982 and
supplements B77.1a-86 and B77.1b-88 are adopted as
safety standards and shall apply according to the
provisions thereof.
6.8.2 Each operator engaged in passenger tramway
operations shall protect the public by complying with
the standards prescribed in 6.8.1.
6.8.3 Only technical standards relating to public safety
are adopted by any incorporation by reference as
prescribed in 6.8.1. Other standards relating to
administration and reporting procedures are not adopted.
6.8.4 Where any conflict occurs between the standards
prescribed in 6.8.1 and these rules, these rules shall prevail.
6.9
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.
6.9.1 All electrical wiring and equipment used for
amusement devices or for lighting shall be installed,
operated and maintained in accordance with the New
York City Electrical Code.
6.9.2 All electrical transformer substations shall be
properly enclosed and proper warning signs shall be
posted.
6.9.3 Electrical wiring and equipment located outdoors
shall be of such quality and so constructed or protected
that exposure to weather will not interfere with its
normal operation.
6.9.4 Elevated power lines crossing access or other
roads within the grounds of a carnival or amusement
park shall be so suspended as to provide a vertical
clearance of at least 14 feet from the road surface or 3
feet above any vehicle used within the grounds of a
carnival or amusement park. A horizontal clearance of
at least three feet shall be provided on each side of the
normal passage space of vehicles.
6.9.5 All lamps for general illumination shall be
protected from accidental contact or breakage.
Protection shall be provided by elevation of at least 7
374
Reference Standard 18
375
Reference Standard 18
*
6.14.7 The owner of an amusement device shall comply
with the manufacturers construction manual for the
assembly and disassembly of the device. The manufacturers
construction manual shall be kept with the amusement
device and shall be available for use by an authorized
representative of the Department.
*
6.15 LIGHTING.
*
6.15Amusement devices access thereto and means of
egress therefrom shall, while in operation or occupied, be
provided with illumination by natural or artificial means
sufficient to guard against injuries to the public.
PART III OPERATION
7.0 NOTICE.
7.0.1 No amusement device shall be used at any time or
location unless prior notice of intent to use the same has
been given to the Commissioner.
*
7.0.2 Notice of planned schedules shall (1) be in
writing, (2) identify the device, (3) state the intended dates
and locations of use, and (4) be given to the Department's
Elevator Division and Bureau of Electrical Control at
least five days before the first intended date of use.
7.1DAILY INSPECTION AND TEST.
*7.1.1 In addition to the requirement set forth in
Sections 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 an amusement device shall be
inspected and tested on each day before it is intended to
be used. The inspection and test shall be made by a
qualified person experienced and instructed in the
proper assembly and operation of the device and shall
be performed before the device is put into normal
operation.
7.1.2 The inspection and test shall include the operation
of control devices, speed-limiting devices, brakes and
other equipment provided for safety.
*7.1.3 In addition to the requirements of 5.2.1. a record
of each inspection and test shall be made at once, upon
completion of the test, and shall be kept with the
amusement device and available to the Commissioner
or authorized representative for at least one year.
*7.2 LOCATION OF CONTROLS. Controls for the
starting and stopping of amusement devices shall be so
located that the operator of the device has a clear view
of the point at which passengers are loaded and
unloaded.
*7.3 CONTROL OF OPERATION. Amusement devices
shall be operated only by designated competent operators
who have secured a Certificate of Competence from the
Commissioner in accordance with the provisions of Code
27-1005.
*
7.3.1 The device operator shall operate no more than one
device at any given time.
*
7.3.2 The device operator shall have knowledge of the
use and function of all normal and emergency operating
controls and the proper use of the device.
*
7.3.3 The device operator shall be in the immediate
vicinity of the operating controls during operation and no
other person shall be suffered or permitted to handle such
controls during normal operations. This provision shall not
apply to amusement devices designed to be operated or
376
Reference Standard 18
377
Reference Standard 18
*10.2.3
378
Reference Standard 19
ANSI A10.3
ANSI A10.11
**ANSI B30.5
**ANSI B30.5
**ANSI B30.5
**ANSI B30.5
**ANSI B30.5
**ANSI B30.5
**CEN EN 13000
*Local Law 61-1987; 111-90 BCR; 234-90 BCR; 1155-80 BCR
**DOB 10/1/06
**
379
Reference Standard 19
380
Reference Standard 19
381
Reference Standard 19
382
Reference Standard 19
383
Reference Standard 19
2.
384
Reference Standard 19
appointed person to provide firm and uniform footing borings, the soil is adequate to support the load to be
and, when necessary, provide substantial timbers, imposed thereon by the subject equipment.
cribbing or other structural members sufficient to 8.4 The Requirements of 8.1.1, 8.2 and Sections C26distribute the load so as not to exceed the safe bearing 1909.4(d) Shall also Apply to Cableways.capacity of the underlying material.
8.5 Notwithstanding the provisions of 8.0 through 8.4
where a crane is operated on the sidewalk or roadway, a
*Local Law 50-1973
8.2 Cranes or Derricks Supported by a Building or permit from the department of highways shall be
obtained and the pressure on such surface shall not
Structure.8.2.1 Where the crane or derrick is supported by a exceed 3500 pounds per square foot. The pressure shall
building or a structure, the statement by the licensed be distributed on the roadway by means of timber
engineer or registered architect referred to in 8.1.1 shall platforms extending not less than twelve (12) inches
include the means of supporting and bracing the equipment.
beyond the base of the outriggers on all sides and
The swing of the crane or derrick shall be shown on the sufficiently thick to uniformly distribute the pressure as
plans to insure clearance during operation. Computations required above of all the loads including the weight of
shall be submitted with the application showing all the crane. The timber mats shall have a minimum
reactions imposed on the structure by the crane or thickness of two (2) inches. All cranes equipped with
derrick, including those due to impact and wind. Such steel tracks shall be supported by timber platforms not
computations shall verify that the stability of the less than six inches thick and covering the entire base of
building or structure will not be impaired when the crane the crane.
or derrick is in operation and that no structural members Local Law 73-1969; 479 -77 BCR
will be overstressed due to forces induced by the crane
9.0 Unsafe Hoisting Machines.or derrick.
8.2.2 Concrete Structures.-If the structure is a concrete 9.1 When it is found that equipment is dangerous or
structure, test reports of the compression strength of the unsafe a notice or order to stop work may be issued by
concrete shall be submitted to insure that the concrete the commissioner, or his authorized representative.
supports of the crane or derrick have developed Such notice or order may be given to the owner or lessee
sufficient strength to support the crane or derrick before of the equipment involved, or to the agent of any of
them, or to the person or persons executing the work or
it is installed.
The means for establishing concrete strength before operating the equipment in writing. If the operation of
imposing crane or derrick loads upon the structure shall the hoisting machine is not discontinued, the inspector
shall report same to his superior and an engineer shall be
be indicated on the application.
8.2.3 All anchorages for cranes and derricks shall be sent to reinspect. Upon confirmation of the unsafe
condition by the engineer, the hoisting machine shall be
approved by an appointed person.
red tagged. All persons shall be prohibited from using
8.3 Use of Pile Drivers and Clamshells.8.3.1 A certificate of on-site inspection shall not be the said equipment until the danger is removed or the
required for pile drivers or clamshells operating entirely unsafe condition is rectified. An unsafe notice shall not
be removed from the equipment, except by an authorized
within the lot lines under the following conditions:
8.3.1.1 Where pile driving equipment is designed or inspector or representative of the department of
supported on a platform so that the soil bearing pressure buildings.
does not exceed 500 pounds per square foot, a certificate
10.0 Annual Renewal of Certificate of Operation.of on-site inspection shall not be required.
8.3.1.2 Where clamshells are operating on construction Application for renewal of a certificate of operation, as
sites and are at least the depth of excavation height from stipulated in C26-1909.4 (c), shall be accompanied by
the edge of the excavation and where the soil bearing inspection and maintenance records in accordance with
pressure does not exceed 500 lbs. per square foot, a 15.1 and 18.1. Upon approval of the application, a new
certificate of operation shall be issued after a satisfactory
certificate of on-site inspection shall not be required.
8.3.1.3 Where the pressure on the soil is in excess of inspection by a department inspector.
500 pounds per square foot but does not exceed 2,500* **Section 11 and 12 are deleted in their entirety
pounds per square foot, a pile driver or clamshell may be
operated without a certificate of on-site inspection under 13.0 Load Ratings Where Structural Competence
Governs Lifting Performance.the following conditions:
(1) That borings have been filed with the department in **13.1 Load ratings for climber, tower cranes and
the construction application under which the work is derricks are governed by structural competence.
Therefore, the limitation on crane loading must be such
being performed, and
(2) An amendment is filed to such application by an that no structural member is overstressed, and load
engineer or architect certifying that on the basis of the rating charts shall be subject to this limitation.
385
Reference Standard 19
13.2 Load Rating Chart.**Section 13.2.1 and 13.2.2 are deleted in their entirety
**Section 13.2.3 is renumbered as follows
**13.2.1 Tower and climber cranes.- A substantial,
durable and clearly legible rating chart shall be provided
with each tower and climber crane and securely affixed
in the cab. The chart shall include load ratings approved
by the department for specific lengths of components,
counterweights, swing, and radii.
**Section 14 is deleted in its entirety
15.0 Inspection Required by Owner for Cranes and
Derricks.15.1 Certification and inspections required.-The
owner of a crane or derrick when applying for a
certificate of approval in accordance with 3.0 shall
certify that all applicable regulations regarding
inspection and maintenance will be complied with. All
inspections required by the owner shall be performed
only by appointed personnel. The inspections shall be
performed to provide information requested in a
department supplied chart and all deficiencies shall be
corrected. No record of information not required by
such chart shall be required to be maintained in writing.
15.2 Inspection classification.-Inspection procedure for
cranes and derricks in regular service is divided into two
general classifications based upon the intervals at which
inspection should be performed. The intervals in turn are
dependent upon the nature of the critical components of
the crane or derrick and the degrees of their exposure to
wear, deterioration or malfunction. The two general
classifications are herein designated as "frequent" and
"periodic" with respective intervals between inspections
as defined below:
15.2.1 Frequent inspection.-Daily to monthly intervals.
15.2.2 Periodic inspection.-1 to 12 month intervals or as
specifically recommended by the manufacturer.
*15.3 Frequent inspection.-Items such as the following
shall be inspected for defects at intervals as defined in
15.2.1 or as specifically indicated, including observation
during operation for any defects which might appear
between regular inspections. Any defects revealed by
inspection shall be corrected. Where such defects
constitute a safety hazard, the crane or derrick shall not
be operated until such defects are corrected.
*Local Law 50-1973
15.3.1 All control mechanisms for maladjustment
interfering with proper operation.-Daily.
15.3.2 All control mechanisms for excessive wear of
components and contamination by lubricants or other
foreign matter.
15.3.3 All safety devices for malfunction.
15.3.4 Deterioration or leakage in air or hydraulic
systems.-Daily
*15.3.5 Crane or derrick hooks with deformations or
cracks.-Refer to 17.3.3(c).
386
Reference Standard 19
387
Reference Standard 19
388
Reference Standard 19
389
Reference Standard 19
(b)
Lattice Boom Cranes shall have an anti-twoblock device for all points of two-blocking
that either automatically prevents damage
from contact between the load block,
overhaul ball, or similar component, and the
boom and/or jib tip or warns the operator in
time for the operator to prevent two-blocking.
**19.3 Additional Safety Devices Required. - All
mobile cranes with a maximum rated capacity exceeding
one ton shall be equipped with the following additional
safety devices:
390
Reference Standard 19
mast shall:
1 - permit free rotation of the mast;
2 - adequately withstand the loads imposed by
the action of the stiff legs;
3 - be so secured as to oppose lift off forces at
all times.
21.3 Ropes and reeving accessories.21.3.1 Guy ropes.(a) Guy ropes shall be of suitable size, grade and
construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
(b) The nominal breaking strength of each rope shall be
no less than three times the load applied to the rope.
(c) Tie downs or kicker devices which may be easily
loosened shall have locknuts or other suitable provision
to prevent loosening.
21.3.2 Boom hoist ropes.(a) Boom hoist ropes shall be of suitable size, grade and
construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
(b) The live rope reeving system in a boom suspension
shall withstand the maximum load imposed and be of
sufficient length to permit lowering the boom point to
horizontal position with at least three full wraps of rope
remaining on the hoist drum.
(c) The nominal breaking strength of the most heavily
loaded rope in a system shall be no less than three and a
half times the loads applied to that rope.
21.3.3 Main hoist ropes.(a) Main hoist ropes shall be of a suitable size and
construction to withstand the maximum load imposed.
(b) Ropes in the main hoisting system shall be of
sufficient length for the entire range of movement
specified for the application with at least three full wraps
of rope on the hoist drum at all times.
(c) The nominal breaking strength of the most heavily
loaded rope in a system shall be no less than three and a
half times the load applied to that rope.
21.3.4 Reeving accessories.(a) Socketing shall be done in the manner specified by
the manufacturer of the assembly.
(b) Rope end shall be anchored securely to the drum.
(c) Eyes shall be made in an approved manner and rope
thimbles should be used in the eye.
(d) U-bolt clips shall have the U-bolt on the dead or
short end, and the saddle on the live or long end of the
rope. Spacing and number of all types of clips shall be in
accordance with the clip manufacturers recommendation
and submitted to the department. Clips shall be dropforged steel in all sizes manufactured commercially.
When a newly installed rope has been in operation for an
hour, all nuts on the clip bolts shall be retightened, and
they should be checked for tightness at frequent intervals
thereafter.
(e) Swaged, compressed, or wedge-socket fittings shall
be applied as recommended by the rope, derrick, or
fitting manufacturer.
(f) Where a half wedge socket is used it shall be of a
391
Reference Standard 19
392
Reference Standard 19
393
Reference Standard 19
shall be engaged.
23.3.16 Use of winch heads:
(a) Ropes shall not be handled on a winch head without
knowledge of the operator.
(b) While a winch is being used, the operator shall be
within convenient reach of the power unit control lever.
23.4 Holding the load.23.4.1 The operator shall not leave his position at the
controls while the load is suspended.
23.4.2 People shall not be permitted to stand or pass
under a load.
23.4.3 If the load must remain suspended for any
considerable length of time, the operator shall hold the drum
from rotating in the lowering direction by activating the
positive controllable means at the operators station.
23.4.4 In all cases, when booms are raised or lowered
from the horizontal, load blocks including hooks and
weight balls shall be left on the ground or deposited to
the ground before raising or lowering booms.
23.5 Securing derrick booms.23.5.1 Dogs, pawls, or other positive braking mechanism
on the hoist shall be engaged. When not in use, the
derrick boom shall:
(a) Be laid down;
(b) Be secured to a stationary member, as nearly under
the head as possible, by attachment of a sling to the load
block; or
(c) Hoisted to a vertical position and secured to the mast.
**23.6 Hoisting Personnel. - Written notification shall
be submitted to the commissioner at least three (3)
business days prior to the date the hoisting equipment
may be used to move personnel. In addition to the
requirements of this section, the applicant shall also
comply with all applicable OSHA requirements.
**23.6.1 The applicant shall be an engineer or a licensed
master rigger. However, where the boom length,
including jibs and any other extensions, is greater than
250 ft, the applicant shall be an engineer.
**23.6.2 The notification shall include the following:
(a) A description of work,
(b) The start date and duration of the work,
(c) Manufacturers information on the personnel
platform used to perform the work,
(d) The number of people who will be on the
platform,
(e) The actual pick load and the maximum radius
of the pick,
(f) The allowable pick load for maximum radius
from load chart approved by the commissioner,
(g) Description of how the person/people on the
platform and the hoisting machine operator will
communicate,
394
Reference Standard 19
395
Reference Standard 19
RS 19-3 CABLEWAYS
1.0 Scope.-This standard applies to the use of
cableways for the construction, alteration and repair of
buildings.
2.0 Definition.2.1 A power operated system for moving loads in a
generally horizontal direction in which the loads are
conveyed on an overhead cable, track or carriage.
3.0 An on-site inspection shall be required for
cableways used for the erection, alteration and repair of
buildings. The provisions of article 9.0 of RS 19-2 shall
apply and for this purpose the word, "cableway" shall
be substituted for "crane" or "derrick" where those
words appear in article 9.0.
***Local Law 73-1969
*
396
APPENDIX A
SELECTED RULES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF BUILDINGS
TITLE 1 OF THE RULES OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK
Cite as:
For chapters: Title No. RCNY Chapter No.example: 1 RCNY Chapter 4
For sections: Title No. RCNY No.example: 1 RCNY 4-02
Chapter
Section Rules
Ch. 1
1-01
Ch. 2
2-01
2-02
Boiler Inspections
Low Pressure Boiler Inspections by Qualified Boiler Inspectors and Welding Repairs by Certified Welders
Reduction of Penalties for Late Filing of Annual Low Pressure Boiler Inspection Reports
Ch. 3
3-01
3-02
3-03
3-04
Ch. 4
4-01
Ch. 5
5-01
5-02
5-03
5-04
Concrete
Conveyance by Pumping Methods
Licensing of Concrete Testing Laboratories
Approval of Prequalified Concrete Mixes
Approval of Concrete Production Facilities
Ch. 6
6-01
Cranes
Erection and Dismantling of Climber/Tower Cranes
Ch. 7
7-01
Installation and Maintenance of Vent Damper Devices in Existing Boilers and Furnaces
Retrofitting of Vent Damper Devices [REPEALED]
Ch. 8
8-01
Demolition
Commencement of Demolition
Ch. 9
9-01
9-02
9-03
9-04
Rigging Operations
Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master or Special Rigger
Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master or Special Sign Hanger
Minimum Requirements for Individuals Working on Suspension Scaffolds Exhibits
Revocation, Suspension or Refusal to Renew License of Special or Master Rigger or Special or Master Sign Hanger
397
11-06 Elevators, Escalators or Other Devices, Except Amusement Devices, Listed in 27-185(b) or 27-982 of the
Administrative Code, Renewal of Temporary Use Permits and Fees
Ch.12 Emergency Power Systems
12-01 Emergency Power System Requirements
Ch. 13 Adjudications
Subchapter A [REPEALED]
Subchapter B
Rules Governing Adjudication Procedures
13-11 Purpose
13-12 Definitions
13-13 Pre-Hearing Procedure
13-14 Commencement of Disciplinary Proceedings
13-15 Disclosure
13-16 Adjournments
13-17 Subpoenas
13-18 Conduct of Hearings
13-19 Board Initiated Investigatory Hearings
13-20 Evidentiary Standard of Proof
13-21 Decisions, Determinations and Orders
Ch. 14 Fees [REPEALED]
Ch. 15 Fire Protection
15-01 Communication and Alarm Systems (Mini-Class 'E' Systems) for Certain Buildings under 100 Feet in Height
15-02 Interior Fire Alarm and Signal System for Place of Assembly Used as a Cabaret and for Stages, Dressing
Rooms and Property Rooms
15-03 Extension of Time to Complete Installations for Buildings in Occupancy Group E Over 100 Feet in Height [REPEALED]
15-04 Exemption of Certain Existing J-1 Residential Hotels from Certain Fire Safety Special Filing Requirements
15-05 Filing and Approval of a Fire Safety Plan for Buildings Containing Transient Occupants Such as Hotels and Motels
15-06 Design of Composite Construction with Metal Decks or Lightweight Concrete
15-07 Fire-Retarding of Entrance Halls, Stair Halls and Public Halls in Old Law Tenements and Converted Dwellings
15-08 Fire-Retarding of Cellar Ceilings in Old Law Tenements and Converted Dwellings
15-09 Fire-Retarding of Cooking Spaces in all Multiple Dwellings
15-10 Fire-Escapes, Fire Stairs and Fire Towers
Ch. 16 Inspection of Existing Structures During Construction Operations
16-01 Controlled Inspection of the Stability and Integrity of Existing Structures During Construction Operations
Ch. 17 Testing Laboratories and Testing Services
17-01 Acceptance of Testing Laboratories and Testing Services
Ch. 18 Resistance to Progressive Collapse Under Extreme Local Loads
18-01 Considerations and Evaluation
Ch. 19
19-01
19-02
19-03
19-04
Ch. 20
20-01
20-02
20-03
20-03
Piping Systems
Witnessing Tests of Gas Piping Systems
High Pressure Steam Piping Systems
Waiver of Examination and Grandfathering for Master Fire Suppression Piping Contractors [REPEALED]
Standards for Non-Mercury Gauges
Ch. 21 Plans
21-01 Limited Supervisory Check and/or Professional Certification Program for Applications and Plans
398
21-02 Exclusion from Limited Supervisory Check and/or Professional Certification Programs
Ch. 22 Pressure Tanks
22-01 Installation and Maintenance of Pressure Tanks Operating at a Pressure in Excess of 15 PSI and Their Proximity to
Gas Supply or Service Lines
Ch. 23 Noncommercial Greenhouses
23-01 Noncommercial Greenhouses Accessory to Residential Uses as a Permitted Obstruction in Required Rear Yards or
Rear Yard Equivalents
Ch. 24 Refuse Chutes and Refuse Rooms
24-01 Construction and Maintenance of Refuse Chutes and Refuse Rooms
Ch. 25 Climber and Tower Crane Riggers
25-01 Licensing Persons as Climber or Tower Crane Rigger
Ch. 26
26-01
26-02
26-03
26-04
Signs
Stair and Elevator Signs in Buildings Which Have at Least One Elevator
Caution Sign Tapes Required on Elevators Being Serviced
Signs on any Sidewalk Shed, Fence, Railing, Footbridge, Catch Platform, Builders Sidewalk Shanty, and Over-theSidewalk Chute Erected at Demolition or Construction Sites
27-04 311 Advisory Signs Required on Construction Sites
Ch. 28 Smoke Detecting Devices and Systems and Carbon Monoxide Detecting Devices and Systems
28-01 Required Smoke Detecting Devices and Systems
28-02 Required Carbon Monoxide Detecting Devices and Systems
Ch. 29 Sprinkler Systems
29-01 Installation of Automatic Sprinklers in Halls and Rooms in Class A Multiple Dwellings Used For Single-Room
Occupancy Under the Provisions of Subdivision 7-A of 4 and 248 of the Multiple Dwelling Law
29-02 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinklers in Certain Class A and Class B Multiple Dwellings, Including Hotels,
Under the Provisions of 67, Multiple Dwelling Law
29-03 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems and Alarm Systems in Certain Class B Multiple Dwellings
(Lodging Houses)
29-04 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems and Alarm Systems in Certain Class B Multiple Dwellings
(Lodging Houses)
29-05 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinklers in Fireproof Multiple Dwellings Converted to Business Use
29-06 Installation of Automatic Sprinklers in the Public Halls of Multiple Dwellings Under the Provisions of 187 (Converted
Dwellings) and 218, Subdivisions 5 (Old-Law Tenements), of the Multiple Dwelling Law, and of the Sprinklers in
Cooking Spaces in all Types of Multiple Dwellings Under the Provisions of 33 of the Multiple Dwelling Law
29-07 Installation of Wet-Pipe Sprinklers
29-08 Installation of Sprinklers in Rooms of Class B Non-Fireproof Converted Dwellings and in Rooms Used for Class B
Occupancy in Non-Fireproof Class A Converted Dwellings Under the Provisions of 194 of the Multiple Dwelling Law
29-09 Installation of Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride (CPVC) Sprinkler Pipe and Fittings
Ch. 30 Storage of Certain Waste Materials
30-01 Enclosures of Premises Used for Automobile Wrecking, Storage of Scrap Metal, Junk, Scrap Paper or Rags, Storage of
Lumber, and Building Material or Contractors' Yards
30-02 Open Lots Used for Storage or Sale of Motor Vehicles
Ch. 31
399
31-01 Suspension, Revocation or Limitation of Registration of Persons Who Present, Submit, Furnish or Seek Approval of
Applications for Approval of Plans or Remove Any Documents from the Possession of the Department of Buildings
Ch. 32 Walls
32-01 The Design and Installation of Curtain Wall and Panel Wall (Non-Loadbearing Exterior Wall) Systems
32-02 Conditions of a Building's Exterior Walls and Appurtenances That Constitute Conditions Dangerous to Human Life
and Safety
32-03 Periodic Inspection of Exterior Walls and Appurtenances of Buildings
32-04 Masonry Parapet Walls
32-05 Impact Resistant Stair and Elevator Enclosures
Ch. 33 Exemptions from Civil Penalties
33-01 Exemption from Civil Penalties Imposed Pursuant to Administrative Code 26-212.1 (Work Performed Without a Permit)
Ch. 34
34-01
34-02
34-03
34-04
34-05
34-06
34-07
400
401
Records
402
fifteen (15) business days have elapsed from the time of filing
of the complete application with the department, whichever is
sooner.
(f)Advisory committee review. The commissioner shall
appoint an advisory committee consisting of members of the
department, the fire department, a registered architect, a professional
engineer and representatives of the building and construction
industry. The advisory committee shall be chaired by the
Deputy Commissioner for Technical Affairs.
(1) Absence of a code prescribed test method or an acceptable
recognized test method. In the event there is neither a code
prescribed test method nor an acceptable recognized test method
for material or equipment whose approval is under the jurisdiction
of the department, an application for such material or equipment
approval shall be referred to the advisory committee. The advisory
committee shall prepare for the commissioner a detailed report
and recommendation which sets forth the basis for approval or
denial of the material or equipment application. In addition, on
applications involving RS 5, where there is neither a code prescribed
test method nor an acceptable recognized test method, the
department shall be responsive to fire safety concerns and
shall forward such applications to the fire department
as appropriate.
(2) Conflicting or ambiguous test results. In the event MEA
determines that submitted test reports are conflicting or
ambiguous, MEA may refer the application to the advisory
committee. The advisory committee shall prepare a detailed
report and recommendation to the commissioner which sets
forth the basis for approval or denial of the material or equipment
application for which MEA found conflicting or ambiguous test
results. Where necessary, the advisory committee may request
the submission of additional information.
(3) Consultation with the fire department. The commissioner
shall not take any final action in approving material or
equipment applications which are required to be submitted
to the fire department, pursuant to 1-01(b)(2), unless comments
have been received from the fire department or fifteen (15)
business days have elapsed from the date of the advisory
committee's recommendation to the commissioner, whichever
is sooner.
(g) Appeals. (1) Any denial by MEA may be referred to the
advisory committee for its recommendation, upon applicant's
written request within thirty (30) calendar days of the denial. The
advisory committee shall issue a detailed report and
recommendation to the commissioner who shall issue a final
determination.
(2) A denial by MEA shall not be deemed a final determination
of the Department until thirty (30) calendar days have lapsed.
(3) The final determination shall state the basis for the
determination, with specific reference to test methods and test
results.
(4) An applicant may challenge a final determination of the
commissioner by initiating an article 78 proceeding in State
Supreme Court.
(h) Amendments. All amendments to material or equipment
applications previously approved by the MEA or the Board of
Standards and Appeals, including amendments relating to a
manufacturer's name or to the material, or equipment design,
shall be processed in the same manner as any new application.
402a
402b
403
story and less than six (6) feet measured horizontally from an
opening in an adjoining building shall be sealed with concrete
block or stucco on plywood as provided below. One door
opening, readily visible from the street, may, at the discretion of
the owner, be sealed with a padlocked metal roll-up door, one
(1) hour fire rating metal door or an exterior door of one (1) and
three-quarter (3/4) inch solid wood covered with twenty six
(26) U.S. gage [sic] galvanized metal with edging turned over
and nailed with flat head galvanized nails. The door of solid
wood shall be hung in such a manner that no screws are
exposed on the outside of the door on either the hinges or the
hasps. Hinges shall not have removable hinge pins. Two hasps
and locks shall be provided, located so as to divide the height of
the door in equal sections.
(2) Concrete Block Seal.
(i) Concrete block shall conform to the provisions of Reference
Standard RS-10 of the New York City Building Code.
(ii) All door and window frames shall be removed before
concrete blocks are installed. Brickwork which new concrete
blocks will abut, shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted before
blocks are installed.
(iii) Doors and windows, not exceeding three (3) feet in
width, shall be sealed with concrete block at least four (4)
404
(8)-inch joists, not more than sixteen (16) inches on center. Joists
shall be secured to the roof timbers framed about the openings
in a sound and secure manner. Boards shall be covered with
ninety (90) pound roofing felt secured by one (1) inch roofing
nails every twelve (12) inches or roofing cement to provide a
watertight durable cover. Skylights at the top of the dumbwaiter
shafts shall be sealed by removing the assembly, framing
out the opening with new grade one (1) two (2) x four (4) inch
joists on edge, sixteen (16) inches on center and then covered
with five-eighths (5/8) inch CDX grade plywood. Such plywood
shall then be covered with ninety (90) pound roofing felt secured
by one (1) inch roofing nails every twelve (12) inches or
roofing cement to provide a watertight durable cover.
(2) Roof skylights shall be secured by constructing a frame
which encloses all sides of the skylight. The frame shall be
constructed using new grade one (1) two (2) x four (4) inch
single bottom plate and double top plate with wood or metal
studs every sixteen (16) inches on center. Bottom plates shall
be nailed to the building's roof joists with sixteen d (16d)
common nails or sixteen d (16d) concrete nails every twelve
(12) inches. Top plates shall overlap at the corners. New grade
one (1) two (2) x six (6) inch joists on edge with headers,
every sixteen (16) inches on center, shall bear on top plates.
The entire frame shall then be covered with five-eighths (5/8)
inch CDX grade plywood. A watertight durable cover shall
be provided on the top of the frame using (90) pound roofing
felt secured by one (1) inch roofing nails every twelve (12)
inches or roofing cement. A diagram for enclosure of roof
skylight is provided at Detail "B" below.
(3) Public hall roof bulkheads shall be sealed as follows:
Windows of bulkheads shall be removed and sealed with
concrete blocks or stucco on plywood as provided in this
section. Doors of bulkheads may be secured shut if the frame
and door are in a condition whereby the door may be
adequately secured. If not in such condition, the door and frame
shall be removed and the opening shall be sealed with concrete
blocks or stucco on plywood as provided in this section.
with new grade one (1) two (2) x four (4) inch top and bottom
plates with wood or metal studs every sixteen (16) inches on center.
405
two (2) x eight (8) inch joists on edge, sixteen (16) inches on
center and then covered with five-eighth (5/8) inch CDX grade
plywood. Such plywood shall then be covered with ninety (90)
pound roofing felt secured by one (1) inch roofing nails every
twelve (12) inches or roofing cement to provide a watertight
durable cover.
(d) Notification to Utilities. Notification shall be made to the
steam, electric and gas utility companies which provide service
to the buildings to request discontinuance of service to the buildings.
In addition, water service to the building shall be discontinued
and certification to that effect from the Department of
Environmental Protection shall be filed with the department.
(e) Rubbish Removal and Examination. Prior to the completion
of sealing of exterior openings as set forth in this section, all
decomposable debris and rubbish shall be removed from the
yards, courts and any area at the perimeter of the premises and the
building shall be treated to exterminate rodents by a licensed
exterminator.
(f) Hazardous Combustible Material Within Buildings. If
hazardous materials which could cause a fire or explosion are
discovered within the building, they shall be removed and
disposed of in an appropriate manner prior to sealing.
3-02 Obtaining Access to Keys of Sealed Premises.
(a) Submission of Request.
Persons wishing to have access to the keys to a premises sealed
by the Department of Buildings must appear in person at the
Executive Offices of the New York City Department of
Buildings. At this time they must submit form OP-14, "Request
for Access to Sealed Premises," with sections "A - Ownership
Interest" and "B - Statement of Intent" both completed and notarized.
Copies of the form are available at the Executive Offices of the
Department of Buildings.
(b) Verification of Ownership Interest.
(1) The General Counsel's Office reviews the form to verify an
ownership or leasehold interest in the premises.
The person seeking to obtain access must provide the General
Counsel's Office with some identification including a photograph
(e.g. driver's license, passport) and whatever document establishes
the person's ownership or leasehold interest in the premises.
Examples of such documents include the following:
(i) a copy of a recorded deed;
(ii) a signed lease, along with the owner's name(s), address(es)
and telephone number(s);
(iii)a mortgage agreement;
(iv)a State certified Certificate of Incorporation;
(v) signed partnership documents; and
(vi)any other document deemed acceptable by the
Commissioner.
(2) A representative of the General Counsel's Office will review
the above documentation to verify ownership interest. If
ownership interest is verified, the representative will sign and
date the form where indicated. This representative gives a copy
of the signed form to the person seeking to obtain access and
gives the original form to the office of Borough Operations.
(c) Obtaining the Key.
(1) Once the General Counsel's Office signs the form verifying
ownership interest, the person seeking to obtain access must
bring the following documents to the Office of the Executive
Chief Inspector to substantiate the affirmations required by
406
407
.561
.542
.523
.504
6.27
.608
.509
.570
1
.675
.656
.637
.617
1
.712
.693
.675
.655
2
.741
.722
.703
.684
3
.779
.760
.741
.722
1.Values established at Median-Point (reduced 5%). See footnote Table
5.3.6 ACI 211.1-74.
2.The type and gradation [sic] of the course aggregate, delivery system and job
conditions may require these values to be varied. However in no event shall the
variations exceed the maximum allowance noted in ACI 211.1-74 Table 5.3.6.
11.1
10.7
10.3
9.9
13.2
12.8
12.4
12.0
Notes:
1.Volumes are based upon lightweight aggregate at a total moisture
content of 8 percent in loose conditions as described in ASTM C29.
2.These values may be increased based upon the type, gradation [sic] and
moisture content of the aggregates, delivery system and job conditions.
408
409
C88-83
C109-86
C114-85
C115-79b
C117-84
C127-84
C128-84
C136-84a
C138-81
C143-78
C151-84
C172-82
C173-78
C183-83a
C184-83
C187-86
C190-85
C191-82
C192-81
C204-84
C230-83
C231-82
C260-86
C266-77
C494-86
C131-81
C535-81
C803-82
E4-83a
410
411
412
413
414
sidewalk shed. If the shed is for light duty use, the sign shall
include the statement that storage is not permitted on the shed.
(3) After a demolition permit is obtained, the sign shall also
contain a copy of the approved demolition permit.
(4) The sign shall be posted prior to the commencement of
demolition, shall measure 25 square feet and the lettering
shall be block lettering with a minimum height of three
inches. The sign shall be posted upon the wall or fence or
shed and shall be of contrasting color from the background.
No sign shall be required when the building to be demolished
does not exceed 15 feet in height. The sign must be in place
24 hours prior to commencement of any demolition activity
and remain visible at the site until all work is completed.
(5) Other than as set forth above and in 1 RCNY 27-03,
there shall be no other information, pictorial representations,
or any business or advertising messages posted on the
sidewalk shed or bridge or other structure listed in 26-252(a)
of the Administrative Code which is erected at the demolition
site.
(e) Requirements for demolition permits.
(1) A complete application shall be filed with the
Department, along with all the necessary reports and
certifications.
(2) The building or structure, or affected part thereof, shall be
vacant and unoccupied.
(3) All gas, electric, water, steam or other supply lines shall
be disconnected and certifications by the respective utility
companies or agency to that effect are to be filed pursuant to
Administrative Code
27-168. Where the use of electricity or water is required
during demolition, such electric or water lines as are necessary
may be maintained provided they are protected as required by
the Departments of Building and Environmental Protection;
provided further that the consent of the utility company is filed
for the maintenance of the electric service and a certification is
filed from the Bureau of Water Supply of the Department of
Environment Protection that a permit for the use of water in
the demolition has been issued.
(4) The building or structure shall be treated effectively for
the extermination of rats and a certification shall filed to that
effect by a licensed exterminator or the Health Department.
(5) Where a sidewalk shed is required a permit for its erection
shall be obtained and the sidewalk shed erected in accordance
with Administrative Code 27-1021.
(6) Where renewal for an application for a sidewalk shed or
other protective structure listed in 26-252(a) of the Administrative
Code of the City of New York and pursuant to 27-1021 of the
Administrative Code is required, such application must be signed
by the owner of the affected property.
(7) A permit will not be issued if the applicant demolition
contractor has outstanding violations of the Building Code on
other demolition jobs where such applicant (i) has failed to
respond to notices of violation of an administrative tribunal
issued for such violations within the time required by law and
has failed to cure such default and/or (ii) has failed to appear on
the return date or dates or any subsequent return date or dates of
any summonses issued in a criminal proceeding for such
violations and has failed to remedy such non-appearance and/or
(iii) has failed to comply with orders to correct such violations
and/or (iv) has failed to certify such correction to the department
within the time required by law and has failed to remedy such
non-compliance.
CHAPTER 9 RIGGING OPERATIONS
9-01 Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master or
Special Rigger. (a) Applicability. In accordance with section
26-172 of the Administrative Code, all rigging work, other than
work exempted under section 26-173 of such code, must be
performed by or under the supervision of a licensed special or
master rigger. The rules in this section set forth the specific
supervisory responsibilities of a licensed special or master rigger.
(b) Definitions.
Rigging Foreman. Rigging Foreman shall mean an individual,
male or female, designated by a licensed master or special
rigger in accordance with subdivision i of this section. Such
person shall have the qualifications set forth in subdivision h of
this section.
Critical Picks. Critical Picks shall mean rigging operations
involving loads that:
(i) are at or above 95% of approved rated capacity of the
crane or rigging equipment,
(ii) are asymmetrical or have a wind sail area exceeding 500
square feet,
(iii) may present a problem because of clearance, drift, or
other interference,
(iv) are fragile or of thin shell construction and are not
provided with standard rigging ears,
(vi) require multiple cranes or derricks (tandem picks), or
(vi) require out of the ordinary rigging equipment, methods
or setup.
(c) Planning. Except as otherwise specifically provided in
subdivision (g)(2) of this section, the licensee must personally
plan the equipment set-up and operation of all rigging operations.
This responsibility may not be delegated.
(d) Supervision of rigging operations other than critical
picks. Except as otherwise provided in subdivision e of this
section, a licensee need not be personally on site during
rigging operations provided that a rigging foreman designated
by the licensee pursuant to subdivision i of this section is
continuously on site and he or she performs and/or
manages the work under the off site supervision of the
licensee as follows:
(1) the licensee and the rigging foreman at the work site are in
frequent and direct contact with each other
during the course of the rigging operation,
(2) for work involving the use of cranes, derricks, work
platforms, suspension scaffolds or other rigging setup where
the safe founding or support of such equipment is a cause of
concern (i.e. over sidewalks, roadways or yards where vaults
or other subsurface structures exist; or where hooks or clamps
are used on parapet walls to support hanging scaffolds, etc.)
the licensee personally visits the work site to inspect and
approve the rigging equipment founding and setup prior to
commencement of rigging operations and each time the founding
or support changes,
(3) the licensee is readily available to provide on site supervision
should the [sic] need arise, and
(4) the rigging foreman has in his or her possession at the
work site the Certificate of License Record of the licensee
(tear-off) issued by the Department, which shall be presented
upon the demand of any enforcement officer.
415
416
or her duties or, (3) the licensee finds that the designee has acted
in an unsafe or irresponsible manner in performing his
or her duties.
(k) Responsibility. The designation of one or more rigging
foreman shall not affect the licensees and/or business associations
responsibility or liability for all aspects of rigging safety including
but not limited to the actions of rigging foreman, rigging
crews and specialty crews, if any.
(l) Failure to comply with rules. If these rules are not complied
with the Department may order that rigging operations stop,
commence disciplinary action against the licensee and/or
commence proceedings for the impositions of fines or civil
penalties.
9-02 Supervisory Responsibilities of a Licensed Master
or Special Sign Hanger.
(a) Applicability. In accordance with section 26-182 of the
Administrative Code, all sign hanging work, other than work
exempted under section 26-184 of such code, must be performed
by or under the supervision of a licensed sign hanger. The
rules in this section set forth the specific supervisory responsibilities
of a licensed special or master sign hanger.
(b) Definitions.
Sign Hanging Foreman. Sign Hanging Foreman shall
mean an individual, male or female, designated by a licensed
master or special sign hanger in accordance with subdivision
h of this section. Such person shall have the qualifications set
forth in subdivision g of this section.
Critical Picks. Critical Picks shall mean sign hanging
operations involving loads that:
(i) are at or above 95% of approved rated capacity of the
crane or rigging equipment,
(ii) are asymmetrical or have a wind sail area exceeding
1500 square feet,
(iii) may present a problem because of clearance, drift, or
other interference,
(iv) are fragile or of thin shell construction and are not
provided with standard rigging ears,
(v) require multiple cranes or derricks (tandem picks), or
(vi) require out of the ordinary rigging equipment, methods
or setup.
(c) Planning. The licensee must personally plan the equipment
set-up and operation of all sign hanging operations. This
responsibility may not be delegated.
(d) Supervision of sign hanging operations other than
critical picks. Except as otherwise provided in
subdivision e of this section, a licensee need not be personally
on site during sign hanging operations provided that a sign
hanging foreman designated by the licensee pursuant to subdivision
h of this section is continuously on site and he or she performs
and/or manages the work under the off-site supervision of the
licensee as follows:
(1) the licensee and the sign hanging foreman at the work site
are in frequent and direct contact with each other during the
course of the sign hanging operation,
(2) for work involving the use of cranes, derricks, work platforms,
suspension scaffolds or other rigging setup where the safe
founding or support of such equipment is a cause of concern
(i.e. over sidewalks, roadways or yards where vaults or other
417
hanger.
(b) Minimum Requirements. Only the following individuals
may work on or operate a suspension scaffold:
(1) Where work is performed either by or under the supervision
of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, the following persons may
work on or operate a suspension scaffold:
(i) a licensed master or special rigger,
(ii) a licensed master or special sign hanger,
(iii) a rigging or sign hanging foremen as described in 901 and 9-02, or
(iv) a rigging or sign hanging crew member issued a
certificate of fitness by the licensed rigger or sign hanger or
his or her designate rigging or sign hanging foreman.
(2) (i) Where construction or alteration work is performed
pursuant to a permit issued by the Department and, in
accordance with 26-173 and 26-184 of the Administrative
Code, such work is not performed by or under the supervision
of a licensed rigger or sign hanger, the following persons may
work on or operate a suspension scaffold:
(A) a person who holds a certificate of completion from a
recognized scaffold safety training course as set forth in subdivision
(d)(1) and (d)(3) of this section, or
(B) an apprentice in a recognized program, as set forth in
subdivision (d)(2) of this section, or
(C) a person who holds a challenge examination certificate
(D) from a recognized administrator of challenge examinations,
as set forth in subdivision (d)(4) of this section.
(ii) In accordance with 27-1045, it shall be the responsibility
of the superintendent of construction to ensure that any person
working on or operating a suspension scaffold on or the job
site has the necessary certificate of completion or challenge
examination certificate or is enrolled in a recognized apprenticeship
program. The superintendent of construction must maintain
written records to such effect.
(3) In addition to those persons listed in (b)(1) and (b)(2)
above, a registered architect or professional engineer who is
familiar with rigging hardware, rigging equipment setup and
operation, pertinent Building Code provisions, Federal OSHA
and State safety standards, emergency procedures, and
recommended industry safe work practices may work on or
operate a suspension scaffold, provided, however, that a
registered architect or professional engineer not familiar with
such codes, standards, procedures and practices may ride on a
scaffold to perform inspections as long as the architect or
engineer does not perform work from or operate the scaffold.
(b) Certificate of Fitness.
(1) Minimum Requirements. A person issued a certificate of
fitness must:
(i) be found capable of performing the scaffold work in a safe
and responsible manner by the issuer at the time of issuance,
and
(ii) be able to communicate without difficulty with the
supervising licensed rigger, licensed sign hanger, rigging or
sign hanging foreman, or superintendent of construction on
site, and either
(iii) possess a certificate of completion from a recognized
scaffold safety training course in accordance with subdivision
(d)(1) and (d)(3) of this section, or
(iv) be enrolled in a recognized scaffold apprenticeship program
418
419
420
421
an applicant must:
(i) have a minimum of five (5) years of satisfactory experience,
within the last seven (7) years immediately preceding the date
of application to a certificate of approval, in the assembly,
installation, repair, design, or inspection of elevators, or as an
elevator mechanic;
(ii) demonstrate to the commissioners satisfaction, including
performance on any written or oral tests the Commissioner
may require, that the applicant is sufficiently familiar with the
construction and maintenance of elevators, escalators and
related equipment within the provisions of Subchapter18 of
Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative Code and Reference
Standard 18; and
(iii) demonstrate to the commissioners satisfaction that
the applicant is of good moral character so as not to adversely
impact upon his or her fitness to conduct elevator inspection;
and
(iv) complete a questionnaire and provide supporting data
as the commissioner may require; and
(v) furnish payment to the Department for the actual cost of
conducting a background investigation of the applicant.
(3) The applicant must complete such questionnaires and provide
such supporting data as the commissioner may require including
but not limited to a Private Elevator Inspection
Qualification/Background form
(qualification/background form) provided by the Department
of Buildings which describes the applicants required experience
history as follows: job title or capacity of employment; license,
if any; name and address of each employer; length of service for
each employer; and any criminal convictions. The applicant shall
then submit the completed qualification/ background form to
the Licensing Division.
(4) Prior to the departments issuance of a certificate of approval
for an agency inspector, the applicant shall submit the following
to the Licensing Division:
(i)the completed qualification/background form and supporting
data as the commissioner may require;
(ii) the filing fee specified in 26-213(c)(a) of the Administrative
Code and the actual cost of conducting a background investigation
of the applicant;
(iii) a current business address, which the applicant is
responsible for keeping updated.
(5) After the applicant has complied with paragraphs 1 through 4
above, the department shall issue to the applicant an agency
inspectors certificate of approval. The preceding provisions
notwithstanding, the commissioner may refuse to issue such a
Certificate of Approval for any of the reasons specified as a
grounds for revocation or suspension set forth in subsection (e)
below. Private elevator inspectors who are employed by more
than one private elevator inspection agency must have a
certificate of approval for each agency by which they are
employed. In such cases, an inspector shall submit a separate
qualification/background form and pay a separate filing fee
for each agency by which he or she is employed.
(c) Department listings of private inspection agencies. (1)
Each private inspection agency shall furnish the Department
of Buildings, Licensing Division with a list of directors and
inspectors, its certificate of approval numbers, a complete
table of organization(s), including identification of persons or
titles, and a current business address. This information shall
422
423
424
425
delay.
(3) Time delay on retransfer to normal power. An adjustable
timer with a bypass shall be provided to delay retransfer from
the alternate source of power to the normal. This timer will
permit the normal source to stabilize before retransfer to the
load and help to avoid unnecessary power interruptions. The
bypass shall permit automatic retransfer in the event that the
alternate source shall fail and the normal source is available.
(4) Test switch. A test switch shall be provided on each
automatic transfer switch that will simulate a normal power
source failure to the switch.
(5) Indication of switch position. Two pilot lights, properly
identified, shall be provided to indicate the transfer switch
position.
(6) Manual control of switch. A means for the safe manual
operation of the automatic transfer switch shall be provided.
(7) Nonautomatic transfer device classification. Nonautomatic
transfer devices shall be approved for emergency electrical
service.
(8) Indication of switch position. Pilot lights, properly identified,
shall be provided to indicate the switch position.
(h) Automatic Transfer Devices and Power Generation Feeders.
(i)New buildings. - (i) All automatic transfer devices,
emergency generators and emergency power generation feeders
that serve required emergency fire protection equipment shall
not be located in the same room as the main or primary electrical
service equipment.
(ii) Any automatic transfer device that is not located at the
load shall be located within an enclosed room or space that
has a 2-hour fire resistance rated enclosure, and that complies
with the New York City Electrical Code requirements for
Electrical Closets and Switchboard Rooms or Areas. The enclosed
room or space shall contain no equipment or water and/or
steam piping other than sprinkler piping and equipment associated
with the emergency fire protection equipment. Uninterrupted
conduits not associated with the emergency generation system
may pass through this room or space.
(2) Existing buildings. - (i) Emergency power generation
feeders and automatic transfer devices that are required to be
installed in existing buildings pursuant to Section 27-115 or
27-118(a) of the Administrative Code shall not be located in
the same room as the main or primary electrical service
equipment.
(ii) Any automatic transfer device that is not located at
the load shall be remotely located or separated by 2-hour fire
resistance rated construction from the emergency generator
and any fuel burning equipment.
(i)Ventilating Air. Provision shall be made to provide air
adequate to replenish engine combustion and adequate for
rejectionof engine generatedheat.
(j)Application. The emergency power system shall be
filed with the following application: Plumbing, Mechanical
Equipment and Tank Installation; Miscellaneous B Form 8.
(k) Certificate of Electrical Inspection. A licensed electrician
shall file an application for a Certificate of Electrical Inspection
with the Bureau of Electrical Control for the Emergency Power
System.
(l)Registration. Emergency power generation equipment
shall be registered with the Department of Environmental
Protection, Bureau of Air Resources, in accordance with the
426
427
428
(2) The sum of the occupants on all the floors above the
street floor exceed 100 persons; or
(3) A total of more than 500 persons in the entire building
including the street floor.
(b) Occupancy load. Occupant load shall be determined by
the existing certificate of occupancy. In the absence of such
certificate of occupancy, the occupant load shall be the greater
of the actual number of occupants or on the basis of 1 person
per 100 square feet net floor area. Net floor area shall be all space
within the building exterior walls, excluding the following areas:
(1) areas enclosing stairs.
(2) public corridors.
(3) elevators and shafts.
(4) rest rooms.
(5) storage rooms.
(For example, a net floor area of 10,100 square feet is capable of
an occupancy of 101 persons).
The Communication and Alarm System, acceptable to the
Commissioner of Buildings, shall have the following capabilities
and components:
(c) Capabilities and components. (1) Fire command
station. A communications center, located in the lobby of the
building on the entrance floor as part of the elevator control
panel if such exists, or located in the immediate vicinity of the
elevators if they exist, to provide:
(i) Individual two-way voice communication from the fire
command station to a fire warden station on each floor and to
the regularly assigned location of the fire safety director, to consist
of a telephone handset or approved speaker microphone system or
other approved voice communication system. Initiation of a
call from the fire command station shall sound a loud and
distinctive sound or an audible device, selectively on the entire
floor which is being called or at all floors throughout the building,
through the use of a general all call button. This call shall be
immediately answered by the fire wardens of the floors involved.
(ii) Manual pull station located adjacent to the fire
command station to transmit a fire alarm signal to the fire
department via a central station of a franchised operating
company.
(iii) Annunciation of associated fire safety systems
at the fire command station is optional; however, such
annunciation shall not be connected to the mini-class
"E" system.
(iv)This system shall be a "supervised" system. A "supervised"
system is one that is electrically monitored so that the occurrence
of a single open or single ground fault condition of its wiring
which prevents the required normal operation of the system or
causes the failure of its primary (main) power supply source is
indicated by a distinctive trouble signal.
(2) Fire Warden Station. A station located on each floor within
view of the passenger elevator lobby if such exists; however,
when an elevator lobby does not exist, the station shall be located in
the path of egress to an exit stairway. The fire warden station shall
have two-way communication with the Fire Command Station
and:
(i) Shall consist of telephone handset or a speaker microphone
system or other approved equivalent voice communication system.
(ii) The initiation of a call from a fire warden shall cause a loud
and distinctive sound at the Fire Command Station and at the Fire
Safety Director's Office, which call shall be immediately answered
by the Fire Safety Director from the Fire Command Station.
(3) Fire Safety Director's Office. A station located within the building
at the principal work location of the Fire Safety Director arranged
the same as a warden's station. There shall be a two-way voice
communication system to the Fire Command Station. A two-way
voice communication system described above shall also be
provided at the mechanical control center should one exist.
(4) General requirements.
(i) The components of the system shall require New York City
Department of Buildings Material Equipment Acceptance (M.E.A.)
approval.
(ii) A. SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER
Two sources of electrical power shall be provided as follows:
1. The primary source shall be generated electric power not
exceeding 277/480 volts, supplied by utility company power,
or isolated plant.
2. The secondary source shall be an emergency power system
(as per Section 27-396 of the Building Code), an emergency
generator and/or battery power.
3. One source of power shall be connected to the system at all
times. The primary and secondary power sources shall be so
arranged and controlled by automatic transfer switches and/or
circuitry that when the primary source of power fails, the secondary
source will be connected automatically to the fire alarm signal
system. Intermediary devices between the system supply and
the source of power, other than fused disconnect switches,
transformers, fused cutouts and automatic transfer switches, are
prohibited. Such disconnect switches, cutouts, transformers
and automatic transfer switches shall supply only the fire
alarm system and other systems covered by this reference standard.
When the utility company requires the installation of metering
current transformers, the system supply shall be connected on
the load side of the current transformers. All installations shall
comply with the applicable sections of the New York City Electrical
Code.
The primary source of power and the secondary source (if
said secondary source is an emergency power system or
generator) shall each be provided with a means of disconnect
from the fire alarm system. For buildings supplied at 120/208
volts, each disconnect shall consist of a fused cutout panel, utilizing
cartridge fuses, with provision for interrupting the unfused neutral
and all ungrounded conductors. The neutral shall be provided
430
431
432
(i)
Occupancy
Dance Floor
Dining Spaces
Standing Room (Audience)
in all Places of Assembly
Seating Area (Audience) in
all Places of Assembly
Fixed Seats
(i)
Movable Seats
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Designed Number
of Seats or
Occupants
10
433
434
435
436
437
438
entrance halls, stair halls and public halls throughout such building
shall be fire-retarded in accordance with the method set forth
in 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2) or said partitions shall be fireretarded in accordance with the provisions of 15-07(b)(3)
or (b)(4).
(9) Partitions in altered old law tenements. In any old law
tenement where the occupancy is increased on any story, the
enclosing partitions of any entrance hall, stair hall or public
hall on the story where the occupancy has been increased,
shall be fire-retarded on both sides. Such requirements shall
apply only to the walls of the entrance hall, stair hall or public
hall adjoining the altered apartment. The enclosing partitions
of such halls other than those adjoining the altered apartment
and the partitions on any story where the occupancy has not
been increased, shall be fire-retarded on the hall side. The
method of fire-retarding shall be as set forth in 15-07(b)(1)
or (b)(2), or said partitions shall be fire-retarded in accordance
with the provisions of 15-07(b)(3) or (b)(4).
(10) Newly constructed partitions. In any entrance hall, stair
hall or public hall where any partition or part thereof is newly
constructed, and where the plaster has been removed from any
partition or part thereof, such partition shall be fire-retarded on
both sides.
(c) Ceilings. Any approved method for fire-retarding partitions
shall be acceptable for fire-retarding ceilings, provided that all
existing materials are completely removed to face of joists.
Mineral wool, brick gypsum or other masonry fill will not be
accepted.
(1) Where any entrance hall, public hall or stair hall, or any
portion thereof, in any part of any old law tenement or [sic]
converted dwelling is required to be fire-retarded that portion
of any ceiling directly underneath any such entrance hall, public
hall or stair hall shall be fire-retarded. Where such ceiling is
located in any store, apartment or other space it shall also be fireretarded as required for partitions by 15-07(b)(1) or (b)(2).
Where the above method is impractical due to the existing
ceiling construction in any such store, apartment or other
space, the Department of Buildings may permit the fireretarding of such ceilings to be applied from above by
removing the floor of any such entrance hall, public hall or
stair hall and installing between the floor beams, and directly
against ceiling below, a layer of heavy building paper over
which there shall be placed a basket made of reinforced
ribbed expanded metal lath weighing at least 3.4 pounds per
square yard. Such basket shall be lined with Portland cement
or gypsum mortar not less than one inch (1") in thickness. The
building paper, metal lath and cement or gypsum mortar shall
be carried at least halfway up on the side of beams. However,
this method will not be accepted for the fire-retarding of any
such ceiling located in a space used for a hazardous purpose
or business, nor will it be accepted for fire-retarding of any
such ceiling located in the cellar or for the fire-retarding of
any ceiling located in any store, apartment or other space
when such ceiling is constructed of wood or of wood and
metal applied directly to the beams. In such cases the ceilings
shall be fire-retarded according to the requirements of 1507(b)(1) or (b)(2).
(d) Existing wood stairs. Except where stairs of incombustible
material are required in Class B converted dwellings as set
forth in 15-07(a)(7), all wood railings, balustrades and newel
439
440
441
442
443
444
incombustible material.
In apartments used for "single room occupancy" where access
to a required means of egress is provided through a room such
access to such room shall be through a clear opening at least
thirty inches (30") wide extending from floor to ceiling and
such opening shall not be equipped with any door frame, or
with any device by means of which the opening may be
closed, concealed or obstructed.
(j)Window bars, gates, etc. No iron bars, gates or other obstructing
devices will be permitted on any window giving access to fireescapes or where such window provides a secondary means of
egress in case of fire on any story, including the ground floor,
basement, cellar, etc.
Windows on grade level at sidewalk, yard or court, or at roof
level of an adjoining building, may have bars, but at least, one
window in any apartment or suite of rooms shall be without bars
or obstructions of any kind in order to afford a second means
of egress and such window shall conform to the provisions of
15-10(k).
(k) Windows and doors to fire-escapes. The window or
door giving access to fire-escapes shall not be less than two
feet (2') in width and the sill of the window shall not be more
than three feet (3') above the floor. Window openings shall be
not less than two feet six inches (2'-6") high in the clear.
(1) Steel casement sash. Steel casement sash opening outward
onto any fire-escape balcony three feet six inches (3'-6") in
width will be permitted, provided such sash is equipped with
approved extension hinges so that, when opened, the sash
will be flat against the wall, and further provided that there will be
no adjusters on the sash as part of its equipment. Passageway
of fourteen inches (14") clear width is required to be
maintained between the sash or hinges and any portion of the
fire-escape when the sash lies flat against the wall.
When casement sash is set at right angle to the fire-escape
stairway a clear radial width of twenty inches (20") must be
provided.
(2) Wire screens and storm windows. Wire screens are permitted
on a door or window giving access to a fire-escape. Such screens
may be of the rolling type, casement or of a type that slides
vertically or horizontally in sections, providing that there shall
be a clear unobstructed space two feet (2') in width and two
feet six inches (2'-6") in height when the screens are opened
and further provided that no such screen shall be subdivided
with muntins or other dividing or separating bars into spaces
less than two feet (2') in width by two feet six inches (2'-6") in
height.
Storm sash and storm doors are permitted on openings giving
access to fire-escapes provided they are arranged so as to be
easily and readily opened from the inside and do not obstruct
or interfere with safe egress.
(l) Egress from fire-escape balconies not to be obstructed.
Egress from fire-escape balconies must not be obstructed by
signs, fixed awnings or any other obstruction.
(m)Extension roofs used as means of egress or directly
under fire-escape balcony.
(1) Hereafter erected extension roofs. Where the roof of an
extension hereafter erected is to be used as a means of egress
from a fire-escape, or where a fire-escape balcony is located
directly above said roof, such roof shall be of fireproof construction.
(2) Existing extension roofs. Except in converted dwellings
445
specifically.
(1) Definition of "Type A" and "Type B" fire-escapes. A
"Type A" fire-escape [sic] is one which has a supporting bracket
at each end of the balcony or platform.
A "Type B" fire-escape is one which has brackets not more
than four feet (4') apart supporting the balcony or platform.
(2) Cantilever brackets will not be accepted for new fireescapes on existing buildings.
(3) Details of other types of structural supports for fire-escapes
must be submitted to and approved by the Department before
being used in the construction of fire-escapes.
(4) "Type A" fire-escapes are not permitted on frame buildings,
walls or hollow masonry constructions, on walls of solid masonry
less than eight inches (8") in thickness nor on hollow walls of
solid masonry unless complete construction details are submitted
to and approved by the Department before the construction of
fire-escapes.
(r)Balconies. All balconies, except those erected upon
frame buildings and buildings having eight inch (8") brick
walls, shall be not less than three feet four inches (3'-4") in width
overall [sic] and may project into the public highway to a
distance not greater than four feet (4') beyond the building
line. Balconies erected upon frame buildings and buildings
having eight inch (8") brick walls shall be thirty-six inches (36")
in width. Balcony railings must be not less than two feet nine
inches (2'-9") high.
(1) Passageway. Seventeen inches (17") in width is required
between the strings of stairs and the wall, or between the
strings of stairs and railings, clear of all projections to a height
of six feet six inches (6'-6").
Fourteen inches (14") clear width is required between the hatchway
railing and the window sill.
Seventeen inches (17") in width is required between the
gooseneck ladder and the hatchway on the upper balcony.
(2) Openings. The openings for stairways in all balconies
shall be not less than twenty-one inches (21") wide, and of
such length as to provide at least six feet six inches (6'-6")
clear headroom on all stairways at every tread, and shall have
no covers of any kind.
A round, iron guard rail, three-quarter inch (3/4") in diameter
shall be provided around all hatchways on all new balconies,
and also, when necessary, around hatchways on existing balconies.
Such guard rails shall be at least two feet six inches (2'-6")
high and shall be properly braced at intervals of three feet (3')
The brace from guard rail to the front top rail shall be so arranged
to allow six feet six inches (6'-6") of headroom on the
stairway.
Openings are not permitted in the floor of the lowest balcony
of any new fire-escapes. Egress must be from a gateway in the
front of end rail.
(3) Top rails. New top rails must be one and three-quarters
inches by one-half inch (1 3/4" x 1/2") wrought iron or steel.
Angle iron top rails will not be accepted. Separate bolt ends must
be one and one-half inches by one-half inch (1 1/2" x 1/2") at
connection with top rails and secured to the same by two
three-eighths inch (3/8") bolts well upset.
No welded connections, other than shop welding, for top rails,
will be permitted.
Top rails must go through the wall. When the wall is of brick,
stone or concrete they must be anchored on the inner face thereof
446
Floor slats may be spliced with a four inch (4") splice plate
[sic] three-eighths inch (3/8") thick, secured by three-eighths
inch (3/8") countersunk or roundhead bolts or rivets on each
side of the joint.
The ends of the floor slats must not project over stairs so as to
overhang the top tread more than one-half inch (1/2"). The
ends of such floor slats shall not be cut or burned off so as to
be jagged or uneven. The floor slats shall be in true alignment.
(7) Battens. Battens must be one and one-half inches by
three-eighths inch (1 1/2" x 3/8") not more than three feet (3')
apart, riveted to the slats by five-sixteenth inch (5/16") rivets
and so spaced as to secure rigidity.
No welded connections, other than shop welding, for top rails
will be permitted.
Top rails must go through the wall. When the wall is of brick,
stone or concrete they must be anchored on the inner face
thereof by means of nuts and four-inch by four-inch by threeeighths inch (4" x 4" x 3/8") washers. Where a masonry wall
is eight inches (8") in thickness the washers shall be continuous and
shall extend vertically from four inches (4") below the bracket
anchorage to four inches (4") above the top rail.
Bolt ends must be at least three-quarters inch (3/4") in diameter.
Top rails must be anchored in the wall at least nine inches (9")
from the window or door opening.
On recess fire-escapes the top rails need not go through the
wall, but must be hot leaded six inches (6") in brick or stone
and at least twelve inches (12") from the outside face of the
wall.
The front and return top rail, unless in one (1) piece, must be
secured at the angle in the following manner: (1) with lap
joint, by one-half inch (1/2") rivet and a strap of same dimension
as the top rail, with one (1) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivet or bolt
in each end of the strap; (2) with butt joint, by a triangular plate
four inches by six inches by three-eighths inch (4" x 6" x 3/8")
secured to each member of the top rail by two (2) three-eighths
inch (3/8") rivets or bolts.
Top rails may be spliced with iron of the same dimensions as
the rails with two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivets or bolts
on each side of the splice, or may be overlapped not less than
eight inches (8") and secured by two (2) three-eighths inch
(3/8") bolts or rivets.
Where front rails are not rigid they must be braced with
outside braces. Said braces must be wrought iron not less than
one and three-quarters inches by one-half inch (1 3/4" x 1/2")
placed on edge. The braces must be properly spaced and
secured to the extended brackets and top rails by three-eighths
inch (3/8") rivets or bolts. Where brackets are extended to
receive outside braces the extended portion must never be less
than two inches by one-half inch (2" x 1/2") and secured to
the bracket by two (2) three-eighths inch (3/8") rivets or bolts.
Bow braces and overhead [sic] braces will not be accepted.
(8) Landings. Landings at the head and foot of stairs shall be
at least forty inches by twenty inches (40" x 20") except on
the balcony on the top story where the gooseneck ladder is
located such landing shall be not less than forty inches by
thirty inches (40" x 30"). On the lowest balcony where the
opening to drop-ladder is in the return rail at front of the lowest
tread the landing must be at least forty inches by thirty-six
inches (40" x 36").
(9) Egress from lowest balcony. The gateway in the rail must
447
member shall enter the wall not less than fifteen inches (15").
The intermediate cross beams shall enter the wall not less than
eight inches (8") except where they enter the wall under the
window. In such case the cross beam shall enter the wall not
less than four inches (4").
The member forming the hatchway opening shall be a fourinch (4") channel iron weighing not less than seven and onequarter (7.25) pounds per foot. It shall be secured to the
intermediate cross beam with a three-inch by three-inch by
one-quarter inch (3" x 3" x 1/4") lug and two (2) one-half inch
(1/2") rivets or bolts.
The front bottom member of the fire-escape shall be of the
following size and weights:
Length of Balcony
Up to 11 feet
Up to 13 feet
Up to 15 feet
Up to 17 feet
The bracket braces shall be angle iron not less than two and
one-half inches by two and one-half inches by one-quarter
inch (2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 1/4"). The braces shall drop not less
than twenty-four inches (24") from the top of the bracket and
shall extend out to a point not less than three-quarters (3/4) of
the length of the bracket.
Each member of the brace shall be secured to the bracket with
two (2) one-half inch (1/2") rivets.
The drop member of the brace shall be secured to the
extended member with two (2) one-half inch (1/2") rivets.
The heel of the brace shall be cut out one-half inch (1/2") to
allow for the drainage of water.
Where, owing to cornices, water-tables and porticos, it is
impossible to use the standard brackets, inverted brackets may
be used. When inverted brackets are used they shall be constructed
with an upright wall member and a diagonal member. The wall
member shall be an angle iron not less than three inches by
four inches by three-eighths inch (3" x 4" x 3/8") and the
diagonal member shall be an angle iron not less than three
inches by three inches by three-eighths inch (3" x 4" x 3/8").
Each member shall be secured to the bracket with two (2)
one-half inch (1/2") rivets.
The wall members shall be secured to the wall with (2) oneinch (1") bolts which shall pass through the wall and be
anchored on the inside face of the wall with a washer four
inches by three-eighths inch (4" x 3/8") which shall extend
across the two (2) bolts. A one-inch (1") nut shall secure the
washer to the bolt. The bolts shall be placed sixteen inches
(16") apart on centers. The four-inch (4") member of the wall
brace shall bear against the wall and shall extend from the
bracket to and above the top return rail of the balcony. The top
return rail of the balcony shall be secured to the wall member
of the brace with two (2) one-inch (1") rivets or nuts and bolts.
When inverted braces are used the bracket member shall enter
the wall not less than four inches (4")
All other portions of "Type A" fire-escapes, except roof balconies,
shall be constructed and erected as specified for the construction
and erection of "Type B" fire-escapes.
(2) "Type B". The horizontal members of brackets shall consist
of a one-piece wrought iron bar two inches by one-half inch
448
(2" x 1/2") set so that the two inch (2") dimension is vertical.
Brackets shall be not more than four feet (4'-0") apart.
Welded brackets will not be accepted.
Angle iron brackets will not be accepted.
The top member of the bracket must be drawn out to form the
necessary bolt end without welded connection.
Brackets shall be placed not less than eight inches (8") nor
more than sixteen inches (16") below the window sill, except
by special permission from this Department.
The top member of the bracket must go through the wall, and
when the wall is of brick, must be anchored as specified for
brackets in new buildings.
Brackets on buildings in course of erection must be built into
the wall. They must be carried through the wall and turned
down three inches (3") or the top member must be drawn out
so as to form a bolt end one inch (1") in diameter and provided
with nuts and with washers four inches by six inches (4" x 6")
and three-eighths inch (3/8") in thickness, or where brackets
on existing buildings or buildings in the course of erection
pass through the walls under window or door openings, such
brackets shall be anchored on the inside face of the wall with
a four-inch by three-eighths inch (4" x 3/8") plate extending
across the opening and bearing nine inches (9") on the inner
face of each pier. In such case an additional one-half inch
(1/2") bolt passing through wall and anchored to plate with
one-half inch (1/2") nut shall be provided. If wall is recessed
said bar must be shaped so as to bear on inner face of recessed
wall and the ends of said bar to bear nine inches (9") on inner
face of each pier. In addition a four-inch (4") steel channel
stiffener must be provided to extend across the entire recessed
portion. Blocking the recessed portion will not be permitted.
Where walls are eight inches (8") in thickness the four-inch
by three-eighths inch (4" x 3/8") plate must extend across and
take in all brackets.
Special designs must be submitted for fire-escape framing
other than standard and for masonry openings not included in
above schedule.
Horizontal members of brackets must be braced with oneinch (1") square braces and shall rest on a shoulder. The braces
shall be secured to the horizontal member with a rivet onehalf inch (1/2") in diameter, at a point two-thirds (2/3) [sic] of the
length of the horizontal member from the wall. The heel of the
brace must be secured to the top member by a rivet of the
same size.
The brace when entering the wall must be hot leaded in brick
or stone three inches (3") and have a proper bearing on the
face of the wall for at least eight inches (8").
If wedges are used to obtain full bearing against the wall, they
must be of iron and well secured to the brace and must fill in
solidly the space between brace and wall.
Anchorage in or bracing in terra cotta is not permitted.
Braces must drop at least one-third (1/3) of the length of the
long brackets and must drop not less than eight inches (8") for
short brackets.
Where a bracket is to receive additional weight on account of
suspension rod for lower balconies, said bracket must be reinforced
by an additional one-inch (1") square brace running from the
end of the bracket parallel to the regulation brace.
Where it is impossible to brace the brackets in the manner
described above, angle iron and tie rod supports must be used.
Brackets
3'-6" long
6'-0"
3'-6" long
7'-0"
3'-6" long
8'-0"
9'-0"
5'-0"
3'-6" long
3'-6" long
4'-0" long
6'-0"
7'-0"
8'-0"
9'-0"
4'-0" long
4'-0" long
4'-0" long
4'-0" long
Anchorage Member
6" channel 10.5 pounds
or
6" x 4" x 9/16" angle
7" channel 9.8 pounds
or
6" x 4" x 11/16" angle
8" channel 11.5 pounds
or
7" channel 12.25 pounds
8" channel 11.5 pounds
8" channel 13.75 pounds
8" channel 11.5 pounds
or
6" x 4" x 3/4" angle
8" channel 11.5 pounds
8" channel 13.75 pounds
8" channel 16.25 pounds
8" channel 21.25 pounds
Notes:
1-Working stresses taken at 16,000 pounds per square inch.
2- Load taken at 100 pounds per sq. ft. and includes live and dead loads.
3- Loads on anchorage members due to bracket reaction placed for maximum
bending moment produced in member.
4- Bearing plates of suitable size must be provided for brackets taking ladder load and
for anchorage members.
449
of Buildings is obtained.
(1) Guides. All drop-ladders shall have guides provided with
stops so that the ladders cannot be raised above the same. The
[sic] drop-ladder must be suspended from a point directly over
the opening in the rail of the balcony and arranged to slide in the
guides so as to drop in position for use. All [sic] drop-ladders
shall be provided with a shoe at the bottom.
The guides shall be constructed of one and one-half inches by
one and [sic] one-half inches by one-quarter inch (1 1/2" x 1
1/2" x 1/4") angle iron, and shall be not less than twenty-one
inches (21") apart.
(2) Strings. Strings of drop-ladders must be one and one-half
inches by three-eighths inch (1 1/2" x 3/8") bar. No welded
drop-ladders will be accepted unless shop welded.
(3) Rungs. The rungs must be five-eighths inch (5/8") in thickness,
not over twelve inches (12") apart [sic] and must be riveted to
the strings.
(v) Gooseneck ladder. The top balcony of every fireescape shall be provided with a stair or with a gooseneck ladder
leading from said balcony to and above the roof, except that
no such stairs or gooseneck ladders will be required in the
following locations or under the following conditions:
(1) On multiple dwellings with peak roofs having a pitch of
more than twenty (20) degrees.
(2) Where fire-escapes are located on the fronts or in street
courts of multiple dwellings facing upon the street.
Where a multiple dwelling does not face upon the street, such
as a multiple dwelling located at the rear of a lot upon which
there is another building, every fire-escape on such multiple
dwelling shall be provided with a stair or gooseneck ladder as
required above, except where the roof of such building has a
pitch more than twenty (20) degrees as stated in exception (1)
above.
Except as provided in exceptions (1) and (2) above, every fireescape on every hereafter erected or converted multiple dwelling,
and every new fire-escape hereafter provided on every existing
multiple dwelling shall be provided with a regulation stairway
from the top balcony to the roof when such buildings exceed
four (4) stories in height. In such multiple dwellings
exceeding four (4) stories in height when due to special
structural conditions which would not permit the erection of
a stair from the top balcony to the roof or where the height
from the top balcony to the roof may [sic] be such as to make
the installation of a stair impractical, the Department of Buildings
may accept a gooseneck ladder in lieu of a regulation stairway.
The top balcony of a fire-escape on every multiple dwelling
not exceeding four (4) stories in height may be equipped with
a gooseneck ladder.
(i) Construction and location of gooseneck ladders. The
gooseneck ladder shall be fifteen inches (15") wide and shall
be so located that it will not obstruct egress from the apartment or
apartments on the top floor. The effective opening between
the side of any window and the string of gooseneck ladder shall
be not less than twenty-four inches (24")
The gooseneck ladder must be fourteen inches (14") from the
front rail on existing balconies and twenty-one inches (21")
on balconies hereafter erected.
(ii) Strings. The gooseneck ladder must be constructed with
one piece of [sic] strings [sic] two inch by one-half inch (2" x
1/2") wrought iron.
450
where practicable.
(4) Stairways. Stair braces shall be secured to the wall of the
building by two (2) No. 14 wood screws.
(z) Outside fireproof stairs. Outside fireproof stairs shall
be constructed according to approved plans and applications
of the Department of Buildings. Such regulations that [sic] as
govern the measurements of inside stairs shall be applied to
outside fireproof stairways except that in multiple dwellings
not exceeding three (3) stories and basement in height,
fireproof stairway leading from a front porch roof which is
fireproof to the fireproof floor of an unenclosed porch will be
deemed an outside fireproof stairways and such stairways
may be of the same width as the ordinary fire-escape stairs. Area
covered by fireproof outside stairs must not encroach upon the
minimum dimensions of yard and courts.
(aa) Fire towers. Fire towers shall be constructed according
to approved plans and applications filed with the Department
of Buildings.
(bb) Egress. Hotels and certain other class A and class B
dwellings which are subject to the provisions of 67, Multiple
Dwelling Law [sic].
(1) Exceptions. Any such multiple dwelling, altered or erected
after April fifth, nineteen hundred forty-four, and which is
required to conform to the provisions of articles one, two,
three, four, five, eight, nine and eleven of Multiple Dwelling
Law, shall not be required to conform to the provisions of
15-10(bb)(1)(i), (2), (3) and (4).
(i) Except in fireproof class A multiple dwellings erected
under plans filed after January first, nineteen hundred twentyfive, and which were completed before December thirty-one,
nineteen hundred thirty-three, and except as otherwise provided
in paragraph (4) of subdivision (bb) of this section, in every
such dwelling three (3) or more stories in height there shall be
from each story at least two (2) independent means of
unobstructed egress located remote from each other and
accessible to each room, apartment or suite.
(2) First means of egress. The first means of egress shall be
an enclosed stair extending directly to a street, or to a yard, court or
passageway affording continuous, safe and unobstructed
access to a street, or by an enclosed stair leading to the entrance
story, which story shall have direct access to a street. The area of
the dwelling immediately above the street level and commonly
known as main floor, where the occupants are registered and
the usual business of the dwelling is conducted, shall be considered
a part of the entrance story; and a required stair terminating at
such main floor or its mezzanine shall be deemed to terminate
at the entrance story. An elevator or unenclosed escalator shall
never be accepted as a required means of egress.
(3) Second means of egress. The second means of egress shall
be by an additional enclosed stair conforming to the provisions of
15-10(bb)(2), a fire-stair, a fire-tower or an outside fire-escape.
In a non-fireproof dwelling when it is necessary to pass through a
stair enclosure which may or may not be a required means of
egress to reach a required means of egress, such stair enclosure
and that part of the public hall or corridor leading thereto from
a room, apartment or suite, shall be protected by one (1) or more
sprinkler heads; in a fireproof dwelling only that part of the
hall or corridor leading to such stair enclosure need be so protected.
(4) Required second means of egress-impractical. Where
it is impractical in such existing dwellings to provide a second
451
452
453
454
question:
(1) The length between adjacent lateral supports.
(2) The length between a free edge and the nearest lateral support.
(3) A length equal to 2.25 times the clear height of the wall
panel in those circumstances where the top and bottom attachment
of the panel to the floor or roof will not fail under a force
smaller than 3 kips [sic] per linear foot acting perpendicular to
the wall in either direction.
(b) As used above, "lateral support" is considered to occur at:
(1) A substantial partition perpendicular to the wall, provided
that its attachments to the wall and the partition itself are capable of
resisting and transmitting without failure a horizontal force of
3 kips [sic] per foot of clear wall height in either direction in
the plane [sic] of the partition. A partition may be considered
substantial when that partition or a combination of such partitions,
one above the floor and one below the floor and substantially in
the same plane, is able to resist the following distributed force
transmitted by the floor in the plane of the partition and in an
upwards or downwards direction:
0.18 S(2bS) kips [sic] per foot of clear span.
b
where b is clear span and S is the clear spacing of partitions or
the clear distance from a partition to an adjacent free edge of the
floor.
(2) A strengthened vertical portion of the wall (not exceeding
1/3 story height in the horizontal direction) which will not fail
under a load of 3 kips [sic] per linear foot of clear wall height
acting perpendicular to the plane of the wall in either direction
along the interface between the strengthened wall portion and
the portion of the wall that lost its load carrying capacity.
(c) The term "nominal extent of floor"denotes the following:
(1) For a floor spanning in one direction, the extent is the clear
span. In the perpendicular direction the extent is to be taken as
the smaller of the following:
(i)The distance between adjacent "substantial" partitions arranged
in the direction of floor span.
(ii) The distance between a free edge and the nearest "substantial"
partition arranged in the direction of the floor span.
(iii)In the case where partitions are not "substantial" the
extent is to be taken as 2.25 times the clear span.
(2) For a floor spanning in two directions the extent shall be taken
as the area bounded by the clear spans in both directions.
(ii) Specific local resistance methods.
Any single element essential to the stability of the structure,
together with its structural connections, shall not fail under the
loads stipulated in this criterion after being subjected to a load
equivalent to that caused by a uniform static pressure of 720
psf. This pressure shall be applied in the most critical manner
to the face of the element and to the face of all space dividers
supported by the element or attached to it within the particular
story. In those cases where the stability of the element depends
upon the lateral support provided by the attached space dividers,
these space dividers, or a portion of these space dividers which can
provide adequate lateral support, must also satisfy requirements of
this paragraph.
CHAPTER 19 MASTER PLUMBERS AND LICENSED
FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING CONTRACTORS
455
456
457
458a
458a
458b
shall provide with the gauge a written statement that the gauge is
manufactured in accordance with such ASME standard,
(2) The gauge shall be labeled with the name of the manufacturer,
(3) The gauge shall be kept in a padded separate rigid box and
the manufacturers instructions for use and protection of the
gauge shall be complied with,
(4) The units of measurement psi shall appear on the face
of the gauge, and
(5) The gauge shall be kept in good working order.
(c) Analog Gauges Used to Measure Pressure in the Magnitude
of 3 psig. Each analog gauge used to measure pressure in the
magnitude of 3 psig shall meet the following requirements in
addition to satisfying the minimum requirements set forth in
subdivision (b):
(1) The face of the gauge shall not be smaller than 2 inches in
diameter,
(2) The gauge shall have a minimum of 270-degree dial arc,
(3) The gauge shall be calibrated in increments of not greater
than one-tenth of a pound,
(4) The range of the gauge shall not exceed 5 psig when a 2
inch diameter gauge is used,
(5) The 1/10th psig interval on the gauge shall not be smaller
than 1/10th of an inch of arc,
(6) The gauge shall be provided with an effective stop for the
indicating pointer at the zero point,
(7) The gauge shall be protected from excessive pressure with
a shut off valve and prior to using the 5-psig gauge the snifter
valve shall be tested with a tire gauge to determine the magnitude
of pressure, and
(8) The gauge shall have a calibration screw.
(d) Analog Gauges Used to Measure Pressure in the Magnitude
of 5 psig. Each analog gauge used to measure pressure in the
magnitude of 5 psig shall meet the following requirements in
addition to satisfying the minimum requirements set forth in
subdivision (b):
(1) The face of the gauge shall not be smaller than 2 inches
in diameter,
(2) The gauge shall have a minimum of 270-degree dial arc,
(3) The gauge shall be calibrated in increments not greater
than one-fifth of a pound,
(4) The range of the gauge shall not exceed 10 psig when a
2 inch diameter gauge is used,
(5) The 1/5th psig interval on the gauge shall not be smaller than
1/10th of an inch of arc,
(6) The gauge shall be provided with an effective stop for the
indicating pointer at the zero point,
(7) The gauge shall be protected from excessive pressure with a
shut off valve and prior to using the 10-psig gauge the snifter
valve shall be tested with a tire gauge to determine the
magnitude of pressure, and
(8) The gauge shall have a calibration screw.
(e) Digital Gauges Used to Measure Pressure in the Magnitude
of 3 psig and Higher. Each digital gauge used to measure pressure
in the magnitude of 3 psig and higher shall meet the following
requirements in addition to satisfying the minimum requirements
set forth in subdivision (b):
(1) The gauge shall have a minimum reading of 1/100th of a
psig, and
(2) An extra charged battery shall be readily available for
immediate use with the gauge.
459
CHAPTER 21 PLANS
21-01 Limited Supervisory Check and/or Professional
Certification Program for Applications and Plans.
(a) Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following
definitions shall apply:
(1) Architect. Architect shall mean a person licensed and
registered to practice the profession of architecture under the
education law of the state of New York.
(2) Engineer. Engineer shall mean a person licensed and
registered to practice the profession of engineering and use the
title Professional, Engineer and the initials P.E. under the
education law of the state of New York.
(b) Conditions of Limited Supervisory Check and/or
Professional Certification. In accordance with 27-143 of the
Administrative Code of the City of New York, the
Commissioner may exercise his or her discretion in designating
portions of the examination of applications and plans for the
construction of new buildings or the alteration of existing
buildings for limited supervisory check and/or professional
certification predicated upon statements and representations made
by the architect or engineer of record, and his or her associates
where applicable, provided the following conditions are met:
(1) That complete and coordinated architectural, structural and
mechanical plans are or have been filed.
(2) That, where applicable, the portion for limited supervisory
check be clearly and specifically identified. However, such identified
portion shall not include compliance with the zoning resolution nor
the exit requirements of the building code or other applicable
laws.
(3) That, where applicable, the necessary certifications and
appropriate approvals have been obtained regarding the
following topics or from the following agencies:
(i) Landmarks, landmark sites and historic districts.
(ii) Sewers.
(iii)Urban Renewal Areas.
(iv)Transit Authority for the effect on subways.
(v) Compliance with General City Law, Section 35.
(vi) Liability Insurance.
(vii) Board of Standards and Appeals.
(viii) Department of Environmental Protection.
(ix) Department of Housing Preservation and Development.
(x) Department of Transportation.
(xi) Fire Department.
(xii) Loft Board.
(xiii) Department of City Planning.
(xiv) U.S. Department of State.
(xv) Department of Cultural Affairs.
(xvi) Any other approval or certification of which the
professional knows or should know is required prior to
submitting an application.
(4) That the architect or engineer of record and associate architects or
engineers, if any, are aware that the Commissioner, in the
exercise of his or her discretion in accordance with 27-143
of the Administrative Code, will rely upon the truth and
accuracy of the statements contained in the construction
application made by them, and any amendments submitted in
connection therewith, as to compliance with the provisions of the
Zoning Resolution, the Building Code and other applicable laws
and regulations.
460
(6) Engaged in misconduct regarding his or her Departmentissued Photo Identification Card; or
(7) Engaged in any conduct related to any activity performed
in connection with his or her profession that evidences a
failure to comply with the provisions of Federal, State or local
law, rules or regulations or a Department order or
requirement; or
(8) Impeded, obstructed or failed to cooperate with an
investigation or inquiry of or failed to provide
documents requested by the Commissioner or his or her
designee or the Department; or
(9) Made a material misrepresentation to persons not
affiliated with the Department regarding the status of
applications and/or plans filed with the Department; or
(10) Altered, defaced or destroyed Department
property, or removed Department property, including
permitted folders, from Department premises; or
(11) Offered or attempted to offer a bribe or unlawful
gratuity to a Department employee or other public
servant; or
(12) Failed to maintain a copy of plans and/or related
documents approved by the Department for six years
after the applicant has been issued a letter of
completion, a Certificate of Occupancy, or an
application sign-off, whichever occurs later; or
(13)Permitted the improper use of, or had knowledge of
or failed to promptly report to the Department any
improper use of his or her professional stamp,
signature, or license number; or
(14) Within a period of six months, failed two
Department audits that resulted in revocations.
(b) Procedures.
(1) Administrative charges outlining the basis for such
action to exclude from the limited supervisory check
and/or professional certification program shall be
served upon the architect or engineer by certified mail,
return receipt requested, pursuant to the Office of
Administrative Trials and Hearings (OATH's) Rules of
Practice (Title 48 of the Rules of the City of New
York).
(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Commissioner
finds that continued use of the programs for limited
supervisory check and/or professional certification by
the architect or engineer would likely create a serious
and immediate threat to public safety or property, the
Commissioner shall have the power, pending service of
administrative charges, to issue an order immediately
suspending the architect or engineer and his or her
associates, if applicable, from limited supervisory
check and/or professional certification.
(c) Hearing.
(1) Upon a filing of the administrative charges, the
architect or engineer will be scheduled for a hearing
upon submitting any written objections to the
administrative charges and the grounds for such
objections to the Commissioner within fifteen days
after the date that the notice of charges is served.
461
462
462a
462b
463
464
areas;
(xii) location of surrounding buildings, indicating
occupancy, height and type of roof protection, when required;
location of standpipe system and siamese hose connections; location
of temporary elevators for fire department use when building
is above 75 feet in height; location of all exterior contractors
sheds; safety netting and scaffolding when required by 271022 of the Administrative Code; sidewalk and roadway widths
and all traffic information and all exits from job sites; specific
case reconsiderations in relation to requiring safety netting
during construction operations are to be attached and the revised
site safety plans shall be approved.
(h) Signs at construction sites. In addition to the information
required to be displayed on signs at construction sites
specified in 27-1009(c) of the Administrative Code, the
telephone numbers of the following shall be prominently
displayed in both English and Spanish:
The Department of Buildings
The Building Enforcement Safety Team (B.E.S.T.)
The Emergency Squad
The Department of Transportation
(i) Fees. The initial fee for obtaining certification as a site
safety manager in accordance with these rules shall be
$300.00, and the renewal fee shall be $150.00.
(j)Other than as required by statute or pursuant to these
rules or as set forth in 1 RCNY 27-03, there shall be no
information, pictorial representations, or any business or
advertising messages posted on the sidewalk shed or bridge or
other structure listed [sic] in 26-252(a) of the Administrative
Code of the City of New York which is erected at the
construction site and is adjacent to such building.
(k) Where renewal for an application for a sidewalk shed
or other protective structure listed in 26-252(a) of the
Administrative Code of the City of New York and pursuant to
27-1021 of the Administrative Code is required, such
application must be signed by the owner of the affected
building.
26-02 Safety Netting During Construction Operations.
(a) Applicability. Safety netting shall be provided on the
sides of a structure more than six stories or seventy-five feet
in height above the adjoining ground or adjoining roof level,
whichever is applicable, when there is exposure to the public
or adjacent property. Reference to OSHA Safety and Health
Standard 29 CFR 1926.500 is suggested.
(1) While under construction, the facade of such structure is
not enclosed. In such case:
(i)Horizontal safety netting shall be provided pursuant to
27-1021(a)(6) and 26-02(e)(3) of these rules.
(ii) Vertical safety netting shall be provided pursuant to
27-1021(a)(7) and 26-02(f)(4).
(2) When demolishing the exterior walls or roof of a
structure. In such case: Horizontal safety netting shall be
provided pursuant to 27-1022(a)(1) and 26-02(e)(3)(ii).
(3) When exterior walls are being constructed. In such case: Horizontal
safety netting shall be provided pursuant to 27-1022(a)(2) and 2602(e)(3)(iii).
(b) Definitions.
Enclosed.
(i)Enclosed shall mean a structure is enclosed when the
permanent facade is completed except for the windows.
(ii) Such windows shall be protected to a height specified
in 26-02 (f)(3) unless there is a sill not less than two feet-six
inches in height and vertical mullions or piers with a maximum
opening of five feet and a non-corrosive wire cable which is
capable of withstanding a load of at least two hundred pounds
applied in any direction (except upward).
Exposure to the public or adjacent property. Exposure to
the public or adjacent property shall refer to any unenclosed
facade of [sic] a structure which is opposite a street, public way or
other open areas intended for public use or which is opposite
any side or rear lot line.
Horizontal safety netting.
(i) Horizontal safety netting shall mean a horizontal
system of nets and their supports, as cited and modified in
Building Code Reference Standard RS 19-4.1.
(ii) Horizontal safety netting shall include a structural
net lined with a debris net of a size and strength sufficient to
catch falling tools and materials.
Protected. Protected shall mean a structure is protected
when there is temporary vertical netting.
Public or adjacent property. Public or adjacent property
shall mean property which is protected as used herein in
relation to public or adjacent property as required by Article
Seven of Subchapter Three of Title Twenty-six of the Administrative
Code.
Qualified person. Qualified person shall mean a person
trained and qualified in a manner satisfactory to the holder of
the work permit.
Structural netting. Structural netting shall mean a system
of nets capable of complying with the prototype test described
in Section Seven of Reference Standard RS 19-4.
Vertical safety netting.
(i)Vertical safety netting means a vertical system of nets
and their supports, as cited and modified in Building Code
Reference Standard RS 19-4.
(ii) Vertical safety netting shall be of a fine mesh of a size
and strength sufficient to contain falling tools and materials.
(iii)Wall opening screens, grills or tarpaulins may be used
in lieu of vertical safety netting, provided that they shall be
structurally equivalent and of such construction and mounting
installed so as to retain debris.
(c) General requirements.
(1) Structural net hardware shall be drop forged, pressed or
formed steel or material of equal or better quality. Surfaces
shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. All hardware shall
have a corrosion resistant finish capable of withstanding a
fifty hour salt spray test in accordance with ASTM B-1117.
(2) Identification of nets. Each structural net shall be permanently
labeled with the following information:
(i) Name of manufacturer
(ii) Identification of net material
(iii)Date of manufacture [sic]
(iv)Date of prototype test
(v) Name of testing agency
(vi)Serial number
(3) Inspection.
(i)Structural nets, including mesh ropes, hardware, connectors,
465
466
467
468
469
a. When the building reaches a height greater than 75 feet at least one elevator
or personal hoist with an emergency communication system shall be kept
available for use at all times as per Fire and Building Department requirements.
b. When the personnel hoist requires a jump, all necessary permits must be
obtained and testing performed.
c. When the building reaches a height greater than 75 feet, a standpipe system
shall be available and in readiness at all times for Fire Department [sic] use.
1. Valves shall be in place at each story below construction floor.
2. Standpipes shall be connected to water source and siamese connection.
3. Siamese hose connections shall be kept free from Obstruction and shall be
marked by a sign reading. Standpipe Siamese Connection, and by a red light.
d. The construction shed shall be constructed of noncombustible
materials if located within 30 feet of the building.
e. Interior and exterior guard rails and toeboards shall be provided and properly
installed to meet the standards as described in the Administrative (Building) Code 271050.
f. All openings and/or holes in the floor must be covered at all times.
g. All stairwells must have standard handrails.
h. Each sign as required in the Administrative (Building) Code 27-1009(c) shall
also contain the telephone number of B.E.S.T. and the Emergency Squad.
2. Safety Netting.
a. Horizontal safety netting shall be maintained not more than two stories below
the stripping operation floor on concrete structures or uppermost finished and walkable
concrete floor on steel frame structures, providing that such floor is more than six stories
or such floor is seventy-five feet in height above the adjoining ground or adjourning roof
level, whichever is applicable.
b. Horizontal safety netting shall project outward horizontally
From the edge of the floor a minimum distance of ten feet.
c. The horizontal safety netting may be omitted in designated crane and derrick lifting
areas as it is indicated and approved on the crane application and on the site safety plan.
d. For steel frame construction where the steel frame extends more than eight
As appropriate
As appropriate
Daily
As appropriate
Periodic
Daily
Once per shed
Daily
Daily
Daily
Once per sign
Daily
Daily
Weekly
Daily
470
stories above the walkable concrete floor, vertical safety netting shall be provided at the
floors at and below the topmost working metal deck, where this deck is substantially
completed and the required guard rails and toeboards are in place.
e. Vertical safety netting shall be provided at all floors below the floor on which
horizontal netting is required.
f. Vertical safety netting shall be maintained at each story except for the story at
grade, the story immediately above the sidewalk shed and the uppermost level.
g. Vertical safety netting shall be secured and kept closed at all times except
during actual loading operations or perimeter construction operations.
3. Maintenance of site and adjacent areas.
a. Guards, shields or barricades shall surround all exposed, electrically charged, moving
or otherwise dangerous parts of machines and construction equipment so as to prevent
contact with the public.
b. There shall be no exposed hose lines, wire, ropes etc., that may constitute a
tripping hazard to the public.
c. Adjoining property shall be protected when the height of build ing exceeds that
of adjoining property.
d. If the building is erected, enlarged or increased in height so that any portion
of such building, except chimneys or vents, extends higher than the top of
any previously constructed chimneys within 100 feet the chimneys must be made to
conform with 27-860 of the Administrative Code.
4. Housekeeping.
a. All areas used by the public shall be maintained free from ice, snow, grease, debris,
equipment, materials, projections, tools or other items substance or conditions
that may constitute a slipping, tripping or other hazard.
b. Floors and stairs shall be cleaned [sic] of excess debris.
c. [sic] When not in use, equipment and tools shall be kept away from edges or openings.
d. [sic] The roof of the sidewalk shed and the street shall be cleaned of debris
e. [sic] Sufficient containers for the storage of garbage and debris shall be in place.
f. [sic] Containers shall be covered when full and secured.
5. Removal and storage of material.
a. Combustible waste material or combustible debris shall be removed from the site.
b. Chutes, when used for the removal of debris, shall be installed and maintained
in accordance with 27-1019 of the Administrative Code.
c. When exterior walls are not in place, stored material shall be kept at least ten
feet back from the perimeter of the building. If the floor area is less than one thousand
square feet, stored material may be kept not less than five feet back from the perimeter of
the building.
d. Material stored on floors of a building shall be secured when not being used.
e. Material may be stored to within two feet of the edge of the building only on the
upper working floors located not more than two stories below the stripping operation on
concrete structures or on the uppermost concrete floor on steel structures.
f. No material shall hang over the edge of a building unless banded and braced
preparatory to relocation prior to the end of the workday.
g. Where such material is so banded and braced it may overhang the floor of the
stripping operation by not more than one-third of its length so long as it is relocated by the
next workday for concrete operations.
h. Where the steel mill and lumber mill are located, material may overhang for relocation
until the next workday. Maximum number of floors designated as steel mills [sic] or
lumber mills [sic] is two.
6.
a.
b.
c.
Protection of sidewalks.
Permits for sidewalk sheds shall be in effect and posted in a central, visible area.
Approved drawings of the sidewalk shed shall be at the construction site.
The designer and/or supplier of sidewalk sheds shall certify that such sheds have
been erected in accordance with the approved plans and that a Form B-23 has been filed
with the Department of Buildings.
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Throughout
day
Daily
As
Appropriate
Throughout
day
Throughout day
Throughout day
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Weekly
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Daily
Periodic
Periodic
Once
471
d. Sidewalk sheds shall remain in place until the structure is en closed, all exterior
work completed, the sash is glazed above the second story, the exterior of the facade is
cleaned down, all outside handling of material, equipment and machinery is completed
and dismantling of a material hoist, tower or climber crane, or the use of a derrick in their
removal above the second story, is completed.
e. All openings in sidewalk sheds, fences and railings for loading purposes shall
be kept closed, barricaded, protected or guarded at all times.
f. Sidewalk sheds shall extend the entire perimeter of the building.
g. When the building exceeds 100 feet in height, sidewalk sheds
shall extend 20 feet beyond the side property line.
h. Sidewalk sheds shall be illuminated at night by the equivalent of 100-watt bulbs
spaced 15 feet apart at a minimum height of 8 feet above floor.
i. Any temporary footbridges and walkways for the public shall be maintained
at a width of at least 4 feet.
7. Warning signs and lights.
a. All dangerous and hazardous areas to the public or areas where work is performed
near vehicular traffic shall be marked appropriately with warning signs and lights.
b. Other steps necessary to protect the public shall be taken, including provisions for
flagmen whenever intermittent operations are conducted on or across areas open
to the public or when dangerous operations, such as blasting, may affect such areas.
8. Scaffolds, structural ramps, runways and platforms.
a. Where it poses a risk to the public all structural ramps, scaffolds, runways and
platforms shall be provided with standard rails, toeboards, screening, or nets, unless
otherwise specified in the Building Code [sic].
9.
e.
f.
g.
Throughout
day
Once
Once
Daily
Daily
as appropriate
Daily
Throughout day
as appropriate
Daily
a. Certificates of approval, operation and on site inspection for all cranes, derricks
b.
c.
d.
Weekly
and/or cableways shall be obtained and available for inspection at the construction site.
Permits for highway and street closings shall be available at the construction site.
Licenses of crane operators shall be available at the construction site.
Cranes shall be jumped, as needed, in accordance with the schedule submitted
by the professional engineer and approved by the Department of Buildings.
A means of communication shall be arranged and put into effect between the
responsible parties when the operator of hoisting machinery has no vision of the
lift or loading areas
A program shall be established and operational for the control of pedestrian and/or
vehicular traffic around the construction site during all lifting and hoisting operations.
Flagmen shall be required to stop pedestrian and/or vehicular traffic during the
following intermittent operations:
1. All lifting and hoisting operations;
2. Trucks entering and exiting site;
3. Materials being lifted over sidewalk shed;
4. Dangerous operation, e.g., blasting;
5. When sidewalk and/or street is temporarily closed.
As required
As required
Daily
As Appropriate
Daily when
operational
Daily when
operational
As Appropriate
10. In addition to the above schedule, the site safety manager shall use reasonable prudence to ensure that safety is maintained at
the job site as job conditions and Contractor's Statement of Policy dictate.
J. General notes for site safety plan.
Site Safety plans at a minimum shall include the following:
1. Location of all construction fences around job site;
2. Location of all gates in fences;
3. Location of guard rail around excavation during excavation,
when required; [sic]
4. Horizontal and vertical netting program, including
details of the initial installation, schedule of horizontal jumps
and vertical installations, and designated crane and derrick
lifting areas where horizontal netting is omitted;
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
interconnected.
(2) Existing buildings. Buildings in existence on
November 1, 2004, and buildings with work permits issued
prior to November 1, 2004, may, in the alternative, be
equipped with battery-operated CO alarms compliant
with RS 17-14 5.2.3 or plug-in type CO alarms with a
back-up battery compliant with RS 17-14 5.2.4, except
where such buildings are substantially improved or
altered on or after November 1, 2004.
A. A building shall be deemed to have been
substantially improved or altered if:
i. 50 percent or more of the dwelling units in
occupancy group J-1, J-2, or J-3 are improved or altered
and the cost of such improvement or alteration exceeds
the sum of $25,000 per dwelling unit;
ii. 50 percent or more of the square footage of the
structure is improved or altered for J-1, J-2, J-3, G, or
H-2 occupancies and the cost of the improvement or
alteration exceeds $500,000; or
iii. there has been a change in the occupancy or use of the
entire structure to J-1, J-2, J-3, G, or H-2 occupancies.
B. In applying the foregoing provisions where cost is
the factor, items falling within the scope of minor
alterations or ordinary repairs, as set forth in 27-124
and 27-125 of the Administrative Code, thereby exempt
from permit requirements based on 27-147, as well as
any other cost associated with any matters that are not
regulated by the Building Code, are not included within
calculation of the cost.
C. Costs of alterations are not cumulative, provided
any application filed with this department is signed off as
satisfactorily completed prior to the filing of a subsequent
application; and, if a Certificate of Occupancy is involved,
that a final Certificate of Occupancy has been issued for
the pertinent application.
D. Time for compliance. The CO alarms shall be
operational in existing buildings in occupancy groups J1, J-2, J-3, G, and H-2 by November 1, 2004; however,
the commissioner may upon good cause shown extend
the period of compliance to June 30, 2005.
E. Where a dwelling has existing hard-wired smoke detecting
devices installed pursuant to 1 R.C.N.Y 28-01(b)(1),
combination smoke detecting device/CO alarms are not
permitted unless the combination units are hard wired.
F. Extension of time for compliance.
i. Appeals to the commissioner for extension of the
period of compliance shall be set forth on a form filed
at the applicable borough office of the Department of
Buildings, no later than December 1, 2004, and contain
the following information:
aa. Location of premises, block and lot, Building
Department Application number, if any, Occupancy
Classification, number of dwelling units, estimated
number of CO alarms, type, and where they are to be installed.
bb. The hardship to be considered with regard to the
delivery or installation of the equipment.
cc. The proposed time table for compliance.
dd. A copy of the signed contract for the purchase and/or
installation of the system. (Cost figures may be deleted).
ii. The Commissioner will not consider "good cause"
appeals unless all required annual boiler inspections for
the building are filed and up to date and no open boiler
violations exist and:
478a
479
478b
480
Maximum number of
Size of pipe diameters sprinkler heads allowed
1 inch.
2 heads
1 1/4 inch
3 heads
1 1/2 inch
5 heads
2 inch.
10 heads
2 1/2 inch
30 heads
3 inch.
60 heads
3 1/2 inch
100 heads
4 inch.
Unlimited heads
(l)The sprinkler main shall not be less in size than the
sprinkler riser and [sic] the check valve of equal diameter to
the main and the riser shall be provided on the sprinkler main.
For draining the sprinkler system, a 3/4" plugged valve shall
be provided on the sprinkler main just inside the aforesaid
check valve. All sprinkler piping and fittings shall be so
installed that they can be thoroughly drained.
On the sprinkler main, an outside screw and yoke gate valve,
readily accessible, must be provided near the front of the front
of the building and located so as to control the water supply to
all of the interior sprinkler systems. The said outside screw
and yoke gate valve must be sealed in an open position.
If tank water supply is used for sprinklers, an outside screw
and yoke gate valve shall be provided on the piping leading
from the tank to the sprinkler system under conditions similar
to those specified for such valves on sprinkler mains.
(m) Sprinkler risers shall not be located close to windows
and all sprinkler piping shall be properly supported.
(n) Sprinkler systems shall be maintained for sprinkler use
only, and connections to such sprinkler systems for any other
purposes are prohibited.
(o) All piping used in sprinkler systems shall be full
weight standard steel threaded pipe, well reamed and screwed up
tight into fittings without reducing the waterway. Fittings shall
be standard cast iron. All fittings placed inside of tank shall be
of brass or other non-corroding material.
(p) Sprinkler risers shall be provided at the top for testing
purposes, with a connection not less than one inch in diameter, with
a valved outlet so located that same will be readily accessible at all
times. When not in use, the valve shall be provided with an iron or
brass plug screwed in tight.
(q) Sprinkler systems when completed shall be subjected
to a hydrostatic test at a pressure of not less than thirty pounds
in excess of the normal pressure required for such sprinkler
systems when in service, and shall remain uncovered in every
part until they have successfully passed the test. The Department
of Buildings, in the borough in which the test is to be conducted,
shall be notified when such test is to take place. Tests shall be
conducted by the contractor or the owner or [sic] the owner's
representative, in the presence of a representative of the
Building Department.
(r)Sprinkler systems shall be inspected at least once in
each month by a competent representative of the owner, to
ascertain that all parts of the system are in perfect working
order. A detailed record of each inspection shall be kept on the
premises for examination by the Fire Department, the Department
of Housing Preservation and Development, and the Department of
479
481
Buildings.
(s) There shall be kept available on the premises at all
times a sufficient supply of extra sprinkler heads and also a
sprinkler wrench for use to replace promptly any fused or
damaged sprinkler heads.
Any head which has opened or has been damaged shall be
replaced immediately with a good sprinkler head.
Sprinkler heads shall be of a type and manufacture approved
by the Board of Standards and Appeals.
The minimum operating temperature of all sprinkler heads
shall be in the ordinary degree range. Appropriate higher degree
operating temperatures shall be required in cooking spaces.
29-02 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinklers in
Certain Class A and Class B Multiple Dwellings, Including
Hotels, Under the Provisions of 67, Multiple Dwelling Law.
Effective February 25, 1949, automatic wet-pipe sprinklers used in
certain Class A and Class B multiple dwellings, including
hotels, shall be installed in conformity with the provisions of
the Administrative Code, Subchapter 17 of Chapter 1 of Title
27, except as modified herein.
These rules do not apply to sprinkler installations in converted
dwellings, lodging houses or multiple dwellings used for single
room occupancy.
(a) In lieu of one of the four alternate automatic sources of
water supply specified in 27-961, of the Administrative
(Building) Code, a connection may be made to the domestic
water supply system on the condition that:
(1) It can be established from information obtainable from the
Department of Environmental Protection that the pressure at
the top of the highest riser will be 15 pounds per square inch
(except as provided in 29-02(f).
(2) If the pressure from this source is insufficient to provide a
pressure of 15 pounds at the highest line of sprinklers, but is
sufficient to supply a pressure of 15 pounds or more at the
highest line of sprinklers, an automatic booster pump is
provided, the capacity of which shall be sufficient to supply
25 percent of the standard one-half inch (1/2) inch heads in
the sprinkler area having the maximum number of heads, and
in no event shall such supply be less than 250 gallons per minute
at a pressure of at least 15 pounds at the highest sprinkler line.
(3) A local approved type of water-flow alarm is provided, the
gong so located that when it operates it may be heard by the
occupants or employees, and the gong also plainly marked
"Sprinkler Alarm", in red letters one inch in height on a white
background.
Exception: In a sprinkler area which does not contain more
than 36 heads, no water-flow alarm shall be required.
(4) A sprinkler shut-off valve is provided conveniently accessible
and its purpose clearly indicated by the words "Automatic
Sprinkler Shut-Off Valve" on a sign affixed thereto.
(5) The size of the domestic water supply line is at least equal
to the size of the main sprinkler connection. Note : The provisions
of Paragraph c of 27-964 shall not apply to sprinklers installed
in conformity with the provisions of 29-02(a).
(b) The capacity of gravity tanks for sprinklers shall be in
conformity with the provisions, of 27-965, or such tank may
be supplied by an automatic filling pump of at least 65 gallons
per minute capacity, which shall be sufficient to supply 25
percent of the sprinkler heads in the largest sprinkler area for
20 minutes. The capacity of such tank shall be not less than
482
480
483
481
Supply mains shall be at least the size of the largest main riser
in any one building and shall be arranged to be centrally
located and run as directly as possible from the source of
water supply to the respective risers in each building.
Each building shall be provided with a separate alarm valve in
accordance with 29-04(a)(8).
In all other respects, the installation in each building shall
comply with these rules.
Supply mains shall be increased in size as may be required for
adequate water supply and pressure requirements in accordance
with 29-04(a)(2).
(4) Sprinkler spacing for standard 1/2-inch heads under
sheathed or plaster ceilings shall not exceed 168 square feet of
protection area, with the distance between lines and between
sprinklers on lines not in excess of 14 feet.
(5) The maximum permissible number of standard 1/2-inch
sprinkler heads on a given pipe-size, in one fire area, on any
one story shall be as follows:
Size of pipe diameters
1 inch
1 inch
1 inch
2 inches
2
3 inches
3 inches
4 inches
Maximum number of
sprinkler heads allowed
2 heads
3 heads
5 heads
10 heads
30 heads
60 heads
100 heads
Unlimited heads
(b) An automatic closed-circuit water-flow and valvetamper alarm system, having at least one manual fire alarm
station shall be provided in connection with the sprinkler
system. This alarm system shall be connected to an approved
central station which provided supervisory and maintenance
service satisfactory to the fire commissioner.
In connection therewith, there shall be an approved transmitter so
arranged as to actuate all gongs of the interior fire alarm
system whenever a water flow through the sprinkler system
occurs.
Interior fire alarm systems of the closed-circuit type previously
installed under the rules then in force and approved by the fire
commissioner may be accepted if, after inspection and test the
systems are found to be adequate and in proper operating
condition.
Battery operated interior fire alarm systems of the open-circuit
type shall be replaced with an approved closed-circuit system.
In connection with these rules, the persons affected are
advised to consult Article 5 of Subchapter 17 of Chapter 1 of
Title 27, of the Administrative (Building) Code and 15-126, 15-127 and
15-214, of the Administrative (Fire Prevention) Code of the
city of New York, concerning interior fire alarm system,
watchmen's time detector system and telegraphic communication.
29-05 Installation of Automatic Wet-Pipe Sprinklers in
Fireproof Multiple Dwellings Converted to Business Use.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, automatic wetpipe sprinklers used in fireproof multiple dwellings, converted
in whole or in part to business use under the provisions of
27-248 of the Administrative (Building) Code, in effect prior
to December 6, 1968, and in fireproof multiple dwellings that
are altered under the provisions of 9, Subdivision 5,
Paragraph b, of the Multiple Dwelling Law (subdivision of large
apartments) shall be installed in conformity with Subchapter
17 of Chapter 1 of Title 27 of the Administrative (Building)
Code.
(b) In lieu of one of the four alternate automatic sources of
water supply specified in 27-961 of the Administrative
(Building) Code, a connection may be made to the domestic
water supply system on the condition that:
(1) It can be established from information obtainable from
the Department of Environmental Protection that the minimum
static pressure at the top of the highest riser will be at least 15
pounds per square inch, except as otherwise provided in 2905(g).
(2) If the pressure from this source is insufficient to provide a
minimum static pressure of 15 pounds per square inch, at the
highest line of sprinklers, but is sufficient to supply a pressure
of 5 pounds per square inch or more at the highest line of
sprinklers, and that an automatic booster pump is provided,
the capacity of which shall be sufficient to supply 250 gallons
per minute at a pressure of at least 15 pounds per square inch
at the highest sprinkler line
(3) A sprinkler shut-off valve is provided conveniently accessible,
and its purpose clearly indicated by the words "Automatic
Sprinkler Shut-Off Valve" on a sign affixed thereto, and that
such valve is sealed open.
(4) The size of the domestic water supply line is at least equal
in size of the main sprinkler connection.
(5) The provisions of Paragraph c of 27-964 shall not apply
to sprinklers installed in conformity with the provisions of this
484
482
29-05(b).
(6) Where the length of pipe from the furthermost sprinkler
to the riser exceeds 100 feet the pipe beyond the 100 foot
distance shall be increased in size one pipe size above the size
otherwise required for each 100 feet of additional length or
part thereof. This provision shall not require an increase in the
size of the risers.
(7) A separate riser shall be provided in each required stair
enclosure, separately controlled.
(c) The capacity of gravity tanks for sprinklers shall be in
conformity with the provisions of 27-965, or such tank may
be supplied by an automatic filling pump capable of delivering at
least 65 gallons per minute to the tank and shall have
sufficient capacity to supply 25 percent of the sprinkler heads
in the largest sprinkler area for 20 minutes, at 20 gallons per
minute The capacity of such tank shall not be less than 1,500
gallons. The bottom of the gravity tank, or the sprinkler
supply pipe shall not be less than 20 feet above the highest
supplied sprinkler line. When such elevation is not
practicable, an automatic booster pump may be installed in the
main sprinkler supply line in conformity with 29-05(b)(2).
(d) In lieu of complying with provisions of 27-965, a pressure
tank located not more than one story below the highest
supplied sprinkler line, filled by an automatic pump, and with
a supply of water, all as described in 29-05(c), may be installed.
In addition, a high-and-low air-alarm shall be provided.
(e) 27-963 may be construed to permit the sprinkler
connection to the street main to be the same size as the main
sprinkler riser, but in no instance shall it be less than 2 inches.
A tap may be one pipe size less than the sprinkler main.
(f) 27-940 shall apply only when the number of sprinkler
heads in any fire area as defined in these rules exceeds 36.
(g) In lieu of applying the provisions of 27-956, sprinkler
heads shall be so spaced that there shall be one head for
approximately 130 square feet of floor area, and heads shall
be spaced not more than 14 feet on centers. The distance from
a wall or partition to the first sprinkler head shall not exceed
seven feet measured at right angles to the wall or partition. A
12 pound minimum static pressure will be accepted at the
topmost sprinkler line, provided the sprinkler heads are spaced to
cover 70 square feet or less.
(h) In lieu of complying with the provisions of Section
ANSI/NFiPA 13 of Reference Standard RS 17-2 of the
Administrative (Building) Code, a 1 inch valve pipe may be
extended from the top of the riser to the outside of the
building, or inside the building to a deep sink for testing the
system, pump and alarm under water-flow conditions.
(i) Check valves, gate valves, and water meters shall be
installed as and when directed by the Department of
Environmental Protection.
(j) The term "sprinkler area" as used in these rules shall
mean any floor space within a structure enclosed on all sides
by [sic] exterior walls, fire walls, fire partitions, or fireproof
[sic] partitions and self-closing doors acceptable to the
Department of Buildings.
(k) The sprinkler control valve shall be inspected at least
once weekly by a competent person, who is employed by the
owner to see that such valves are sealed open, and who holds
a certificate of fitness. A record of each inspection shall be
kept for examination by a representative of the Department.
485
483
486
484
Maximum number of
sprinklers allowed
2 sprinkler heads
3 sprinkler heads
5 sprinkler heads
10 sprinkler heads
30 sprinkler heads
60 No Limit
The sprinkler main shall not be less in size than the sprinkler
riser and shall not be less in size than any branch it serves.
Except as otherwise specifically provided in 29-06(h), the
total number of sprinklers in a structure shall determine the
required size of the tap, service main, risers and branches, but
in no case shall the size of the main supply be less than two
inches
The following sprinklers will not be counted in computing the
size of the taps, mains and risers:
(1) One sprinkler of the required sprinklers placed under the
soffits of the stairs in each story when more than one sprinkler
is provided.
(2) Sprinklers placed in any closet or telephone booth opening
upon a public hall.
(3) Sprinklers placed (in lieu of fire retarding) on the underside of
public stairhalls, stair landings and soffits not within the stair
enclosure.
The permissible number of heads may at the discretion of the
Superintendent be increased by not more than 10 percent.
(j)Siamese.
A sprinkler system containing 55 or more sprinklers in
one building or fire area, shall be provided with an approved
Fire Department Siamese Connection installed in accordance
with 27-940 of the Administrative (Building) Code.
(k) Sprinklers in existing cooking spaces.
When a sprinkler is installed in the ceiling over an existing
cooking space, pursuant to 33 of the Multiple Dwelling
Law, the sprinkler shall be connected with the domestic water
supply of the building through a pipe of at least one inch
diameter, at a point either side of the valve controlling the
supply to the plumbing fixture in the cooking space. There
shall be at least one sprinkler for every 49 square feet or
fraction thereof of the floor area of the cooking space. Such
sprinklers shall not be included in the computations for
determining the size of the sprinkler piping or the necessity of
a siamese as outlined in 29-06(i) and 29-06(j).
No sprinkler shall be installed in a cooking space without a
written approval from the Department of Buildings. The
Superintendent may, however, waive the requirement as to
the filing of the plans when, in his opinion, the nature of the
alteration may be fully explained in the application.
(l)Valves.
Each valve controlling water supply and each valve controlling
drainage of system or test flow, shall bear a metal plate securely
attached to the valve and indicating clearly the purpose of each
such valve.
On the sprinkler main, an outside screw and yoke gate valve,
readily accessible, shall be provided near the front wall of the
building and located so as to control the water supply to all of
the interior sprinkler system. The said outside screw and yoke
gate valve shall be sealed in an open position.
If a roof tank is used as a supply for sprinklers, an outside
screw and yoke gate valve shall be provided in the piping leading
from the tank to the sprinkler system, under conditions similar
to those specified for such valves on sprinkler mains.
A check valve of equal diameter to the main shall be installed
in all sprinkler mains where a building is supplied by services
connected to different street mains, or where a building is
equipped with a siamese connection. Such check valve shall be
placed within two feet of the outlet side of the main control valve.
487
485
488
486
489
487
490
488
1
1
1
2
2
3
TABLE A
Maximum Support Spacing Distance End Line Sprinkler Head Drop Elbow
Norminal Pipe Size (In)
Less than 100 psi (689kPa)
More than 100 psi (689kPa)
(19mm)
9 (229mm)
6 (152mm)
1 (25mm)
12 (305mm)
9 (229mm)
1 (32mm)
16 (406mm)
12 (305mm)
1 -3 (38-76mm)
24 (610mm)
12 (305mm)
TABLE B
Maximum Support Spacing Distace Inline spinkler Head Drop Tee
Nominal Pipe Size (In)
Less than 100 psi (689kPa)
More than 100 psi (689kPa)
(19mm)
4 (1.220m)
3 (0.915m)
1 (25mm)
5(1.525m)
4 (1.220m)
1 (32mm)
6 (1.830m)
5(1.525m)
1 -3 (38-76mm)
7 (2.135m)
7 (2.135m)
491
489
490
(2) (i) The premises shall have an enclosure on all interior lot
lines and on street lines consisting of a substantial woven wire
fence, iron picket fence, or masonry wall. A wood fence or
railing may be acceptable at the discretion of the Commissioner in
sparsely settled areas or outlying sections of the city. All
enclosures shall be substantial and at least 4 feet high but may
be omitted in cases where masonry walls of adjoining buildings
abut the parking space. Such fences shall be installed in a
permanent manner.
(ii) Bumpers shall be situated not less than one foot from
adjacent property lines [sic] when vehicles are parked parallel
to such adjacent property lines. Bumpers shall be situated not
less than four feet from adjacent property lines when parked
other than parallel to such adjacent property lines.
(iii)A steel guard rail or other substantial barrier designed
in accordance with the provisions of 27-558(b) of the
Administrative Code which will prevent any part of a vehicle
from extending across a property line, may be accepted in lieu
of bumpers.
(3) (i) Open parking lots which are to be operated during any
portion of the time from 6 p.m. through 6 a.m. shall be
adequately illuminated, and the minimum illumination shall
be one-tenth of one watt per square foot of parking area, distributed
over the entire area. Lights shall be provided with reflectors
arranged so that the illumination is directed downward and
away from adjacent buildings. Floodlights may also be used
where such floodlights do not project light upon adjacent or
nearby property.
(ii) For a public parking lot, an attendant's shelter conforming
to the Construction Classification I-E of 27-271 of the
Administrative Code, 100 square feet or less in area may be
erected three feet from a lot line with no fire rating of the
exterior walls required. Within three (3) feet, a fire resistive
rating of at least two hours is required for the wall nearest the
lot line.
(iii)Where there is an attendant's shelter, a copy of the
Certificate of Occupancy shall be posted and maintained under
glass in the shelter and a copy of the plan or diagram approved
by the Department of Buildings shall be kept on the premises.
Certified, reduced size, legible copies may be used for this
purpose.
(4) Where strict compliance with any of these rules and
regulations will create unnecessary hardship or will serve no
useful purpose, the Commissioner may modify any part of
these rules and regulations in a specific case if, in his opinion,
the public health, safety and general welfare will not be
endangered thereby, and such modification is in conformity
with the general purpose of these rules and regulations.
(c) Parking lots for four or fewer motor vehicles.
Where there is hereafter established, provision for 4 or less
motor vehicles, the premises shall comply with the applicable
provisions of the Zoning Resolution in addition to sections of
the above rules numbered (a)(1)(ii), (a)(2), (a)(3)(i), (a)(3)(ii),
(a)(3)(iii), (a)(3)(iv)-(a)(5)(i), (a)(5)(ii)-(6)-(a)(7)(i), (a)(7)(ii),
(a)(7)(iii)-(b)(4).
(d) Existing open parking lots.
Existing Open Parking Lots shall comply with the condition
of their prior approval and with sections of the above rules
numbered (a)(3)(i), (a)(3)(iv), -(a)(4)-(a)(5)(i), (a)(5)(ii), (a)(5)(iii)(a)(7)(ii), (a)(7)(iii)-(b)(1)-(b)(2), (b)(2)(ii), (b)(2)(iii)-(b)(3)(i)-(b)(4).
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498b
498c
498d
499
14-11, 14-12, 14-13, 17, 18-1 and 19-1 and any other reference
standard pertinent to fire safety, the fire department shall
participate in preliminary meetings on proposed changes to
these reference standards.
(d) Review by advisory committee. (1) Prior to publishing
a proposed reference standard or amendment thereto, said
proposal shall be distributed to the advisory committee for review
and comment. In lieu of a review by the advisory committee,
the Commissioner may direct a task force to review and
comment on a proposed reference standard when said reference
standard relates to the concerns of the task force.
(2) The advisory committee or task force shall review all
proposed reference standards and shall timely comment on
each draft submitted. The Department shall forward the advisory
committee or task force a [sic] final draft of the reference
standards relevant to fire safety to the fire department for review
and comment.
(e) Public notice and hearing. (1) Upon receiving the
comments of the advisory committee or task force, the full
text of the proposed reference standard shall be published in
the City Record at least twenty (20) days prior to the date set
for a public hearing.
(2) Such published notice shall include a draft statement of
the basis and purpose of the proposed reference standard, the
time and place of public hearing and the final date for receipt
of written comments.
(3) No proposed reference standard is to be published in the
City Record unless comments required pursuant to 3701(d)(2) have been received from the fire department or at
least thirty (30) calendar days have elapsed from the submission
of the final draft to the fire department, whichever is sooner.
(4) The final date for receipt of written comments regarding
the proposed reference standard shall be five (5) calendar days
after the public hearing.
(5) In the event substantive changes which may affect fire
safety are made to the reference standard after the public hearing,
the fire department shall review such draft and have ten (10)
calendar days to comment.
(f) Final publication. (1) A reference standard shall
become effective upon publication in the City Record after
the close of the applicable comment period set forth in 3701(e)(4) or (5), whichever is later.
(2) The reference standard as adopted shall be published in
the next supplement to the compilation of "Building Code
Reference Standards" and included as part of the Administrative
Code.
CHAPTER 38 VENTILATION
38-01 Ventilation of Garage Spaces Below Grade.
(a) Wherever the floor of a garage designed for the live
storage of five (5) or more motor vehicles is more than two
(2) feet below curb, ventilation shall be provided as required
by the provisions of subdivision a of C26-267.0 of the
Administrative Code.[sic]
(b) Air exhaust ducts shall terminate above the roof of the
garage or the roof of the building or shall terminate at least ten
(10) feet above the curb in an exterior wall adjoining a legal street,
yard or court. No air exhaust duct shall terminate within
fifteen (15) feet of a window in another building, nor within
fifteen (15) feet of a window in the residence portion of the
same building.
(c) The ventilating system shall comply with Reference
Standard 13.
CHAPTER 39 COOLING TOWERS AND EVAPORATIVE
CONDENSERS
39-01 Cooling Towers and Evaporative Condensers.
(a) Before any cooling tower or evaporative condenser is
erected, a permit shall be obtained.
(b) Plans of the cooling tower or evaporative condenser shall be
filed with the application for a permit, showing details of
construction, such as materials, dimensions, thickness of metal,
weight of tower or condenser and details of all structural members
and supports, including details of the method of support on
the structure below and within such structure and any required
anchorage.
(c) Stresses permitted in structural members and connections
shall not exceed the limitations of the Administrative Code.
(d) The minimum thickness of any structural steel members
shall be one-quarter inch, including all bracing and secondary
members.
(e) The location of the cooling towers and evaporative
condensers shall comply with the pertinent provisions of the
Zoning Resolution.
(f) All materials used in cooling towers, except the drip
bars, shall be constructed of incombustible material. The
supports of drip bars are required to be of incombustible
material.
CHAPTER 40 INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE
OF GAS-FUELED WATER AND SPACE HEATERS IN
ALL PORTIONS OF DWELLINGS USED OR OCCUPIED
FOR LIVING PURPOSES
Subchapter
A Scope
B Departmental Procedure
C Where Heaters May be Used
D Installation of Gas-Fueled Heaters
Subchapter A Scope
40-01 Installation and Maintenance of Gas-Fueled Water
and Space Heaters in all Portions of Dwellings Used or Occupied
for Living Purposes.
These rules shall govern the installation and maintenance of
gas-fueled space and water heaters in the residence portions of
multiple dwellings in the City of New York, including but not
limited to the installation of such devices in multiple dwellings
which are installed in lieu of centrally supplied heat and hot
water under the provisions of 27-2028 and 27-2032 of the
Administrative Code and in one and two family residences not
heated by a central heating system.
Subchapter B Departmental Procedure
40-11 Applications and Plans.
(a) Before commencing the installation of a gas-fueled
space or water heater in a dwelling an application, as specified
below must be filed in the borough office of the Department
of Buildings where the installation is to be made, giving the
500
501
502
503
operating condition.
(b) On and after November 1, 1958, in any tenement and
converted dwelling which contains ten or more apartments,
and on and after November 1, 1959, in any other tenement
and converted dwelling, where a tenant provided a space or
water heater on October 1, 1957, each such appliance shall be
made to comply with all the applicable requirements of these
rules and shall be maintained in a condition of good repair
and in good operating condition by the tenant.
(c) Should a tenant fail to comply with the requirements
of subdivision (b) of this section, it shall be the duty of the
owner of the tenement or converted dwelling to provide
centrally supplied heat and a supply of hot water, or if such
apartment is eligible therefore [sic] and he so elects, to install
and continuously maintain space and water heaters therein
which shall comply with the requirements of these rules.
(d) On and after November 1, 1958, in any tenement and
converted dwelling which contains ten or more apartments,
and on and after November 1, 1959, in any other tenement
and converted dwelling, where gas-fueled space or water heaters
were provided by the tenant, and the ownership of such
appliances passes from the tenant or successor tenant, or if
any such space or water heaters are removed from gas-fueled
space or water heater, or temporarily for the purpose of
repairs, then such an apartment, except for the purpose of
immediate replacement by another owner will be subject to
the duties imposed on an owner by subdivision (c) of this
section.
40-43 Existing Appliances in Ineligible Locations. Where
a gas-fueled space heater or water heater has heretofore been
installed in a dwelling not complying with all the requirements of
40-21, nothing in these rules shall be construed to relieve the
owner of his responsibility to provide for such dwelling
centrally supplied heat and supply of hot water.
40-44 [Reserved]
40-45 Variations. Where there is a practical difficulty in
carrying out the strict letter of the provisions of these rules, the
Borough Superintendent may vary such provisions for a
specific installation, provided the necessary safety is secured
and the variance is not in conflict with Administrative Code.
CHAPTER 41 VENTING OF GAS WATER HEATERS
AND OTHER GAS APPLIANCES IN MULTIPLE
DWELLINGS
41-01 Venting of Gas [sic] Water Heaters and Other Gas
Appliances in Multiple Dwellings.
(a) This section shall apply to vents for gas burning water
heaters within apartments of multiple dwellings as required
by 27-887(d) of the Administrative Code (Building Code)
and to gas appliances in rooms or spaces without a window
opening to the outer air, used for living or sleeping within a
multiple dwelling, where required by the provisions of 64 of
the Multiple Dwelling Law.
(b) Vents shall consist of galvanized iron of not less than
No. 26 U.S. gage [sic] in thickness, cement-asbestos pipe,
metal asbestos pipe, enameled steel pipe of a quality acceptable
to the Department as heat and corrosion resistant, or other
materials satisfactory to the superintendent.
(c) Vents shall have a cross-sectional area at least equal to
the area of the vent outlet of the appliance and shall have a
504
505
506
507
work by such licensee shall bear the stamp of the seal as well
as the signature of such licensee.
(e) The seal shall remain the property of the City of New
York. Upon revocation of an oil-burning equipment installer's
license or death of the licensee or failure of a licensee to renew
such license, the seal must be surrendered to the Department.
(f) Persons who hold class A or class B oil-burning equipment
installer licenses on the effective date of this rule must obtain
their seals within 90 days of the effective date of this rule.
Prior to the expiration of this 90 day period, such licensees
may perform work under their licenses and hold themselves
out as licensed oil-burning equipment installers without the
use of a seal.
CHAPTER 48 CONSTRUCTION
SUPERINTENDENTS
48-01 General Provisions
(a) Definitions. For the purposes of this chapter, the
following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1) Commissioner. The term Commissioner shall mean the
Commissioner of the Department of Buildings or his or her
designee.
(2)
Construction
superintendent.
The
term
construction superintendent shall mean the individual
responsible for those duties defined in 48-02 of this
chapter and registered in accordance with the
provisions of 48-03 of this chapter.
(3) Days. The term days shall mean calendar days unless
otherwise specified.
(4) Department. The term Department shall mean the
Department of Buildings.
(5) Job. The term job shall mean a construction project that
is the subject of one or more Department-issued demolition or
new building permits for buildings up to and including 14
stories, or other structures or permit types as the
Commissioner may designate, excluding one-, two- and
three-family dwellings. Beginning one year after the effective
date of this rule, the term job shall also apply to
Department-issued demolition or new building permits for a
one-, two- or three-family dwelling. The term job shall not
include work for which a site safety manager has been
designated pursuant to the Building Code and the
Departments rules.
(6) Permittee. The term permittee shall mean the individual
applying for and receiving Department-issued job permits.
(b) Permits.
(1) Beginning on the 180th day following the effective
date of this rule, no demolition or new building permit
shall be issued or renewed for a job until the permittee
or his or her representative has designated on the permit
application form for the job a construction
superintendent registered with the Department of
Buildings in accordance with the provisions of 48-03
and, at the permittees option, up to three registered
construction superintendents as alternates. Except
where an architect or engineer is designated, the
507a
507b
507c
507d
507e
507f
(2) The block and lot numbers and the address, if one exists,
for the premises of each sign, sign structure and sign location.
(3) The size of each sign and sign structure described in linear
feet and inches.
(4) The height in feet and inches of the highest portion of
each sign and sign structure above the curb level.
(5) Each sign shall be identified as either advertising or
non-advertising. To the extent a sign is a non-conforming
sign, it must further be identified as non-conforming
advertising or non-conforming non-advertising. A sign
identified as non-conforming advertising or nonconforming non-advertising shall be submitted to the
Department for confirmation of its non-conforming status,
pursuant to section 49-16 of this chapter.
(6) For each accessory sign, the name and mailing address of
the business to which the sign directs attention, the nature of
such business and the square footage of the floor space
occupied by such business on the zoning lot.
(7) The name and address of all parties with an interest in the
premises where each sign, sign structure and sign location is
situated.
(8) The name and address of all parties with an interest in the
sign or sign structure.
(9) A diagram, labeled with the information required by (1),
(2) and (3) above, eight and one-half by eleven inches in size,
that shows the position of the sign, sign structure or sign
location on the lot with the distance in feet to the proximate
highway or park.
(10) Digitized and printed eight inch by ten inch color
photographs, clearly showing a front view and, if practicable,
a rear view of the entire sign and sign structure and the
building or other structure to which the sign or sign structure
is attached.
(11) The work permit for the erection, installation, or most
recent alteration of the sign or sign structure. To the extent
such document is unavailable, the Department may accept a
statement of diligent search.
(12) For each conforming sign, the name and license number
of the master or special sign hanger who hung or erected each
sign.
(13) Whether the sign is illuminated and if so whether such
illumination is indirect as such term is defined in section 1210 of the Zoning Resolution. If the sign is illuminated, the
sign inventory shall include the permit number assigned by
the Electrical Division of the Department for the associated
power connection and if applicable, the illuminated sign
permit number.
(14) Where a sign inventory is submitted on behalf of
affiliated OAC(s), the legal name of the OAC that markets or
manages each sign, sign structure or sign location and the
legal name of the OAC with an ownership interest in each
such sign, sign structure or sign location, if different, shall be
identified.
(15) With respect to each sign that has been identified in the
sign inventory as a non-conforming sign, the following
507g
507h
(5) Installation.
(i) Regulation. Installation of microturbine systems shall
be in accordance with all applicable requirements of
the New York City Building Code, the New York
City Electrical Code, and Reference Standards.
NFPA 37 shall also apply, except where the Codes or
these Rules are more restrictive. Such regulations
include, but are not limited to the following: fuel gas
piping, egress, fire protection, fire detection,
electrical power, ventilation, and gas vent or
chimney.
(ii) External compressor. For microturbines with an
external compressor, the following requirements
shall be satisfied:
A. Gas connections between the compressor and
the turbine shall be solid-welded; no threaded
joints shall be permitted.
B. A flame arrestor shall be installed upstream of
the gas compressor to prevent flame
propagating to the natural gas fuel distribution
lines.
C. The length of gas piping connecting the gas
compressor with the combustion device, both of
which shall be in the same room, shall not
exceed 12 feet.
(iii) Annunciation. All annunciations shall be provided
locally and remotely to indicate any abnormal
conditions in the system. The remote panel shall be
located in a continuously supervised area on the
premises.
(iv) Automatic gas shut-off. Gas supply to the
microturbine shall be provided with an automatic
shut-off valve that is activated by a malfunction
alarm from any component of the microturbine
system.
(v) Remotely and manually controlled emergency gas
shut-off. A normally closed solenoid gas shut-off
valve shall be located immediately after the branch
connection providing dedicated service to the
microturbine installation. The valve shall be
manually controlled at the valve and remotely
controlled both outside the door(s) to the
microturbine room and at a supervised location.
The gas shutoff valve and the controls shall each be
clearly identified with signage indicating
emergency gas shut-off to microturbine.
(vi) Fuel shut-off valve diagram. A diagram shall be
conspicuously posted on any door or gate leading to
a microturbine indicating the locations of all manual
and automatic fuel shut-off valves.
(vii) Security. The microturbine shall be provided with
adequate protection from theft, tampering and
unauthorized use. Access to microturbine systems
shall be restricted by locked doors but shall be
readily accessible for maintenance, repair and Fire
Department access.
Microturbines shall be
adequately protected from vehicle impact.
507k
507l
507m
507n
*CHAPTER 100
*Note: There is an intentional gap between Chapters 52 and 100.
Subchapter A
Administration
*100-03 Fees payable to the Department of Buildings.
*Note: There is an intentional gap in numbering.
The department shall charge the following fees:
Equipment inspection fee:
High-pressure boiler periodically inspected as
provided by section 28-303.10
Reinspection fee following a violation.
Acknowledgement.
Certificate of occupancy.
Certificate of pending violation: Multiple and private
dwellings.
Certified copy of license.
Microfilming of applications for new buildings and
alterations and associated documentation for certificates
of occupancy, temporary certificates of occupancy
and/or letters of completion, as required by rule of the
commissioner.
Preparing only or preparing and certifying a copy of a
record or document filed in the department, other than a
plan, certificate of occupancy or certificate of pending
violation.
Half-size print from microfilm of a plan thirty-six by
forty-eight inches or less.
Half-size print from microfilm of a plan exceeding
thirty-six by forty-eight inches.
Electricians license.
$8.00 for the first page and $5.00 for each additional
page or part thereof (a page consists of one face of a
card or other record).
$8.00 per copy
$16.00 per copy
Original
$310
Renewal
$90
$350
$350
(a) Definitions.
For the purposes of this chapter, the following terms
shall have the following meanings:
(1) Accreditation. Evaluation of agencies, including
testing and calibration laboratories, fabricators and
inspection bodies, against internationally acceptable
standards to demonstrate their performance capability.
Such accreditation is required to be conducted by a
nationally recognized accreditation agency accrediting
to ASTM E329-07 international standard, the
requirements of this rule, and approved by the
department.
(2) Approved Construction Documents. For the purpose
of this rule approved construction documents shall
include any and all documents that set forth the location
and entire nature and extent of the work proposed
with sufficient clarity and detail to show that the
507o
507p
507q
507r
507s
APPENDIX A
Qualifications1,2
Special Inspection
Category
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 1) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
Primary
Inspector
or Inspection
Supervisor
2008
Code
Section
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 2) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
BC 1704.10
RA or PE Civil
or Structural
Engineering;
and
1 Year relevant
experience
Exterior Insulation
Finish Systems (EIFS)
BC 1704.12
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
N/A
Chimneys
BC 1704.24
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Architecture or
Civil
Engineering or
Structural
Engineering;
and
2 years relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Architecture or
Engineering;
and
2 years relevant
experience
Technician
with 3 years
relevant
experience
Technician
with 2 years
relevant
experience
Technician with
ICC
Certification as
a Residential or
Commercial
Mechanical
Inspector; and
5 years
relevant
experience
Flood Hazard
Mitigation
BC G105
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
N/A
N/A
Photoluminescent Exit
Path Markings
1 RCNY
1026-01
(formerly
RS 6-1)
PE or RA; and
relevant
experience
N/A
Technician
with relevant
experience
PE or RA; and
relevant
experience
N/A
Technician
with relevant
experience
507t
Qualifications1,2
Special Inspection
Category
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 1) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
Primary
Inspector
or Inspection
Supervisor
2008
Code
Section
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 2) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
BC 1704.11
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
Smoke Control
Systems
BC 1704.14
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
(mechanical
and/or fire
protection)
N/A
Standpipe Systems
and
Sprinkler Systems
BC 1704.21
BC 1704.22
PE Mechanical
Engineering;
and
1 year relevant
experience
BC 1704.25
OR
NYC Licensed
Class A or Class
B Master Fire
Suppression
Piping
Contractor
License; and
Independent of
installer
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Architecture or
Engineering;
and (a or b)
a. 1 year
relevant
experience;
or
b. ICC
Certification
as a Sprayapplied
Fireproofing
Special
Inspector
Technician with
ICC
Certification as
a Sprayapplied
Fireproofing
Special
Inspector; and
3 years
relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Mechanical
Engineering;
and
3 years relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Architecture or
Engineering;
and
2 years relevant
experience
Technician with
NEBB Air
Balancer
Certification;
and
3 years
relevant
experience
Technician with
NICET Level II
Certification in Fire
Protection
Inspection and
Testing of Waterbased Systems
Technician with
3 years
relevant
experience
507u
Qualifications1,2
Special Inspection
Category
Primary
Inspector
or Inspection
Supervisor
2008
Code
Section
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 1) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
PE Electrical
or Fire
Protection; and
1 year relevant
experience
N/A
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 2) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
Technician with
NICET Level II
Certification in Fire
Alarm Systems.
OR
Licensed
electrician
independent of
installer; and
3 years relevant
experience
Emergency Power
Systems (Generators)
PE
Mechanical,
Electrical, or Fire
Protection; and
1 year relevant
experience
Technician with
5 years relevant
experience
N/A
Bachelors
Degree in
Architecture, or
Engineering;
and
2 years relevant
experience; and
ICC
Certification as
a Residential or
Commercial
Mechanical
Inspector
OR
Licensed
electrician
independent of
installer; and
3 years relevant
experience
BC 1704.15
PE or RA; and
o 1 year
relevant
experience;
or
o ICC
Certification
as a
Residential
or
Commercial
Mechanical
Inspector
Technician with
ICC
Certification as
a Residential or
Commercial
Mechanical
Inspector; and
3 years
relevant
experience
507v
Qualifications1,2
Special Inspection
Category
Fuel-Oil Storage and
Fuel-Oil Piping
Systems
Primary
Inspector
or Inspection
Supervisor
2008
Code
Section
BC 1704.16
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
OR
Licensed New
York City Class
A and B Oil
Burner
Equipment
Installer; and
1 year
experience in
the inspection of
heating systems,
Fuel burningFuel storage
systems.
BC 1704.20
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
OR
NYC Licensed
Master Plumber;
and
3 years relevant
experience
Heating Systems
BC 1704.23
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 1) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
PE or RA Civil
or Mechanical
Engineering;
and
1 year relevant
experience
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 2) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
Bachelors
degree in
Architecture, or
Mechanical,
Marine or Civil
Engineering;
and
3 years relevant
experience
Bachelors
Degree in
Architecture,
Civil or
Mechanical
Engineering;
and
3 years relevant
experience
N/A
Bachelors
Degree in
Architecture, or
Civil or
Mechanical
Engineering;
and
3 years relevant
experience; and
ICC Certification
as a Residential
or Commercial
Mechanical
Inspector
Technician with
ICC
Certification as
a Residential or
Commercial
Mechanical
Inspector; and
5 years
relevant
experience
Technician with
ICC
Certification as
a Residential or
Commercial
Mechanical
Inspector; and
5 years
relevant
experience
507w
Qualifications1,2
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 1) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
Primary
Inspector
Special Inspection
or Inspection
Category
Supervisor
4. Structural Materials & Construction Operations
2008
Code
Section
Welding:
Steel
High pressure Steam
Piping
High pressure Gas
Piping
Aluminum
(2 RNCY 25 BSA
RULE)
BC
1704.3.1
BC 1704.17
BC 1704.18
BC 1704.26
Structural Steel
Erection & HighStrength Bolting
BC
1704.3.2,
BC
1704.3.3
Structural Cold-formed
Steel
BC
1704.3.2.4
PE or RA; and
AWS Certified
Welding
Inspector (AWSCWI);
OR
PE or RA; and
ICC Certification
as a Structural
Welding
Inspector (ICCSWI); and
1 year relevant
experience
PE
Civil/Structural;
and
ICC Certification
as a Structural
Steel and
Bolting
Inspector; and
1 year relevant
experience
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
AWS Certified
Welding
Inspector (AWSCWI)
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 2) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
OR
ICC Certification
as a Structural
Welding
Inspector (ICCSWI)
3 years relevant
experience
N/A
Bachelors
degree in
engineering or
architecture; and
2 years relevant
experience
BC 1704.4
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
ACI Certification
as Concrete
Construction
Special
Inspector (ACICCSI)
OR
ICC
Certification as
Concrete
Special
Inspector (ICCCSI)
AWS Certified
Associate
Welding
Inspector
(AWS-CAWI)
Technician with
ICC
Certification as
a Structural
Steel and
Bolting
Inspector; and
3 years
relevant
experience
Technician with
ICC
Certification as
a Structural
Steel and
Bolting Special
Inspector; and
3 years
relevant
experience
ACI
Certification as
an Associate
Concrete
Construction
Special
Inspector (ACIACCSI)
Note: ACI-ACCSI
only permitted to
perform inspection
under on-site
supervision by PE,
RA, ACI-CCSI, or
ICC-CSI
507x
Qualifications1,2
Special Inspection
Category
Prestressed Concrete
Primary
Inspector
or Inspection
Supervisor
2008
Code
Section
BC 1704.4
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 1) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
PE
Civil/Structural;
and
1 year relevant
experience
Masonry
BC 1704.5
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
Wood construction
Prefabricated wood Ijoists and metal-plateconnected wood
trusses
BC 1704.6
PE or RA; and
1 year relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
engineering; and
ICC Certification
as Prestressed
Concrete
Special
Inspector; and
1 year relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
engineering or
architecture; and
ICC Certification
as a Structural
Masonry Special
Inspector; and
1 year relevant
experience
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 2) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
N/A
BC
1704.7.1,
BC
1704.7.2,
BC
1704.7.3
BC
1704.7.1,
BC
1704.7.2,
BC
1704.7.3
PE
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural; and
1 year relevant
experience
N/A
PE
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural; and
1 year relevant
experience
ICC
Certification as
Prestressed
Concrete
Special
Inspector; and
3 years
relevant
experience
ICC
Certification as
a Structural
Masonry
Special
Inspector; and
2 years
relevant
experience
ICC
Certification as
a Commercial
or Residential
Building
Inspector; and
2 years
relevant
experience
N/A
Bachelors
degree in
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural
engineering; and
1 year relevant
experience
Technician with
NICET Level I
Geotechnical
Certification;
and
2 years
relevant
experience
OR
Technician
with ICC
Certification
Soils Special
Inspector
1 year relevant
experience
507y
Qualifications1,2
Special Inspection
Category
Soils Investigations
Primary
Inspector
or Inspection
Supervisor
2008
Code
Section
BC
1704.7.4
BC 1704.8
BC
1808.2.2
Pier Foundations
BC 1704.9
Underpinning
BC
1704.9.1
BC 1704.19
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 1) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
PE
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural; and
1 year relevant
experience
PE
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural; and
1 year relevant
experience
PE
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural; and
1 year relevant
experience
PE
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural; and
1 year relevant
experience
PE
Civil/Structural;
and
1 year relevant
experience
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 2) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
Bachelors
degree in
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural
engineering; and
1 year relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural
engineering; and
3 years relevant
experience
Note: Supplemental
Inspector only
permitted to inspect
when multiple
driving rigs are used
on the same site
and Primary
Inspector is on site
supervising
Bachelors
degree in
Geotechnical,
Civil or
Structural; and
3 years relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Geotechnical,
Civil or
Structural; and
3 years relevant
experience
Bachelors
Degree in Civil
or Structural
Engineering;
and
3 years relevant
experience
Technician with
NICET Level II
Geotechnical
Certification;
and
Must take and
pass Soils
classification
sections of
NICET
certification
Technician with
NICET Level III
Geotechnical
Certification
Note:
Supplemental
Inspector only
permitted to inspect
when multiple
driving rigs are
used on the same
site and Primary
Inspector is on site
supervising
N/A
N/A
N/A
507z
Qualifications1,2
Excavation - Sheeting,
Shoring, and Bracing
Primary
Inspector
or Inspection
Supervisor
2008
Code
Section
Special Inspection
Category
BC
1704.19,
3304.4.1
Seismic Isolation
Systems
BC 1707.8
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 1) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
PE
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural; and
1 year relevant
experience
PE; and
2 years relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Geotechnical,
Civil or
Structural; and
3 years relevant
experience
Bachelors
degree in
Geotechnical,
Civil, or
Structural
engineering; and
5 years relevant
experience
Supplemental
Inspector
(Alternative 2) under direct
supervision of
Inspection
Supervisor
Technician with
5 years
relevant
experience
N/A
Notes:
1. Abbreviations in the qualifications descriptions:
ACI American Concrete Institute
AWS American Welding Society
ICC International Code Council
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau
NICET National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies
PE A New York State Licensed and Registered Professional Engineer
RA A New York State Licensed and Registered Architect
2. Bachelors Degrees must be from an accredited institution or equivalent
3. Small Building Inspections - For Group R-3 buildings, 3 stories or less in height, all special
inspections may be performed by a qualified PE or RA or a qualified person under their direct
supervision without the need for certification by the department, with the exception of the special
inspection of the following operations:
a. Soils Investigations
b. Pier and Pile installation
c. Underpinning of structures
d. Protection of the sides of excavations greater than 10 feet in depth
507aa
507bb
507cc
(ii) Written or oral tests required by 1 RCNY 1101(2)(ii) shall require familiarity with the standards set
forth in section 3001.2 and appendix K of the building
code.
(iii) Tests and inspections performed after the
effective date of this section shall be performed in
compliance with reference standards set forth in section
3012.1 and appendix K of the building code, provided
that for the period from January 1, 2008 through
September 15, 2008, inspections and tests need not be
witnessed by another approved elevator inspection
agency.
(iv) Effective January 1, 2009, periodic elevator
inspections and tests required by section 28-304.6.1 of
the Administrative Code shall be performed in
compliance with the following requirements:
(A) The test must be performed by an approved
elevator inspection agency and witnessed by an
approved elevator inspection agency not affiliated with
the agency performing the test.
(B) The approved elevator inspection agency
responsible for performing the test shall designate
skilled elevator trade personnel in its employment to
perform the test under the direct supervision of a
director who holds a Certificate of Approval from the
department issued pursuant to the 1968 Building Code
and 1 RCNY 11-01. Such designation by the director
shall be in writing and shall indicate the directors
endorsement of the qualification of the personnel
designated to conduct the test.
(C) The approved elevator inspection agency
responsible for witnessing the test shall designate to
witness such test an inspector in its employment who
holds a Certificate of Approval from the department
issued pursuant to the 1968 Building Code and 1 RCNY
11-01.
(D) The witnessing inspector shall affix the
inspection date and his or her agencys Certificate of
Approval number to the inspection certificate at the site.
The witnessing inspector and the director of the
witnessing agency shall further sign and indicate that
agencys Certificate of Approval number in the test
report.
(5) Boiler inspection agencies.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth
herein, a qualified boiler inspector shall be deemed an
approved boiler inspection agency, without further
requirement of registration or accreditation, for the
purpose of conducting the periodic inspections required
by section 28-303.2 of the Administrative Code. Such
approved boiler inspection agencies may complete
required periodic boiler inspections for the period from
January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008 in
compliance with the requirements of the 1968 Building
Code and 1 RCNY 2-01. Notwithstanding the above,
reports of periodic boiler inspections for the period
January 1, 2008 to December 31, 2008 shall be
507dd
507ee
507ff
Section of Law
Classification
Violation Description
1 RCNY-Misc,
RS-Misc
Class 1
Miscellaneous violations.
1 RCNY-Misc,
RS-Misc
Class 2
Miscellaneous violations.
1 RCNY-Misc,
RS-Misc
Class 3
Miscellaneous violations.
1 RCNY 27-03
Class 1
1 RCNY 9-01
Class 1
1 RCNY 9-01
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
Class 2
Operation of an elevator
without equipment use
permit or service equipment
Certificate of Compliance.
1 RCNY 9-03
1 RCNY 9-03
27-185 & BC
3007.1
507ii
27-228.5
27-369 & BC
1020.2
27-371 & BC
715.3.7
27-382 & BC
1006.3
Class 2
Failure
to
file
an
Architect/Engineer report
certifying exit/directional
signs are connected to
emergency power source/
storage battery equipment.
Class 1
27-383(b) & BC
403.16
Class 1
27-391 & BC
3002.3
Class 2
27-393 & BC
1019.1.7
Class 2
Class 3
Class 2
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
27-509 & BC
3111.1
27-528 & BC
1024.1.3
27-901(z)(1) &
PC 301.6
27-904 & FGC
406.6.2
27-904 & FGC
406.6.2
Class 2
Class 2
27-972(h) & BC
907.2.12.3
Class 2
27-Misc, 28-Misc,
BC -Misc
Class 1
Miscellaneous violations.
27-921(a) & PC
107.3
Class 1
27-921(a) & PC
107.3
Class 2
Class 2
Class 3
28-104.2.2
Class 2
28-105.1
Class 2
Miscellaneous violations.
Failure to provide approved/
accepted plans at job site at
time of inspection.
Failed to obtain a temporary
construction permit prior to
installation/use of sidewalk
shed.
28-105.1
Class 1
28-105.1
Class 2
28-105.1
Class 3
28-105.1
Class 2
28-105.1
Class 1
28-105.1
Class 2
28-105.1
Class 1
Construction or alteration
work w/o a permit in
manufacturing district for
residential use.
Construction or alteration
work w/o a permit in
manufacturing district for
residential use.
Demolition work without
required demolition permit
Class 1
28-105.1
Class 2
28-105.1
Class 2
Class 1
Outdoor Ad Co sign on
display structure without a
permit.
Class 2
28-105.1
28-105.1
28-105.12.2
28-105.12.2
Class 3
28-105.12.2
Class 1
Miscellaneous violations.
507jj
28-105.12.2
28-105.12.2
28-105.12.2
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
28-105.12.2
Class 1
28-117.1
Class 1
28-117.1
28-118.2
28-118.3
28-118.3
28-118.3
28-118.3
28-118.3.2
28-118.3.2
Outdoor Ad Co sign is
contrary compliance with
construction documents.
Operation of a Place of
Assembly without a current
Certificate of Operation.
Class 1
Operation of a Place of
Assembly without a current
Certificate of Operation.
New building or open lot
occupied without a valid
certificate of occupancy.
Class 1
Altered/changed building
occupied without a valid
Certificate of Occupancy as
per 28-118.3.1 - 28118.3.2.
Class 2
Altered/changed building
occupied without a valid
Certificate of Occupancy as
per 28-118.3.1 - 28118.3.2.
Class 1
Change in occupancy/use of
C of O as per 28-118.3.1 28-118.3.2 by operating a
Place of Assembly as per
when current C of O does
not allow such occupancy.
Class 2
Change in occupancy/use of
C of O as per 28-118.3.1 28-118.3.2 by operating a
Place of Assembly as per
when current C of O does
not allow such occupancy.
Class 1
Class 2
Class 2
28-118.3.2
28-202.1
28-202.1
28-202.1
28-202.1
28-202.1
28-204.4
28-207.2.2
28-210.1
Class 3
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Additional
daily
civil
penalties for continued
violations.
Class 2
Class 2
Class 2
Class 1
Class 1
Residence
altered
for
occupancy as a dwelling
from 1 or 2 families to
greater than 4 families.
28-210.1
Class 2
28-210.2
Class 2
Residence
altered
for
occupancy as a dwelling for
more than the legally
approved
number
of
families
Maintain or permit conversion
of
industrial/
manufacturing bldg to
residential use w/out C of
O/code compliance
Class 2
28-211.1
Class 1
28-301.1
Class 1
28-210.2
507kk
28-301.1
Class 2
28-301.1
Class 3
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 1
Class 2
Class 2
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
Class 2
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
Class 2
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
Class 1
Class 2
Class 3
Class 1
507ll
Class 2
Class 2
Class 2
Class 2
28-404.1
Class 2
28-404.4.1
Class 2
28-405.1
Class 1
Class 2
Licensed
Master/Special
Rigger failed to place
appropriate Danger sign
while
using
rigging
equipment.
Supervision or use of
power-operated
hoisting
machine without a Hoisting
Machine Operator's license.
Class 2
Supervision or use of
power-operated
hoisting
machine without a Hoisting
Machine Operator's license.
Class 1
Class 2
Performing
unlicensed
plumbing work without a
master plumber license.
Class 2
28-302.1
Class 1
28-302.1
Class 2
28-302.1
Class 3
Class 2
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-301.1
28-302.4
28-302.5
Class 2
28-303.7
Class 2
Class 2
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
Supervision or use of
rigging equipment without a
Rigger's license.
28-401.16
28-401.9
28-401.9
28-405.1
28-408.1
28-502.6
Class 1
BC 1016.2
Class 2
BC 3010.1 &
27-1006
Class 1
Class 1
BC 3301.2 &
27-1009(a)
507mm
BC 3301.2 &
27-1009(a)
BC 3301.2 &
27-1009(a)
BC 3301.2 &
27-1009(a)
BC 3301.2 &
27-1009(a)
BC 3301.9 &
27-1009 (c)
Class 1
Class 1
Failure to institute/maintain
safety equipment measures
or temporary construction
No toe boards.
Class 1
Failure to institute/maintain
safety equipment measures
or temporary construction
No handrails.
Class 2
Failure to provide/post
sign(s) at job site pursuant to
subsection.
Class 2
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
Class 1
BC 3303.3 &
27-1020
Class 2
BC 3303.4 &
27-1018
Class 2
BC 3304.3 & 1
RCNY 52-01(a)
BC 3304.3 & 1
RCNY 52-01(b)
BC 3304.4 &
27-1032
BC 3306 & 271039
BC 3306.2.1
BC 3306.3 &
27-195
BC 3306.5
BC 3307.3.1 &
27-1021(a)
BC 3307.6 &
27-1021
BC 3307.7 &
27-1021(c)
BC 3309.4 &
27-1031
Class 1
Class 2
Class 2
Class 1
BC 3310.5 &
27-1009(d)
BC 3314.2 &
27-1042
Class 1
Class 1
BC 3314.1.1 &
27-1050.1
Class 2
BC 3314.4.3.1
& 27-1045
Class 1
BC 3314.4.3.1
& 27-1045(b)
Class 1
Class 1
Class 2
Class 1
BC 3314.4.5 &
26-204.1 (a)
BC 3314.4.5 &
26-204.1 (a)
BC 3314.4.6 &
26-204.1 (c)
BC 3314.4.6 &
26-204.1 (c)
Class 2
BC 3314.6.3 &
27-1009
Class 1
Class 2
Failure to provide/use
lifeline while working on
scaffold.
Class 1
Class 1
Operation of a crane/derrick
without a Certificate of
Operation.
Class 2
Operation of crane/derrick
without Certificate of Approval/Certificate of Operation.
Class 2
Operation of a crane/derrick
without a Certificate of
Onsite Inspection.
BC 3314.6.3 &
27-1009
BC 3316.2 &
BC 3319.1 &
27-1054
BC 3319.3
BC 3319.3 &
27-1057(b)
BC 3319.3 &
27-1057(d)
507nn
Class 1
Class 2
RS 6-1
Class 1
ZR 42-543
Class 1
Outdoor Ad Co sign in M
Dist exceeds height limit.
ZR 22-00
Class 2
ZR 22-32
Class 1
Outdoor Ad Co has
impermissible advertising
sign in an R Dist.
ZR 22-342
Class 1
Outdoor Ad Co sign in R
Dist exceeds height limits.
Class 2
Violation
of
parking
regulations in a residential
district.
ZR 25-41
Class 3
ZR 32-00
Class 2
ZR 32-63
Class 1
ZR 32-64
Class 2
Outdoor Ad Co advertising
sign not permitted in
specified C Dist.
Sign(s) in specified C Dist
exceed(s) surface area
restrictions.
Class 1
Outdoor Ad Co sign(s) in
specified C Dist exceed
surface area limits.
Class 2
Class 2
ZR 32-64
ZR 32-652
ZR 32-653
ZR 32-655
Class 1
ZR 42-00
Class 2
Outdoor Ad Co sign
exceeds permitted height for
specified C Dist.
Illegal use in a manufacturing district.
Class 1
Outdoor Ad Sign
permitted in M Dist.
ZR 42-52
Class 1
ZR-Misc
Class 2
Miscellaneous violations of
the Zoning Resolution.
ZR-Misc
Class 3
Miscellaneous violations of
the Zoning Resolution.
Miscellaneous violations.
Miscellaneous violations.
Failure to file affidavits
and/or comply with other
requirements set forth for
photoluminescent exit path
marking.
ZR 25-41
Class 3
Miscellaneous violations.
ZR 42-53
not
ZR-Misc.
Class 1
ZR-Misc.
Class 2
(b) The term offices shall mean the offices of the Department
of Buildings which are located at the addresses provided in
the Citys website, http://www.nyc.gov.
RULE 3. AVAILABILITY-(a) Routine records may be requested
at the office where such records are maintained. Requests for
said records should be made to the Records Control Officer in
the respective office or his/her designee.
(b) Requests for copies or the viewing of records which
are not routinely available for public inspection must be made
in writing to the Records Access Officer, General Counsels
Office, Department of Buildings (address provided in the
Citys website, http://www.nyc.gov.
(c) Records are available for public inspection and copying
on weekdays and, except holidays, during regular
business hours which may vary from office to office.
RULE 4. DESIGNATION OF RECORDS CONTROL
OFFICERS- The respective records control officers of the
Department of Buildings for the respective offices are
hereby designated as follows:
(a) Executive offices
(1) Materials and Equipment Acceptance DivisionDirector
(2) Division of Cranes and Derricks-Assistant
Commissioner
(3) Central Billing Section - Director of Fiscal
Operations
(b) Borough offices
(1) Borough of Manhattan- Borough Manager
(2) Borough of The Bronx- Borough Manager
(3) Borough of Brooklyn- Borough Manager
(4) Borough of Queens- Borough Manager
(5) Borough of Staten Island - Borough Manager
(c) Boiler Division Office - Chief, Boiler Division
(d) Elevator Division Office - Director, Elevator
Division
(e) Bureau of Electrical Control- Director
Existing Rules 5, 6, 7 and 8, which were effective
September 1, 1974, are deleted and proposed Rules 5
and 6 are added.
508